Text

Forwards Crdr Rept Suppl on Spds,Per Commitment in Util
	ML20137B984
Person / Time
Site:	Fort Calhoun
Issue date:	08/15/1985
From:	Andrews R; OMAHA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT
To:	Butcher E; Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
	LIC-85-373, NUDOCS 8508220186
	Download: ML20137B984 (297)
	v • d • e

. . . . . . . _ _ . . . . . . .. . . . _ _ _

Omaha Public Power District 1623 Harney Omaha Nebraska 68102 402/536 4000 August 15, 1985 LIC-85-373 Mr. Edward J. Butcher, Acting Chief Operating Reactors Branch #3 Division of Licensing Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555

Reference:

(1) Docket No. 50-285 (2) Letter OPPD (R. L. Andrews) to NRC (E. J. Butcher) dated June 15,1985(LIC-85-233)

Dear Mr. Butcher:

Control Room Design Review (CRDR)

Report Supplement on Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS)

In Reference (2), The Omaha Public Power District stated a CRDR Report Supplement on the SPDS would be issued by August 15, 1985. Pursuant to that commitment, please find attached forty (40) copies of the subject.

Sincerely, l 042 -

R. L. Andrews Division Manager Nuclear Production RLA/DJM/rs Attachments cc: ~ LeBoeuf, Lamb, Leiby & MacRae 1333 New Hampshire Avenue N.W.

Washington, DC 20036 Mr. E.G. Tourigny, NRC Project Manager Mr. L.A. Yandell, NRC Senior Resident Inspector 0

g0 8508220186 850015 L i j PDR ADOCK 05000285 F PDR as wa Employmentg4thjauai opportunity

HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW AND

SUMMARY

REPORT ON THE SAFETY PARAMETER DISPLAY SYSTEM I. INTRODUCTION During)the (HED's were.Control Room generated Designthe regarding Review, two Human ERF computer (the Engineering Discrepancies computer which generates the Safety Parameter Display System). As a. result of these two HEDs, a human factors review of the SPDS was made (see Appendix B).

This summary report provides an overview of the CRDR Review Team's dis (Appendix A) position of the HEDs discussed in the Human Factors Review.

This summary report also provides a discussion regarding the implementation schedule for those HEDs requiring changes.

II. DISCUSSION Appendix A contains an item by item summary of the disposition of each item in the SPDS review report. These items are presented in HED format and are addressed in the order they appear in the SPDS Human Factors Review report (Appendix B, sections 2, 3, and 4). Appendix B should be used in conjunction with the HEDs as the Human Factors Review discussion has been extensively abbreviated for purposes of entry on the HED form. The disposition discussion of this section and the schedule discussion in Section III should also be used.

In general, each the HEDs will provide one of three dispositions:

1. Make changes as required;

2. Perform an investigation to determine if and how the desired change can be made. The investigations are scheduled for completion by July 1, 1986; or

3. No change recommended because of inability of the hardware / software to support the change.

Each HED will include comments if required to define the District's position on the item. As noted in the Human Factors Review Report, several, but not all, displays were reviewed but many of the comments were considered generic in nature. If a comment is considered generic, that is so noted on the HED.

Each HED has been assigned an identification number for-ease of reference within Appendix A. Reference to the Human Factors Report can be made using the cross reference provided on each HED as " Review Section".

~.

III. SCHEDULE Based on the information available at the time of this writing, three schedules are presented.

1. Minor change - enhancement requiring little or no operator training.

Completion of these changes is expected prior to power operation following the 1987 refueling outage. (Note: a refueling outage is not scheduled for 1986).

2. Further investigation of the hardware and/or software is required to define the level of effort required and the ability of the equipment and software to support the change. These investigations are expected to be accomplished by July 1, 1986. An implementation schedule will be derived based on the studies.

3. The change is straight-forward but operator training is required. ,

This will be completed prior to power operation following the 1987 refueling outage.

These schedules are based upon other OPPD commitments including the refueling outage commencing this fall. OPPD cannot support a major effort on the SPDS until full power operation is achieved following the 1985 refueling outage. The District also prefers that implementation of items requiring training be completed during a refueling outage. Implementation during an outage is also preferred because of the increased availability of the computer for changes. Therefore, the District is targeting completion of these items prior to power operation following the 1987 refueling outage. If studies indicate longer implementation time is necessary, these schedules may need to be altered. Also inherent in the schedule for implementation are preliminary judgements based on current information.

These preliminary judgements were made without detailed design change documentation. Therefore, the proposed schedule may require adjustment when this documentation is available.

IV. SPDS HED Review During the Control Room Design Review, two HEDs (Nos. 362 and 373) were generated. Copies of these HEDs are provided in Appendix C. These were to be addressed as part of the SPDS review. The HEDs are summarized as follows:

No. 362- "Does not display well, too many menus." This is considered to be adequately addressed by HEDs 504-509, 511, 515, 516, 518-520, and 522.

No. 373 "The keyboards and terminals are poorly -leyed out." This is considered to be adequately addressed by HEDs 573, 574, 577, and 578.

V.

SUMMARY

~

The changes committed to are viewed as enhancements to the system. The changes are expected to make the system.more usable. Nothing was identified which would require immediate correction. Safe plant operation may be maintained until the changes can be made.

.m sW

~

G APPENDIX A SPDS REVIEW HEDS b

MEW

HUMAN ENG1NEEn1NC DISCRCPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 ItED NO. : 497-S REV!EVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW Pl{ A S E DATA SOURCE: SPDS !!UMAN FACTORS REVIEW 3EVIEV SECTION: 2.2.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF SAPCTY PUNCTIONS DISPLAY NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4a (1) - DATA AVAILADILITY 3Et!ERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO

?ANEL/VORKSTATION NO.- ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

COf1 SIDERATION SHCULD BE GIVE!! TO REPLACING THE CUllREf4T SAPETY FUNCT10!1S DISPLAY VITH A SINGLE OVERVIEW DISPLAY COMPOSED OF A SMALL tlUMBER OF TRULY CRITICAL PARAMETERS. SEC APPENDIX A OF NUREC-0835.

COMMUNTS.

THE TOP LEVEL DISPLAY MEETS R EQU I R EM EllTS AS SET FORTH IN E P R I - N 18 3 5 9 5 .

AUG.,1934; INPO/NUTAC 83-003, J Ali . , t 9 8 3 ; NUREG 0835, PUBLISifED AS A DRAFT, UCT., 1Y81

~

HOVCVER, AltOTHER U!EPLAY FOR OPERATOR DENEr!T MAY DE AELE TO DE CREATED TilAT CONTAINS SEVERAL CRITICAL P L A!1T PARAMENTERS.

nUCOMMENDAT1ONS:

10 CHANGE It E C O M M E!1 D E D FOR TOP LEVEL DISPLAY. I t! VEST I C A1 C ADDITION Or ANOTHER 3 1 3 t8 L A Y .

RITICALITY RATINC: 3,4-IMPLEMENTATION:

!ONE REQUIRED i

APPROVALS -

VGM Mt.G KCH FES RJM RJL DATE &c WB gH Vnf4 /Q Bli2/g

] NIT 479 f-ize #df 7]h[O 8/__

HUMAN ENG1 NEE 31ING D1SCREFANCY FL E C O TL D FORT C A r 1-IO U N STATION DATE: 08/01/8b HED NO. : 498-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS IIUt!AN FACTORS REVIEV ggV.J EV SECTION: 2.2.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEV OF SAFETY FUNCTIONS DISPLAY NUREG - D E S CR I PTI Oft : 6.7.2.4I (3) - DATE G E ll E R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS _: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO : ERF DEGCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

Tile OPPD SPDS DOES NOT PRESENT Ti!E CURRENT DATE IN Tl!E MM:DD:YY FORMAT SPECIFIED IN NUREG-0700, 3UT INSTEAD SPELLS IT OUT: "07 MAY 85."

COMMENTS:

!!UMAft F ACTORS JUDGES THE CURRENT FORMAT OF DISPLAYING Tilt DATE TO I1E ACCEPTABLE.

FI E C O M M E N D A T I O N S :

10 Cl{ Af1G E R E C O M f!E?ID E D .

ORITfCALITY R AT!flG : 3,4

!M:8 L E M E N T A T f Oft:

PIONE REQUIRED APPROVALS ..

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE sbs4s ezn & YtrgS51;p{ %/g iNIT alim; ki ht)') slltl .-

j k/yr g -

1-EU M A N ENG1NEERING D1SCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/8b I-[ E D NO. : 499-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN " ACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: 2.2.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEW OF SAFETY FUIICTIONS DISPLAY NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2 4m (1) - DATA GROUPS LADELED

ENERIC TO A I. L DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERP DEGCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE MATRIX AT TIIE LOWER RIGHT-HAND CORNER OF Tl!E DISPLAY SHOVING THE STATUS OF THE SAFEGUARD SIGNALS IS NOT LABELED.

COMMUNTS:

IT IS THE JUDGMENT OF Ti!E DISTRICT TIIAT CONS 1STENCY AMONG THE DISPLAYS IS MOST IMPORTANT. LABELS FOR T!!E MATRICES AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH DISPLAY WILL DE PROVIDED.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

PROVIDE L ADELS VIIERE NEEDED.

'R ITI C AL ITY RATINC: 3,1 MPLEMENTATION:

987 HEFUELING OUTACE

)

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE sm/u t-/zrs TNl PWM di *A'/s In\T Ren; $Y)J sh/EWfM &

l

HUMAN ENGXNEER1NG DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION JATE: 08/01/85 HED NO- . 5OO-s

'EVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE ATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEU CVIEV S E C T I Of4 : 2.2.1 - ClfECHLIST REVIEW OF SAFETY FUNCTIONS DISPLAY UREC - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4n - LABEL PLACEMLNT ENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS; YES ANEL/UORXSTATION NO ERF 3BSCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

ISPLAY LABEL IS VRITTEN !!1 A L IIIE AEOUT ONC-OUARTER OF TIIE VAY FROM BOTTOM F DISPLAY, VI{ICH IS FIOT R E COMM EllD E D LOCATION 2OMMENTS T IS TIIE DISTRICT'S JUDGME!IT THAT CONSISTENCY IS 110ST IMPORTANT. THE CHANGE

.AY HEQUIRE MANY DISPLAY CHANGES. THE DISTRICT VILL USE TIIE LOVER LEFT OF

'll E SCREEN FOR ALL LAEELS.

URTIIER INVESTIC ATIOli OF THE IIARDVARE AND SOFTVARE IS REQUIRED TO D E F I!4 E DILITY OF Tile EQUIPMENF AFID SOFTVARE TO SUPPORT TIIE CilA N C E .

1ECOMMENDATIONS.

ERFORM INVEST! CATION. I NV E ST I G AT I Of f EXPECTED TO BE A C C OM P L I SilE D BY JULY I, 986.

ITICALITY R ATI!1G . 3,2 i P f. E M Et1 T A T I OF1:

!!!EDULC TO DE DERIVED EASED ON !!IV ECT I G ATI Oli APPROVALS .

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE sd/5 Hz8 S/z/#7 'lljkd4 I%s lN1T $f77; Mll) & $$ b$f $

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A I. H O LT N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 501-S REVIEVER: BE/RE TRACKING STATUS; REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAff FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.2.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEW OF SAFETY FUNCTIONS DISFLAY IJU R EG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.7I (1) - RED = OUT OF TOLERANCE GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

MAGENTA RATHER TIAN RED IS USED TO INDICATE SERIOUSLY OUT OF TOLERANCE (ALARM) CONDITIONS.

COMMENTS:

Ill OPPD SYSTEM, RED IS USED TO C O!1V E Y STATUS INFORMATIO!! ABOUT VALVES, PUMPS, AND CIRCUITS BREAKERS, AND THE MEANING OF A RED-FILLED SYMBOLS ON THE CRT IS CollSISTEl{T WITl! THE ME AN !!1G OF A RED INDICATOR LAMP ON THE CONTROLS FOR THESE COMPONENTS: PUMPS, RED = RUNNING; VALVES, RED = OPEN; BREAKERS, RED =

CLOSED. -

I'H E COLOR C Of tV ENTI ON IS CONSISTENT VITH DISTRICT PRACTICE. THE SFDS MUST REFLECT THE B A L AllC E OF THE CONTROL R O O?I .

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO C H A fiC E RECOMMENDED.

CRITICALITY R AT!!!C : 3,4 (MPLEMENTATIOtt:

'lON E REQUIRED

' APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL -

DATE N 8/" TAM ir9d'N5 Yd5 1NlT &n; Wf) s/nh $'!k $

1EUMAN E N G I N E E R I N CE DISCREFANCY RisCORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 I-E U D NO. : 5O2-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS IlUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.2.1 - CIIECKLIST REVIEV Ol' SAFETY FUNCTIONS DISPLAY NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.7I (3) -

YELLOW = ATTENTI ON / M A RC Ill A L l CEfteRIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES P At1 E I. / U O R K S T A T I O N NO.: ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

IN 'IllE SAFETY FUNCTION DISPLAY, YELLOV IS USED TO INDICATE Tl!AT Ai!

INTERt!EDIATE-SEVERITY ALARM IIAS BEEFI TRIGGERED. THIS IS APPROPRIATE USE OF YELLOV.

COMMENTS:

rite COLOR CONVENTION IS CONSISTENT VITH DISTRICT PRACTICE. Tl!E SPDS MUST IEFLECT THE DALANCE OF THE CONTROL ROOM.

RECOMMENDAT1ONS : -

10 CH AllC E RECOMMENDED.

!RITICALITY R AT! ?tG : 3,4

. M P L E tlEff?AT I O?l:

IOllE REQUIRED APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL .

DATE k/SS f ItU s/N'579h E$h */Iz/es INIT )?Mr; #f) 1All }/.f- jf

HUMAN ENG1NEEIlINC D I S C3'l E P A N C Y FI C C O R D FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/8b HED NO, ; 503-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE 3ATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: 2.2.2 -

ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON SAFETY FUNCTIONS DISPLAY NUREG - DESCRIPTIO!I: - REMARKS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANEL /VORKSTATION NO.* ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CONSI DER ATIO!4 SHOULD DE CIVEN TO REPLACI!4G Ti!E CURRENT SAFETY FUllCTIONS DISPLAY VITH A SINGLE OVERVIEV DISPLAY COMPOSED OF A SNALL NUMUER OF TRULY CRITICAL PARAMETERS. SEE APPENDIX A OF NUREC-0835.

COMMENTS:

Tl!E TOP LEVEL DISPLAY MEETS REOUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH IN EPRI-NP3595, AUG.,1984; I N P O / tiU T A C 83-003, JAN.,1983; NUREG 0835, PUBLISHED AS A DRAFT, OCT., 1981 HOWEVER, A!40THER DISPLAY FOR OPERATOR DE!!EFIT MAY BE AELE TO DE CREATED THAT CONTAINS SEVERAL CRITICAL PLANT PARAMENTERS.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

!10 C H AI1 G E RECOMMENDED FOR TOP LEVEL DISPLAY. INVESTIGATE ADDITION OF ANOTNER DISPLAY.

CRITICALITY R AT!ilG : 3,4 INPLEMENTATION:

IUi4 E HUGUIRED APPROVALS

' VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL -

0 ATE g w ss 8-n.ss sp/g;.9$ .{p 9lQ lNIT AV91 #/& r;411 j,j,}, g

IIU M AN ENGINEEnINC5 D1SCREPANCY R E C O I-t D FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 MED NO. : 504-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SLCTION: 2.3.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEW OF DIRECTORY MENU NUREG -

DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4f (1) - MENU NUMBERED GE!!ER f C TO A t t, DISPLAYS: YES P AME t,IVORKST ATI O?! NO . ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

ITEMS Oft TIIE MENU" ARE "

ItOT NUMBERED CUT THEIR STATUS AS SELECTAELE ITEMS IS

!NDICATED BY Tile _ TO THE LEFT OF EAC!I ITEM.

COMMENTS:

Tile MENU AND DIRECTORIES IN CENERAL VERE NOT ORIGINALLY CONSIDERED PART OF file SPDS, BUT MORE AS Att OPERATOR AID.

PIIE DISTRICT REALIZES Tl!AT A COOD 11E!!U/ DIRECTORY IS ESSEf tTI AL , AND VILL

' OVERHAUL" T!!E MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET ltUREG-0700 GUIDELINES.

RUCOMMENDATIONS:

INVESTICATE REBUILDING MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES. INVESTICATIOtt EAPECTED TO BE OMPLETED DY JULY 1, 1986.

R I T I C A t. f T Y RATING: 3,2 I M P I. E M E?!T A T I O ?l:

3CHCDULE TO DE DETERMIllEC BY I NV E ST I G ATI Oll .

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL -

DATE 9'"6 t-ud s)t/diR@ ,&* "NZ/a INIT RfA;; vf8 4kif,fy Wd, jf.

r HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANC'I RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION D *.*a'E ; 08/0I/85 I-IE D NO. : 5OS-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS IIUMAtt FACTORS REVIEV REVIEU H E C T I Of4 : 2.3.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEW Or DIRECTORY ME14U NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4n -

LADEL P L A C EltEllT CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: ilO PANELIVORKSTATION 110 -

E R P.

DESCRIPTION OF D I S 2 R E P A N C 'I :

THE DISPLAY LACEL IS CENTERED AT THE TOP OF THE S CRE Ell . Tit ! S IS INCO!{SISTENT JITH THE LOCATION Of DISPLAY LABELS ON THE MAJORITY OF OTHER DISPLAYS, BUT IS IN ACCORDA!1CE VtTH THE flUREC-0700 GUIDELIf4ES.

COMMENTS:

file ME!!U AllD DIRECTORIES Iil CENERAL VERE ?!OT ORIG!!iALLY CONSIDERED PART OF THE SPDS, DUT MORE AS AN OPERATOR AID.

CH E DISTRICT REALIZES TilAT A CUCD ME!!U/ DIRECTORY IS ESS EllTI AL , A!1D VILL

' OVERHAUL" THE MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET tlUREC-0700 GUIDELINES.

11 E C O M M E N D A T I O N S :

INVESTIGATE REBUILDING MEftU / D I R E CTOR Y PACES. IttVESTICATION EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED EY JULY I, 1986.

CRITICALITY HATING: 3,2 f ttP I. E M E FIT A T f 0 ft:

SCHEDULE TU DE DETERMI!!ED BY IllV E ST I C AT I O!4.

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE *b Hz45 sh// fgh'l

$1( 'It/g5 0 14 I W A R lNlT f 't/ h /// -

r MUMAN ENGINEERINC DISCRBPANCY RECORD FORT C A L I-I O U N STAT 1ON DATE: 08/0I/85 HED NO. : 506-S REVIEVER: HEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.3.I - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF DIRECTORY MENU fiUREC -

D ES C R I PTI Of t : 6.7.2.4a (1) -

DATA ORCANIZED GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS. NO PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE DIRECTORY ltENU DISPLAY IS ACCESSED VIA THE ' MENU' KEY ON THE PLIC 3UPERORDINATE AND CATCH-ALL MENU. NO PR IllC I P L E OF ORGANIZATION FOR ITEMS VAS APPARENT, BUT THE TVO SUBORDINATE DIRECTORIES VERE TIIE FIRST IT E!IS ON THE LIST.

COMMCNTS :

THE MENU A!1D DIRECTORIES IN GENERAL VERE NOT ORICIllALLY CONSIDERED PART OF fi!E SPDS, BUT MORE AS AN OPERATOR AID.

PH E DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A COOD M ETI U / D I P. E C T O R Y IS E S S E!I T I A L , AND VILL

' OVERHAUL" THE MEilU/ DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET IlUREG-0700 CUIDELINES.

Tt E C OMM END AT 1 ONS :

INVESTIGATE REBUILDING MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES. INVESTICATION EXPECTED TO EE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1966.

ORITICAI.!TY R AT!!!C - 3,2

~ M P L EMENTATI Of f -

ICHEDULE TO DE DETERMIllED BY INVECTICATION.

s APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL .

DATE 8/2 t-itas $/3hg 7, 71 %gg /

nr 6?rni qu] 1Mvd?h i'bk at

IEUMAN ENCXNEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HCD NO. : 507-s REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKIt4G STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS !!UMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV S ECT T O!!: 2.3.1 -

CHECKLIET REVIEV OF DIRECTORY MENU ffUREG - DESCRIPTIOf4: 6.7.2.5b - LOCATION CONSISTEt1T GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PAf!EL/UORKSTATION NO.. ERF OESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

NONE OF T}iE STANDARD DATA FIELDS (DATE AND TIME, SAFETY FUNCTIO!! MATRIX, AftD '

3AFCCUARD SIGNALS MATRIX) APPEAR Ot! THE DIRECTORY ?!ENU DISPLAY.

COf4 SIDERATION SHOULD EE CIVEN TO ADDING THE A D OV E -M E!IT I O!1E D STA!1DARD DATA t*IELDS TO THIS DISPLAY.

COMMENTS:

Tile THEMEXIUSPDS,AND BUT DIRECTORIES Ill CENERALAID.

MORE AS AN OPERATOR VETIE NOT ORICIIIALLY CONSIDERED PART OF THE DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A COOD MEllU/DIRECTOflY IS ESSENTIAL, AND VILL

O V E R11 AU L " Tile MENU /DIREC'f0RY PACES SO AS TO MEET ?!UREC-0700 CUIDELINES.

RECOMMENDATIONS-INVESTICATE REBUILDIi!C MENU / DIRECTORY PACES. INVESTIGATIOtt EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986 RITICALITY RATING: 3,2

N P t. E M EllT A T I O N :

3CitLDULE TO DE D ETE R!? IllE D BY Il4 V E S T I C A T ! Oll.

APPROVALS VGM Mt.G KCH FES RJM RJt.

DATE W&' Fi 45 @/86 # /4d4 Tu/es l NIT $% 9/d8 1?Ik & b[ e

/$f--

HUMAN E N G I N E E R I~N G DISCREPANCY RECORD FOIN' CALMOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. -

508-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REViEV SECT! Of t : 2.3.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY MENU IlU R E C - DESCRIPTICN: 6.7.2.5d -

FREQUEllCY H ANK !!!C CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO P Atl E L / V C R F S T A T f 0 ?! FIO . ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

THE PRittCIPLE OF ORGANIZATION FOR THE DIRECTORY MEl4U VAS I40T APPARE!1T, TilEREFORE FREGUENCY R A N T.1 N G NOT CHECKED.

COMMENTS:

THE MEllU AND DIRECTORIES IN GEliERAL VERE 110T ORIClftALLY CONSIDERED PART OF file SPDS, BUT NORE AS AN OPERATOR AID.

THE DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A COOD ME!!U/DIRLCTORY IS ESS E!!TI AL , A!4D VILL

" O V E R!! A U L " Tile MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET (4UREC-0700 CUIDELINES.

R E C O M M IE N D A T I O N S :

tilV ESTI C ATE REBUILDING MEllU/ DIRECTORY PACES. INVESTICATIOtt EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986.

CRITICAt.!TY R A T i t1 G : 3,2 IMPf.Eif Ef f RATION:

3CHEDULE TO DE DETERMINED DY t ilV ESTI C ATI ON .

APPROVALS VGM Mt.G KCH FES RJM RJL DATE WK s \t% dt/shn$ f !.;Ir %s St'l tr0J INIT SNiaR@i JJ.

HUMAN ENGINEER 1NG DISCREPANCY RECORD F OrtT CALHOUN STAT 1ON DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 509-S REVIEVER: BEARE TR AC K I t4G STATUS: REVIEV Pli A S E DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECT!ON: 2.3.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY ttENU NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.5) -

INSTRUCTIO!1 PLACEMENT 3ENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATIOM NO. ERT DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THERE ARE fl0 INSTRUCTIO!1S FOR INTERACTING VITH THE DISPLAY. COllSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO PROVIDING SUCH INSTRUCTIONS, E.G.. 'USING THE TB+ AND TB-KEYS, POSITION CURSOR ttEXT TO DESIRED ITEM AND PRESS ' S E L E C'I '

COMMENTS:

Tl!E MENU AND DIRECTORIES IN GENERAL VERE ItOT ORIGINALLY CO!!S I D E R E D PART OF rME SPDS,.BUT MORE AS AN OPERATOR AID.

Ti!E DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A GOOD MEllU/ DIRECTORY IS ESSENTIAL, At!D VILL

'OVERH AUL" THE MEllU/ DI RECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET NUREd-0700 GUIDELINES. i l

R14 COMMENDATIONS:

INVESTIGATE REBUILDIi4C MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES. INVESTIGATIOil EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED DY JULY I, 1986.

l l

l

.RITICALITY R AT!?tG : 3.2 MPLEMENTATION: ~~

.CHEDULE TO BE DETERMIllED EY !!1V EST I G AT I O!! .

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE $lMs Vu% 6/5gg? r/$1 'A6 INIT 8/9 g/8 d// ) 2/( //c

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHQUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 510-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMA!1 FACTORS REVIEV REVTEV SECTIOft: 2.3.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY MENU NUREC - D E S C R I P T I Of-!: 6.7.2.7d - FLICKER OR B L i ttK I NG S EtlER T C TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO

{

PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CURSOR i.7.2.7d.CONSISTS OF TWO BLINKING VHITE L Il4 E S INSTEAD OF SOLID CURSOR. SEE COMMENTS:

THE BLINKING CURSOR DRAVS ATTENT!Ott FOR EASY LOCATIOtt. Tl!E PRESENT HARDVARE/SOFTVARE VILL !!OT SUPPORT A SOLID VHITC CURSOR.

COttCUR VITH RECOMMEllDATIOll. NO CHANGE REQUIRED.

RECOMMENDATIONS: ~

NO CH A!1G E R E C OMM El4D E D .

HTTICALITY RATING: 3.4

( H P L E M E N T A T I O ft:

JOl4 E REQUIRED

. .e APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE Thf4 3175 th/4k[ #64r %/gg INIT Sf'7/ f//B 4I(M x#i //.

c

HUMAN ENCINEERING DISCREPANCY RECOnD I I

FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 51 1-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV S E CTI Of t :

2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101)

NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4g (2) -

SU0 CLASS INDENTED GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO

' PANEL /VORKSTATTON NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

ALTHOUGH TIIE MENU ITEMS ARE NOT I D E!ITE D , THE ITEM DESIGNATORS ARE. THIS IS ACCEPTABLE.

1 COMMENTS:

THE MEl4UBUT file SPDS, ANDNORE DIRECTORIES IN GENERAL AS A?! OPERATOR VERE NOT ORIGINALLY CONSIDERED PART OF AID.

THE DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A GOOD MENU / DIRECTORY IS ESSE!4TI AL , APID WILL

' OV E R!! AU L " THE MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET NUREG-0700 GUIDELINES.

11ECOMMENDATIONS:

INVESTIGATE REBUILDING MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES. IllVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE

':OMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986.

RITICALITY RATING: 3,2 I M P L EM ENTATI Ott :

~'"

SCHEDULE TO DE D ETE RM I!1L D BY I!!V EST I C ATI O!! .

~

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL -

DATE $litts 8 I2% sji/35jlk $6 N%s INIT 4 /2n #d[ M, _

<d i g f .-

1IUMAN ENGINEERINC DISCREPANCY RECORD F O TL T C A Io M O U N STATION DATE: 08101/85 HED NO. : 512-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV S ECTI Of t :

2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) l IJUREC - DESCRIPTTON: 6.7.2.4k -

PERIODS AFTER ITEM DESIGNATORS i

)

CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

ITEM DESIGNATORS (PACE NUMBERS) ARE FOLLOVED DY A DASH, RATHER THAN A PERIOD, VHICH LI!!ES UP VITH THE CURSOR VHEN IT IS POSITIONED TO SELECT THE ITEM.

COMMCNTS:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGE R E C 01111E11D E D .

l lRITICALITY RATING: 3 , 4' I

(MPLEMENTATION:

IO?t E REQUIRED i

APPROVALS

~~

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 1/l45 8-It.8S s/a/Jfg? h}r */tifes INIT (7%/ r//8 1A/h; 9Y(. 8,__.

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A L 1-I O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 513-5 REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCg: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION:

2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101)

NUREC - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4I (3) - DATE GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF l DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE DATE IS SPELLED OUT '07 MAY 85' INSTEAD OF BEING PRESENTED IN THE iM:DD:YY FORMAT SUGGESTED BY NUREG-0700.

C OI4 M E N T S :

}

THE CURRENT FORMAT IS JUDGED TO BE ACCEPTABLE VITH HUMA!I FACTORS STANDARDS.

l RECOMMENDATIONS:

j AO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

l 0RITICALITY R ATI FIC : 3,4 I M P L EMEf tT ATI ON :

40NE REQUIRED APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE fisl!5 hz.es 4)zhVf dsfr %g /

INIT ff% #/g8 4//t@ "a$ g4

MUMAN ENGINEER 1NG DISCRCPANCY R E C O H. D FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 514-G REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMATI FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2 3.2 -

CHECKLIST REVIEW OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101)

NticEG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4m - DATA GROUPS LABELED GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE MATRIX AT THE LOVER RIGHT-HAND CORI!ER OF THE DISPLAY SHOVING THE STATUS 3F Tl!E SAFECUARD SIGNALS IS NOT LABELED. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT ' SAFEGUARD SfGNALS' BE VRITTEN ABOVE THIS MATRIX.

COMMENTS :

IT IS THE JUDGL! TENT OF THE DISTRICT THAT CONSISTENCY AMONG THE DISPLAYS IS rIOST I M P ORTA?1T . LABELS FOR THE MATRICES AT THE BOTTON OF EACH DISPLAY VILL BC PROVIDED.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

PROVIDE LABELS VHERE NEEDED.

CRITICALITY RATING: 3,I IMPLEMENTATION:

1987 REFUELIllG OUTAGE APPROVALS .

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE GM5 8-12 8 s 1/jt/si'v{ 80s WVes lNlT BR fpfb klIkk 9% >

8)-

l

HUMAN ENG1NEEnING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 515-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY (PACE 101)

NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4n - LABEL PLACEMENT i

GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

DISPLAY TITLE IS AT THE TOP OF THE PAGE (IN ACCORDAllCE VITH NUREG-0700?

INSTEAD OF APPEARING JUST ABOVE DATA FIELDS AT BOTTOM OF SCREEN, AS DO TITLES OF OTHER DISPLAYS. RECOMffEllDED THAT DISPLAY TITLE EE REPOSITIONED SO CONSISTENT WITH OTHER DISPLAY.

COMMENTS :

FHE ME!4U A!!D DIRECTORIES IN GE!IERAL VERE NOT ORIGINALLY CONSIDERED PART OF FHE SPDS, BUT MORE AS AN OPERATOR AID.

THE DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A GOOD MEllU/DIRECTOllY IS ESSENTIAL, AND VILL

' OVERHAUL" THE MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET NUREG-0700 GUIDELINES.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

INVESTIGATE REBUILDING MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES. INVE STI C ATI Ott EXPECTED TO BE

'.OMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986.

R ITI C AL ITY H ATI?!G: 3,2

'MPLEMENTATION.

CHEDULE TO BE DETERMINED BY INVESTIGATIO!I.

i l

APPROVALS -

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 2[r/.dt "Nfg Sh!M 8-I2% t/lys' At \

INIT f74 ///69 f4/&M g$( 6/- ,

1-IU M A N ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CAILMOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 MED NO. : 516-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV S E CTI Of t : 2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 10I)

NUREG - DESCRIPTlON: 6.7.2.5b -

LOCATIO!I CO!4S I STENT GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORXSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE LOCATIO!4 OF THE DISPLAY TITLE IS FIOT COftSISTENT VITH THAT OF THE OTHER DISPLAYS. ALSO, THE DATE AND TIME APPEAR TVICE, ONCE ABOVE TITLE AND AGAIN AT EOTTOM OF DISPLAY. RECOMMENDED THAT THE DISPLAY TITLE EE REPOSITIONED SO LOCATION IS CO!!S I STENT .

COMMENTS:

THE MENU AllD DIRECTORIES IN GENERAL VERE NOT ORICINALLY CONSIDERED PART OF FHE SPUS, BUT MORE AS AN OPERATOR AID.

THE DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A COOD ME!1U/ DIRECTORY IS ESSENTIAL, AND WILL

" OVERHAUL" THE MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES SO AB TO MEET NUREC-0700 GUIDELINES.

RECOMMENDA*1 IONS:

INVESTIGATE REDUILDING MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES. INVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986.

RITICALITY RATING: 3,2 I M P L EM ENT ATI Ott :

3CHEDULE TO BE D ETE RIIIllE D BY I NV E ST I C AT I O!1.

t APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE $/El% 2 - 12 6 $/glSig%f if.bfN/gg

]!!!1.f% fldIl 'f8bk- gN4 M -

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 517-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKIllG STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIOtt: 2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101)

NUREG - DESCRTPTION: 6.7.2.Sh - PAGE DESIGt!ATION G Ef!ER I C TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATIOtt ?!O. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

PRESENT DIRECTORY CONSISTS OF TUO PAGES, 101 & 102, CALLED DIRECTORY 'A' AND 3! RECTORY 'B' IN MENU BUT NO 'A' OR 'B' IN DISPLAY TITLES. RECOMMENDED THAT PRESENT PAGE NUMBERS BE REPLACED VITH 'PAGE 1 OF 2' AND 'PAGE 2 OF 2' OOMMENTS-Il4D I V I DU A L PAGE NUMBERS ARE REQUIRED FOR COMPUTER RECALL OF EACH PAGE. THE i JF n PAGE DESIGNATOR VILL ADDED TO DISPLAYS CONTAINING RELATED PAGEG.

RECOMMENDATIONS: "

HANGE V11ERE NECESSARY.

CRITICAt.!TY R ATit!G ; 3,1 IMPLENENTATION:

1987 REFUELING OUTAGE APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RA ',

DATE d/uns s-Iz u ek/6Vtf rbh %g f l NIT RHj tilb 4 W & %% $

f ;

HUMAN ENGINEERINC D1SCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 518-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV S E C T I Of4 :

2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101)

NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.5j - INSTRUCTION PLACEMENT GENERIC TO ALL DTSPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THERE ARE NO INSTRUCTIONS FOR I FITE R A CTIllG VITH THE DISPLAY. CO!!S I D E R AT I Ott SHOULD BE GIVEN TO PROVIDING SUCH INSTRUCTIONS, E.G., 'USING THE TB+ AND TB-KLYS, POSITIOlt CURSOR NEXT TO DESIRED ITEM AND PRESS ' SELECT' COMMENTS:

THE SPDS, THE MENU ANDBUT DIRECTORIES IN G E!!E R AAID.

MORE AS AN OPERATOR L VERE NOT ORIGINALLY CONSIDERED PART OF THE DISTHICT REALIZES THAT A GOOD MENU /DIRECTCRY IS ESSENTIAL, AND VILL

" OVERHAUL" THE MEllU/ DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET NUREG-0700 GUIDELINES.

RECOMMENDAT1ONS:

illVESTICATE REBUILDING NENU/ DIRECTORY PAGES. INVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986.

IRITICALITY RATING: 3,2

MPLEMENTATION: "

3CHEDULE TO BE DETERMI!!ED BY I!!V E STI G ATI ON .

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH .tES RJM RJL -

DATE $ nit M2M g}z)r sff 4! dr b/s lNlT Rf9 t/B 1N!:k'iffhi 8/- .

7

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 519-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.3.2 -

CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101)

-49 REG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.51 - CURSOR POSITIONING 3ENERIC TO ALL D I S P t. A Y S : NO PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCR1PTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CURSOR TRACKS THE STAGGERED POSITION OF THE ITEM DESIGNATORS AUTOMATICALLY.

THERE ARE'31 POSSIBLE SELECTIONS ON PAGE. SELECTION OF A DISPLAY CHOSEt! AT RANDOM FROtt ME!1U REOUIRES AllD AVERAGE OF 8 I/2 TE STROKES (USING TD- TRICK)

PLUS ONE SELECT STROKE.

C O M M I3 N T S :

THESPDS, fHE MENU BUT AND MORE DIRECTORIES !!4 CENERALAID.

AS AN OPERATOR VERE NOT ORIGINALLY CO:431 DE R ED PART OF THE DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A GOOD ME!!U/ DIRECTORY IS ESSENTIAL, AND VILL

" OVERHAUL" THE MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO MEET MUREG-0700 CUIDELINES.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

INVESTIGATE REDUILDING MENU /DIRCCTORY PAGES. INVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY I, 1986.

RTTICALITY RATING: 3,2 M P I. EM E?! r AT I OM:

$CHEDULE TO BE DETERMINED BY INVESTIGATION.

atW APPROVALS -

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE ShslESis-n.ess)t/s t$ Ebkr %gs

/

iNIT @ @l 9 01 TAHl;Q d( [

HUMAN ENGINEER 1NG DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 H IE D NO. : 52O-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: 2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101)

NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.5m - SCREEtt LOADING GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS:

PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

DISPLAY LIST TAKES UP ABOUT 2/3 OF SCREEN VERTICALLY AllD 2/3 OF RIGHT HALF =

APPROX. 22% EXCLUSIVE OF DISPLAY ilOS., TITLES, AND STD. DATA FIELDS. ALSO, VERTICAL SPACING EETVEE!I L II!ES IS CONSIDERADLY LESS THAN THE I/2 CHARACTER HEIGHT RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS:

THE MENU AND DIRECTORIES IN GEllER AL VERE NOT ORIGINALLY CCNSIDERED PART OF THE SPDS, BUT !! ORE AS AN OPERATOR AID.

Tl!E DISTRICT REALI2ES THAT A GOOD ITElIU/DTRECTOEY IS ESSE!ITI AL , AND VILL

" OVERHAUL" THE ME!!U/ DIRECTORY FACES SO AS TO MEET NUREG-0700 GUIDELINES.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

I N1' E S*lI G ATE REBUILDIFIG MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES. INVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE COMPLLTED BY JULY I, 1986.

CRITICALITY RATING: 3,2 IMPLEMENTATION:

SCllE DU L E TO BE DETERMINED BY IllV E ST I C AT I O!1.

I APPROVALS :

.a' VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE lusM t-iz ss 8)t/dttg% ll4s- WL/gg lNlT Sh Id4 dNI z & rbi fjf-. l i

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/0I/85 HED NO. : 521-S REVIEWER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW S E CTT Of t : 2.3.2 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) fiUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6'.7 . 2.7 I (1) - RED = OUT OF TOLERAI4CE GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /UORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

MAGENTA RATHER thall RED IS USED TO INDICATE SERIOUSLY OUT OF TOLERANCE (ALARM) CONDITIONS. MAGENTA IS EXCELLENT ATTENTION-GETTING COLOR (EXHIBIT 6.7-11 OF HUREG-0700), AND IS JUDGED TO BE A REASO!IABLE SUBSTITUTE FOR RED IN CURREt4T APPLICATION.

COMMENTS:

IN OPPD SYSTEM, RED IS USED TO C Ot1V E Y STATUS IliFORMATIOtt ABOUT VALVES, PUMPS, AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS. THE MEAIIING OF A RED-FILLED SYMBOL ON THE CRT IS CONSISTE!!T VITH THE NE A!!I NG OF A RED INDICATOR LAMP '

GN THE CONTROL BOARDS FOR THESE COMPONL::TS : PUMPS, RED =RUNNINC; VALVES, RED =OPEN; BREAKERS, RED = CLOSED.

THE SPDS MUST REFLECT THE CCNVE!! TION USED IN THE C O t1 T R O L ROOM.

EXHIDIT 4.7-11 OF NUREG-0700 STATES THAT MAGENTA IS AN EXCELLENT

%TTENTION-GETTING COLOR.

nECOMMENDATIONS :

10 C H A !!C E R E C OMM EttD E D .

RITICALITY RATING: 3,4

'MPLEMENTATION:

!O!{ E REQUIRED APPROVALS .

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE S/tsit 8-tzas s)r)SQ g? Ildr %zf, INIT #9/Vd8 M A 8 EM $

HUMAN ENG1NEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD

, FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 522-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIOtt: 2.3.3 - ADDITIONAL REMARKS O!! DIRECTORIES NUREG - DESCRIPTION: -

REVISE DIRECTORY GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. EHF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREFANCY:

!!! LIGHT OF EXCESSIVE SCREEN LOADING A!1D RATHER LARGE NO. OF KEYSTROKES 30METIMES NEEDED TO ACCESS A DISPLAY VIA THE DIRECTORY, IT IS RECOMEtIDED THAT THE PRESENT TWO-PACE DIRECTORY BE SPLIT !!1TO 4 OR 5 PAGES, VITH ADEQUATE 3 PACING BETVEEN LINES.

COMMENTS:

THE MENU CHE SPDS, AND DIRECTORIES BUT MORE IN GENERAL AS AN OPERATOR VERE IIOT ORIGINALLY CONSIDERED PART OF AIO.

TH E DISTRICT REALIZES THAT A GOOD IIENU/ DIRECTORY IS ESSE!ITIAL, AIIU VILL

OVERHAUL" THE MENU / DIRECTORY PAGES SO AS TO FIEET IIUREG-0 7 0 0 GUIDELINES.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NVESTIGATE REBUILDI!!G Mt. 1/ DIRECTORY PAGES. INVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE

OMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986

'RITICALITY RATING. 3,2 MPI.EMENTATION.

iCHEDULE TO BE DETERMINED BY I!1VESTIGATION.

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE ili% puut s);)r y ff /6; % /gg l NIT Uk tdf) (M ,Yk y34 fff--

HUMAN ENGINEERING DIGCREPANCY RECORD FGRT CAEHOUN STAT 3.ON 1 ATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 523-S

! EV I EVER : 3EARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV Pl{ A S E

.ATA SOURCE: SPDS !!UMAN FACTORS REVIEV

'LVIEV SECTIOft: 2.4.1 - Cl!ECKLIST REVIEV OF TIIE REACTIVITY CONTROL DIS? LAY IUREG - DESCRIPT!Of4 6.7.2.4a (2) - !!O TR ANSL ATIllG ENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES ANE L / VORKSTATI ON ?!O__. ERF

-) E S C TI I P T I O N OF DISCREPANCY :

ilE RX POVER (MAX C }! AN!!E L ) IS DISPLAYED IN THE *E' LORMAT. REQUIRED RANSLATION INVITES ERRORS. RECOMMEllDED THAT E FORMAT DE REPLACED VITl! AN 6.2 OR T6.3 FORMAT DISPLAY ALSO I4EEDS LABEL DESCRIEING Tl!E UNITS EEING ISPLAYED, % POWER IN Ti(IS CASE.

OMMENTS.

HE E F ORI1 AT IS REQUIRED FOft A R A!4G E Or IE -08 TO 1E +02 POWER. TIIE SMALL

\ LUES ARE REQUIRED FOR POST DBA POVER IIONITORING. Ti{ E DISTRICT PLANS TO ORRECT TllE READING TO PROVIDE FOR I DIGIT TO Tl!E LEFT OF Tl!E DECIMAL POINT

' Tile IIARDVARE/SOFTVARE VILL ALLOV.

UltTHER !!4V E STI G AT I O!4 Or IIARDVARE AND SOFTWAI;E IS REQUIRED TO DEPINE ABILITY F EQUIPMENT AND SOFTVARE TO SUPPORT TifE Cli ANC E .

tECOMMENDATIONS Ei1 F ORf1 FURTI(ER INVESTIGATION. INVESTICATIOtl EXPECTED TO DE ACCOMPLISilED BY ULY 1, 1986.

I I T I C A T. I T Y RATING: 3,2 i P L E M El4 T A T I Ort :

Cl!LDULE VILL BE DERIVED EASED Oil I N V EST I G A*1 ! OT4 APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

md 8)q'6 f h//W %s 0 ATE UH/G k m nu es <M M $ de a y

HUMAN ENGINEERING DIECREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHQUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 524-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMA!I FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.4.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE REACTIVITY CONTROL DISPLAY NUREG - DESCR I PTIOf t : 6.7.2.4b - ILLUSTRATIONS G E?iE R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

EITHER PC+ OR SELECTION VITH CURSOR FROM SHORT MENU OF SUPPLEMENTARY DISPLAYS Jf! LEFT SIDE OF SCREEN ALLOVS RAPID ACCESS TO A DISPLAY S H O*J I N G LOCATIONS AND CURRENT VALUES OF CORE EXIT THERMOCOUPLES (PAGE 310) III FACT. 3 DISPLAYS (PACES 310,311,210)

COMMENTS:

THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HED.

R E C O M M E N IJ A T I O N S

)ELETE THIS HED.

RITICALITY R ATIIIG :

. WEJ. E FIE NT A T I Of t :

IONE I.EQUIRED APPROVALS ,

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE tm/G g.a4S 6)g g r}9V "hfg fNIT Sif) gl8 1 M 9 fkk 6h:

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A E. M O U N STATION

~

DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 525-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIOtJ: 2.4.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE REACTIVITY C O!4TRO L DISPLAY NUREC - DESCRIPTION 6.7.2.43 (2) - PERIODS FOR DESIGNATORS CEf!ERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL / WORKSTATION FIO ERF DESCRIPTION O E' DISCREFANCY:

SELECTABLE ITEMS ARE MARKED BY A ' _ _ ' TO THE LEFT OF EACH ITEM RATHER THAN A PERIOD.

COMMENTS:

Fi!E ' _

FOR SELECTABLE ITEMS IS CONSIDERED ADEQUATE AS LONG AS IM P L EMEFITAT I CH IS C ONS I STE!4T .

R E C O MIM E N D A T 1 O N S :

10 CHA?!GE R E C O!!?!E N D E D . -

IRITICALITY RATING; 3,4 IMPLEMENTATION!

NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL, DATE 1/'5/45 t-i2K d4rgeM dir 7%S l NIT RMn gd4 di & sk $$I l

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 526-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVTEV SECTION: 2.4.1 - CHECV. LIST REVIEW OF THE REACTIVITY CONTROL DISPLAY I4UREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4m (1) -

DATA GROUPS LABELED GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES P Aft E L / V O R K S T A T I Oi! N O . ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREFANCY:

LIST OF SUPPLEMENTARY DISPLAYS VAS LABELED. HOVEVER, THE MINIATURE SAFETY FUttCTIONS MATRIX AND THE SAFEGUARDS SICilALS MATRIX AT DOTTOi! OF DISPLAY ARE NOT LABELED ON THIS OR ANY OTHER DISPLAY IN THE SYSTEM.

COMMENTS:

IT IS THE JUDGEMENT OF THE DISTRICT THAT C ONS I ST E!!C Y AMONG THE DISPLAYS IS MOST IMPORTANT. LABELS FOR THE MATRICES AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH DISPLAY UILL BE-PROVIDED.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

PROVIDE LABELS WHERE IIE E DE D .

RITICALITY RATING: 3,1

H P L EM Ef!T AT I Of t :

987 REFUELING OUTACE a

r_

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL, DATE 1ME VIzM glfg ptif gly;r /zk 2

INIT , Q i pfjf Af//, y g

HUMAN ENGINEERINC D1SCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 527-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.4.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE REACTIVITY CONTROL DISPLAY HUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4n - LABEL PLACEMENT

'; EN E R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTAT!ON NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

DISPLAY LABEL AND ASSOCIATED STANDARD DATA FIELDS ARE LOCATED AT THE BOTTOM 3F T!!E SCREEN.

COMMENTS :

DISPLAY LABEL AND ASSOCITED STANDARD DATA FIELDS ARE IN A LOCATION THAT IS ONSISTEllT VITH ALL OTHER DISPLAYS.

liECOMMENDATIONS:

40 CHAIIGE R E C O t!M ETID E D . ~

CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4

! M P T. E M E NT AT I ON :

10!iE REQUIRED APPROVALS !

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL[

DATE M /6 t tzu r/pr g g,'S t/d/ %/gy INIT SPN 90) 1$e$$k dh $

~ ,

HUMAN ENGINEEnINC DISCREPANCY l'L E C O R D FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 528-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SECTION: 2.4.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV O F TH :' REACTIVITY CONTROL DISPLAY NUREG - DESC R I PT T OTI: 6.7.2.5h - PAGE DESIGNATION CEt!ERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

THE REACTIVITY CONTROL DISPLAY IS MORE OR LESS A STAND-ALONE DISPLAY.

{0VEVER, THE REACTOR CORE AND CORE EXIT THERMOCOUPLE DISPLAYS CAN BE ACCESSED BY MEAlls OF THE PG+ KEY, AND THE OTHER '200 LEVEL' SAFETY FUNCT I O!! DISPLAYS VIA THE JC+ AND JG- KEYS.

COMMENTS:

.'H I S IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HED.

RECOMMENDAT1ONS :

OELETE THIS HED.

CRITICALITY RATING:

IMPLEMENTATION:

NOt1E REQUIRED l

APPROVALS l VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJLs I W6 r/a#pAM 4Mr DATE 3 i2E %/gg f)/]/1hch_ r^k 8f-lNlT SPN ,

j

HUMAN ENCINEERINC DISCREFANCY IT E C O R D FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : S29-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS; REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION:

2.4.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE REACTIVITY CONTROL DiSFLAY NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.7d - FLICKER OR BLINKING CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO.. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

BLINKING IS NOT USED FOR ' EMERGENCY CONDITIONS OR SIMILAR SITUATIONS REQUIRING IMMEDIATE OPERATOR ACTION.* IS USED TO IDENTIFY QUESTIONABLE AND ARBITRARILY ENTERED (AS OPPOSED TO MEASURED) VALUES.

COMMENTS:

BLINKING IS DONE TO DRAV THE ATTENTION OF THE OPERATOR TO A PORTION OF THE DISPLAY.

THE BLINKING CURSOR INDICATES VHERE KEY INPUT VILL DE ENTERED. AND B L Il1 K I N G DATA VALUES IIID I C ATE OUESTIONABLE VALUES. ,

FHE JUDGEMENT OF HUMAN FACTORS INDICATES THAT THIS IS AN ACCEPTABLE USE OF Bf.1NKING.

THE PRESENT HARDVARE VILL IlOT SUPPORT A BLINKING SOLID VHITE CUR 3OR.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

ORfTICALITY RATING: 3,4

'MPLEMENTATION:

lO!!E REQUIRED s

APPROVALS -

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 9&B 8-tzu r/p/64*f ijgW %ggg lNIT AV% #t'f) & &' !bQ ff-

I-EU M A N ENGINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALMOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 530-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.4.2

- ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE REACTIVITY COtITRO L DISPLAY MUREG - DESCRIPTION: - SYSTEM STAUS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES 2 AME L /VORKSTATI CII NO. ERE DESCRIPTION OF DXSCREFANCY:

A-INADEQUATE SPACING BETVEEN LINEL OF TEXT. E-DISPLAY LOGIC OF CEA STATUS IS INCORRECT. C-HIGHEST REACTOR POWER SHOWN IS 120%.

COMMENTS:

A-SPACING IS JUDGED NOT TO HE A PROBLEM IN THIS TYPE OF DISPLAY DUE TO INFORMATION DENSITY BEING LOV.

B-RAR CHART REFERRED TO ABOVE IS OllLY ACTIVE AFTER A REACTOR TRIP SIGNAL.

(OVEVER, THE LABEL FOR THE SAR CHART VILL BE CHANGED TO INDICATE THI3.

J C-AT THIS TIME, 120% POVER IS DISPLAYED UECAUSE OF A FAULTY CONVERSION

ACTOR.

THE CONVERSION FACTOR VILL BE CORRECTED, HOWEVER, MONITORING OF THE

.i!GHEST POWER CHANNEL IS R E Q U l ll E D .

RECOMMENDATIONS:

MAKE CHANGES AS OUTLINED ABOVE.

!RITICALITY R ATIf!G : 3,I IMPLEMENTATION:

1987 REFUELING OUTAGE s

APPROVALS -

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 1//W tuzd f/gyyf $g?;r %f INIT $9 #ff' g// [p;S vg gf_

HUMAN E N G I N E II R I N G DISCHEPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 531-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTICII:

2.4.3 - ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON SAFETY FUNCTION DISPLAYS NUREG - DESCRIPTION: -

X-Y PLOTS REMARKS CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES' PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF D E S C R I P'f*I O N OF DISCREPANCY :

THE 8 SAFETY FUNCTION DISPLAYS PROVIDE VERY LIMITED INFORMATION ON CHANGES IN STATUS AIID NO TREND OR HISTORY INFORMATION.

COMMENTS:

PRESENT SOFTWARE VILL NOT ALLOV DEDICATED PLOTS / TRENDS TO BE CALLED FROM INDIVIDUAL DISPLAYS. HOWEVER, PRE-BUILT PLOTS / TRENDS VILL BE AVAILABLE AND INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO EASILY GET TO THEM VILL BE PROVIDED ON THE INDIVIDUAL JISPLAYS.

RECOMMENDATIONS :

?ROVIDE EASILY ACCESSIBLE PRE-BUILT TRENDS / PLOTS.

l I

CRITICALITY HATING: 3,1 IMPLEMENTATION:

1987 REFUELING OUTAGE w.-

APPROVALS _l VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL l DATE #4 g.1z% o/z/s*ktzA hllf 'J%5 init s o; w e (4 d /f 49 46 l

IIUM AN ENGINEERING D1SCREFANCY II E C O R D FORT C A L 34 0 U N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 532-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUtIAft FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: 2.5.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF THE VESSEL IFITE G R ITY GRAPH I4UREG - DE SC R i PTI Of t : 6.7.2.4a (2) - NO TRAftSLATING GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANELIVORKSTATION NO- ERF DESCR~IPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

SCALES FOR BOTH THE ORDINATE AND ABSCISSA ARE MARKED OFF Ill INTEGERS VITH A SCALING FACTOR '*10E2' PRESENTED AS A PART OF THE AXIS LABEL. RECOMMENDED THAT THE SCALE MARKINGS BE VRITTEN OUT III FULL AIID SCALING FACTORS E L I!1111ATED FROM THE DISPLAY.

COMMENTS:

CHAf4GES EUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE 3F THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAM MUST BE CHANGED. AN INVESTIGATION WILL HAVE TO BE DONE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHANGE C A!! EVEN DE DONE.

RECOMMENDATIONS-

!!!V ESTI C ATE SOFTWARE TO DETERMINE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED.

INVESTIGATION IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986.

'RITICALITY R A T I t!G : 3,2 MPLEMENTATION: '"

CHEDULE TO BE DERIVED BASED ON INVESTICATIO!1.

1 1

l APPROVALS ,

1 VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE WB 14z K s/jz/sifl$. hfk 5ys' lNlT R771 Wh kWd!Q ue W l

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHQUN -STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 533-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTO!1S REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.5.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE VESSEL INTEGRITY GRAPH HUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4i (2) - TIME AND DATE SENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES 3ANELIVORKSTATION NO EHF DESCRIFTION OF DISCREPANCY:

r!ME, DATE, PLANT OPERATING MODE, AND OTHER STANDARD DATA GROUPS DO NOT

\PPEAR ON THE DISPLAY. CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO ADDING ALL STANDARD DATA GROUPS TO THI S DISPLAY.

COMMENTS:

CHANGES SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE

.J F THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAN MUST BE CHANCED. AN INVESTIGATION VILL HAVE TO BE DONE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHANGE CAN EVEN BE DONE.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

!!!VESTI C ATE SOFTWARE TO DETERl1INE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED, INVESTICATION IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986.

RITICALITY RATING: 3,2 NPLEMENTATION:

ICHEDULE TO BC DERIVED BASED ON INV ESTI C ATI O!I .

APPROVALS -.

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE N6N Fit 6 t/e/C;*h iMr %/g5 INIT Af11 tl9 fff,& f ff}-

m

HUMAN ENGINEERING D I S C R E P A N C Y- RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 MED NO. : 534-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: TABLE 2.2 NUREG -

DESCRIPTION: -

MISCELLAllEOUS PROBLEMS 3ENERIC TO ALL DTSPLAYS: NO i PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREFANCY:

REFER TO TABLE 2.2 OF HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV.

COMMENTS :

RX/200 - SEE HED 530 CHR/200 - CHANGE TO ' DELTA' CHR/210 -

INVESTIGATE CHR/2IO - INVESTIGATE CHR/2IO - INVESTIGATE VI/230 - INVESTIGATE

':I/250 - NO CHANGE PLANNED -

THERE IS NO ' NORMAL' A L I C ill! E N T O F VALVES CI/250 - CHANGE RECOMMENDATIONS:

AS OUTLINE ABOVE. CHANGES TO DE DONE BY 1987 REFUELING OUTAGE.

l INVESTIGATIONS TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY I, 1986 VITH INPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE DETERMINED BY STUDY.

I l

l CRITICALITY RATING: 3,I IMPLEMENTATION: "

1987 REFUELING OUTAGE APPROVALS e VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

. DATE #5/g5 Nzar */a,4r9.sg f/,@ M

% 's INIT (+71 Gaffd ft Q gg g

HUMAN ENG1NEERINC DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CAIHQUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 535-S 6

REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN, FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTION: 2.5.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF THE VESSEL INTEGRITY CRAPH fiUREG -

DESCRIPTION: 6,7.2.4o - LABELS HORIZO!!TAL CEllERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE ORDINATE LABEL IS VRITTEN AS A COLUMTI OF CHARACTERS, A FORMAT PARTICULARLY HARD TO READ. IF IT IS ALLOVED BY DISPLAY SOFTVARE IT IS ItECOMMENDED THAT THIS LABEL BE VRITTEN IN ORIENTATION THAT WOULD RESULT IF LADEL VERE VRITTEN OUT A!!D ROTATED 90' COMMENTS:

THE SOFTVARE AND HARDWARE CAN!!OT SUPPORT THE 90 DECREE ROTATION OF TABLES.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

i40 CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

RfTICALITY RATINC: 3,4

( M P L FM E NT AT I Of4 :

IONE-REQUIRED APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RR DATE NtSgc 2-I2K r/a/6 #$ hir %s /

l NIT SNI #f8 W// - W 6% /$L

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 536-S REVIEWER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN. FACTORS REVIEW i

REVIEV SECTION: 2.5.1 -

CHECKLIST REVIEW OF THE VESSEL INTEGRITY GRAPH I fiUHEG - DESCRTPTION: 6.7.2.4p (1) - LABELS HIGHLIGHTED GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION ?!O ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE AXIS LABELS ARE INADVERTENTLY HIGHLIGHTED, VRITTEN IN DIFFERENT COLORS.

FOR ORDINATE THIS MAKES SENSE DUE TO ONE OF 3 COLOR-CODED DATA POINTS BEING REFERRED TO THE SCALE, BUT THERE IS !!O REASON FOR VRITING THE ABSCISSA LABEL

'AND SCALE IN RED.

COMMENTS:

CHANGES SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOT /THEND PROGRAM MUST BE CHANGED. AN INVESTIGATION VILL.HAVE TO BE DOllE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHANGE CAN EVEli BE DO!IE .

RECOMMENDATIONS:

INVESTICATE SOFTWARE TO DETERMINE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CA!! BE MODIFIED.

!!1U :STIC ATI ON IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY I, 1986.

lRITICALITY RATIf1G: 3,2 M P L EM E NT ATI O?l:

iCHEDULE TO BE DERIVED BASED ON !!!V E STI C AT I O!I .

APPROVALS -

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE $s 4 Pn45 v/z/s g,pk(@r %/g INlT GW W8 pit /q&-

Qt df__'

o

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALMOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 5 3 ~7 - S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE l DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.5.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE VESSEL INTEGRITY GRAPH fiUREC - D E S C R i PY T Oti: 6.7.2.7a - HIGHLIGHTING OENERIC TO A l f. DISPLAYS. YES PANEL /VORKSTATIO?! NO. ERF OESCRIPTION OF D I S C R E P A N C 'I :

COLOR CODING IS USED III TH I S DISPLAY TO DIFFEHEN*i! ATE AliO!!G DATA PO IIITS RATHER THAN FOR HIGHLIGHTITIC PER SE.

COMMENTS :

THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HED.

RECOMMENDATIONS :

DELETE THIS HED. ,

RITICALITY RATING:

. M P T. E ffE N T A T I O N :

10M E REQUIRED APPROVALS --

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 'Sp3 y2-d *hdr g>f$ ri&

! kg

/

iN\T Q, fgff] dlz g

I-IU M A N ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY R E C O IT. D FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08101/85 HED NO. : 538-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV S E C T I Ott : 2.5.1 !

- CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE VESSEL INTEGRITY GRAPH I

NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.7b (1) - CONSISTENT MEANING GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /UORKSTATION NO.* ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CO8, ORS USED TO DIFFERE!1TIATE AMOllG DATA POINTS ON THIS DISPLAY ARE ALSO USED.

TO CONVEY OUALITATIVE INFO OR SERVE AN ALERTING FUNCTION IN MOST DISPLAYS.

PROBLEM COULD BE LESSE11ED IF VHITE OR CYA!! USED IN PLACE OF MAGENTA ON THIS PLOT.

COMMENTS:

CHANGES SUCH AS THIS O!!E ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE 3F THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAM MUST BE CHANCED. AN INVESTIGATION VILL HAVE TO BE DONE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CH AtlG E CAN EVEN DE DOllE .

RECOMMENDATIONS:

INVESTIGATE SOFTVARE TO DETERMII{E TO VHAT EXTENT IT C A!! BE MODIFIED.

I NV E ST I C AT I Ott IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY I, 1986.

CRITICALITY RATIMG; 3,2

! M P L EM E NTATI Oll: ~~

SCHEDULE TO DE DERIVED BASED Oft INVESTI G ATI O!4.

APPROVALS A VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 4%5 nd s/a)cq& i/dr 'tl%g ZR/i tyf fM lNlT fh{ [

HUMAN ENGINEERINC DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A L H O 1LJ N STATION DATE: 08/01/35 HED NO- : 539-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIOII: 2.5 I - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE VESSEL INTEGRITY GRAPH NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.7b (2) - EMERGENCY UNIQUE GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL / WORKSTATION NO ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY : COLORS USED OII THIS DISPLAY ARE USED TO DIFFERENTIATE AMONG DATA PO I!4TS AND

    \RE NOT NECESSARILY EMERGENCY UNIQUE.

COMMENTS:

   ;HANGES SUCH AS THJS OME ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE 3F THE PLOT /TRE!!D PROGRAM MUST BE CHANGED.          All I!4VESTIG ATIOII VI LL HAVE TO BE DOIIE TO DETERit!NE IF THIS C H A!1G E CAN EVEN BE DONE.

RECOMMENDATIONS: INVESTIGATE SOFTVARE TO DETERIIINE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED. INVESTIGATION IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY I, 1986. l l r; R I T I C A L I TY RATING: 3,2 L M P L E M E!!T AT I OII: 3CHEDULE TO BE DERIVED BASED O!I IIIV ESTI G AT I CII . APPROVALS -- VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE #g$ f-12E g/a/6 FIN d5/ T'Z/gs lNl! &n; glb 4Whc fx dff '

e I-I U M A N ENdINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT C A L I-I O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 54O-S REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SECTIOft: 2.5.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE VESSEL INTEGRITY GRAPH I f littR EG - DESCRIPT!ON: 6.7.2.7.h - CODE COftSISTENCY GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES I PANEL /VOFKSTATIO?? NO. ERF I i DESCRIPTION OF l DISCREPANCY : { THE PLOT MAKES USE OF SEVERAL COLORS THAT ARE ASSIGNED MEANING ON OTHER ! ! CONTEXTS. I i { 1 COMMENTS: CHANGES SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAM MUST-BE CHANCED. AN INVESTIGATION VILL HAVE TO BE DO!IE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHANGE CAN EVEtt BE DONE. R E C O M M E N D A"f*I O N S : INVESTIGATE SOFTVARE TO DETER!!INE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED. INVESTIGATIO?! IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986. CRITICALITY RATINC: 3,2 IMPLEMENTATION. SCHEDULL TO BE DERIVED BASED Ott I t!VE STI C ATI Ott . APPROVALS -

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE T/%; yn# sla/tf Vyj? i ir %2/g lNiTgpgjROJnkV.$,7fn / $/,-

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 0810I/B5 HED NO . : 54 1-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV RFVIEV SECTION: 2.5.I - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE VESSEL IIITE G R I TY GRAPH NUREG - D E S cil I PT I Of t : 6.7.2.7 k (1) - COLOR COllSISTENT V/ CR GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES l PANEL /VORKSTATION~NO ERF DESCRIFTION OF DISCREFANCY: THE PLOT CONTEXTS. MAKES USE OF SEVERAL COLORS THAT ARE ASSIGNED MEANINGS IN OTHER COMMENTS: [ CHANGES SUCH AS THIS'ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE l OF THE PLOTITREND PROGRAM MUST BE CHANGED. AN INVESTIGATIOtt VILL HAVE TO BE l DONE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHANGE CAN EVEli BE DOttE . t RECOMMENDATIONS: I INVESTIGATE SOFTWARE TO DETER!!INE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED. I NV ESTI C AT I O!! IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY I, 1986. I CRITICAT.ITY RATINC: 3.2 IMPLEMENTATION: SCHEDULE TO BE DERIVED BASED Olt IIIV ESTI C ATI ON . _-

APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL 0 ATE ds/g H2E s/:/aa gj d4 T@! INIT ff,T/ @8) 4W e NfN 4% d0l

HUMAN IJ N C I N E E I t I N C DISCREI3ANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE 08/01/86 HED NO. : 542-S R EV I EVE!! : IIEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCF: u SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV llCVIEV S E CT I O!!: 2.5.2 - A DD I T I O!I A L REMARKS ON THE VESSEL INTEGRITY G R A I'll NUREG - DESCRIPTION: - LADELS G_J;!!E R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES P All C L / V O R K S T A T T C'N 11 0 CHF DESCRIFTION OF D I S C R E l.* A N C Y : LADELING OF VESSEL INTEGRITY CHAPH IS INADEQUATE. T!!E IIE IS NO DISFLAY'LABET, AXIS LABELS ARE ABDREVIATIOrlS RECOMENDED Til AT DI SPL AY LABEL DE PROVIDED, AllD AXIS LADELS CHANGED FORM 'CCLEG' TO ' TEMPERATURE' A!ID FROM 'FSVAR' TO l

' PRESSURIZER PRESSURE' COMMENTS .

TIIE DESIGNATORS PROVIDE VALUABLE INFORMATION AS TO Tl!E !!ATURE OF THE SIGNAL. TRAINING IN TIIEIR MEANIl1G IS CONSIDERED MOST IMPORTANT. . DESIGNATORS VILL BE INVESTIGATED. HOWEVER, Tl!E COMPUTER IS LIMITED TO A 30 CHARACTER FIELD. WILL Cl! AIJG E IF REQUIRED CUT FURTHER INVESTICATION VILL UC REQUIRED TO DEFINE Tit E CAPADILITY AllD F I t! AL FORM OF THE I M P L EM E!1T AT I ON . I-t E C O M M E N D A T I O N S PERFORM INVESTICATIO!I OF ltAROVARE AND SOFTWARE TO DEFIllE THE ABILITY OF Ti!E E QU I I'M E NT AND SOFTWARE TO SUPPORT TiiE C H A!1 G E . !!1V E ST I G AT I ON EXPECTED TO CE ACCOMPLISHED DY JULY I, 1986. CRITICALITY R AT!ilG . 3,1 I ?t P L E M EllT A_T I O N : 1987 REFUELING OUTAGE APPROVALS , KCH FES RJM RJL VGM MLG DATE IO% FI2M 0l' s'Y iklT di%$ 9lA AU $['N N

HUMAN ENGINEERINC DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 543-S REUIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAff FACTORS REVIEV REVIEU SECTION: 2.5.2 - ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE VESSEL INTEGRITY GRAPH NUREG - DESCRIPTION.: - COLORS GEFIERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES P A N E L / V O R15 S T A T I O tt N O . ERF DESCRIPTION' OF DISCREPANCY : VIG EltPLOYS 6 COLORS. MAGENTA, YELLOV. AND TO A LESSER DEGREE, RED SHOULD BE CONSIDERED RESERVED COLORS BECAUSE OF DISTINCT MEANINGS ON OTHER DISPLAYS. SEE 2.5.2 OF REVIEV FOR COLOR R E COMMEND ATI OfiS . COMMENTS : CHANGES SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAM MUST BE CHANGED. All INVESTICATIO!! VILL HAVE TO BE DO!!E TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHANGE CAN EVEN BE DONE. - RECOMMENDATIONS: IllVESTI G ATE SOFTVARE TO DETERMINE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED. INVESTIGATIO!1 IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986. C R ITI C A T. ITY R AT* f!G : 3,2 IMPLEMENTATION: __ - SCHEDULE TO HE DERIVED BASED Oil !!!V EST I G ATI ON . APPROVALS 3 VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE Nk an K gh/6 g 9l'] r% "Az/g iNIT Rfi?]ed] 41 j'f & &e.\

HUMAN ENGINUERINC DISCREPANCY R LI C O R D FORT CALHQUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 MED NO. : 544-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV Pil A S E DATA SOURCF. t SPDS !!UMAf4 FACTORS REVIEV J1EV I EU CECTICfJ: 2.5.2 - ADDITIOIJAL REMARKS O!! THE VESSEL I!1TEC TII TY GRAPH f f U TI C G - DESC H i rTI Of t : - DIGITAL READOUTS G Elli:R I C TO A L T, DISPLAYS: YES PAtiEL/ WORKSTATION ?!O ERP DESCRIFTION OF D1SCREPANCY - IDENTIFIERS FOft ALL DATUM POINTS S!!OU L D BE P R ES E!1TE D III A S Il{C L E DLOCK. DCCAUSE GRAP!lIC RESOLUTIOllS IS RATHER COARSE DUE TO VIDE RANCE OF VALUES COVERED BY AXES, CONSIDERATIOft SHOULD EE GIVEN TO PROVIDING DIGITAL READOUTS FOR CURRENT VALUES Or DATA. C O M M E* N T S : COIICU TI I t! P Tt ! N C I P L E WITH THE RECOMMLilDATION EUT FURTHER INVESTIGATION VILL CE REQUIRED TO DEFINE TIIE CAPADILITY AND FINAL FORM OF THE IMPLEMENTATION. P U TITIIE R INVESTIGATION Or THE HARDVARE A!1D SOFTVARE IS REQUIRED TO DEPINE THE ABILITY OF T}lE EQUIPMENT A!JD SOFTVARE TO SUPPORT TIIE Cli ANG E . RECOMMENDATIONS: PERFORM INVESTIGATION. INVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY JULY I, 1986. CRfTICALITY RAT!NG. 3,1 iM P L E M E TIT AT I Orp 1787 R E F U E L !!!G OUTAGE APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL r-DATE M4k, g42% e/z/6 g .tpf l- ;< "A g mir eps; ata 4 4N & ge

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO . : 545-S REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA S OU R C F: : SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIOft: 2.5.3 - ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON X-Y PLOTS NUREG - DESCRIPTIOtt: - X-Y PLOTS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

!T VOULD BE DETTER IT PLOTS APPEARED WITH A FULL SET OF DATA AND VERE UPDATED BY ADDI?!G THE CURREtiT DATA TO THE RIGHT SIDE OF DISPLAY AND SHIFTING THE HISTORICAL TRACES TO THE LEFT.

COMMENTS: THE SOFTWARE IS CAPABLE OF PROVIDIFIG EITHER HISTORICAL OR REAL TIME DATA, BUT NOT BOTH ON THE SANE PLOT. RECOMMENDATIONS: NO CH ANGE RECONIIENDED . CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4

1RL E M E?!T ATI Oll:

NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS r-VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 5/% t iz# $/trp[ // a L/gg INIT f,g,y 4/8 (N/ k' dm gg_

F HUMAN ENGINEIsRING DISCREPANCY RECORD F O TI T CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO . : 546-S BEVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV S E CT I O?!: 2.5.2 - ADDITIONAL REITARKS ON THE VESSEL INTEGRITY GRAPH NUREG - DESCRIPTION: - DATUM TAILS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /UORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCR'IPTION OF DISCREPANCY: RECOGINITION OF THE CURREtlT STATUS OF THE SYSTEM VOULD BE FACILITATED IF Ti(E TAILS VERE DRAVt1 IN CYAN RATHER THAtt THE DATUM COLOR; ALTHOUGH THIS VOULD ENTAIL SOME RISK OF CONFUSION IF TWO TRACES VERE VERY CLOSE. COMMENTS: THE IIARDVARE/ SOFTWARE CA!!NOT SUPPORT PLOTS OF.THE SAME DATA PO I!!T IN 110RE THAN OtlE COLOR. FL E C O MM E N D A T I O N S : NO CHAFIGE R E C OMM E!!D E D . CRTTICALITY R A T I N G_: 3,4 IMPLEMENTATION: NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS ' VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 7%g tad eppipq)k r w Ny l NIT $)9;; 1D/8 -rfM , hhI r?V ...g$, es.-g.

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD ,

FORT CAI.HOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 547-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIOft: 2.5.3 - ADDITIONAL R E!! AR KS ON X-Y-PLOTS NUHEG - DESCRIPTION: - DTP PLOTS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO P ANE L /VORKSTATI Of f NO. ERP DE,SCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: AUTOMATIC SCALING FEATURE IS OFTEN ItORE A NUISA!(CE thall AN AID AND SHOULD BE OPTIONAL, RATHER THAN DEFAULT, SELECTION. COMMENTS: THE DISTRICT DELIEVES THE PRESEf4T SYSTE!! IS ADEQUATE. CAUTIO!4 CA!4 BE USED TO AS3IC?! PROPER APID COliS I STE!!T SC A L ES . TRAINIllG At4D A USER'S CUIDE ARE THE BEST VAY TO ADDRESS THIS S IllC E ALL THE FEATURES REQUIRED TO MAKE A GOOD DTP PLOT ARE AVAILABLE. . RECOMMENDATIONS : NO CHANGE RECONMENDED. , CRITICALITY R ATlilG : 3,4

! ?IP L EM EFIT AT I Of t :

flO!!E REQUIRED . APPROVALS , VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                                                                   $N sh I'-

DATE #Ilffgs 8d2'% "A245 l NIT f-fst WN 4W'gh y " 84-

1-fU M A N ENGINEER 1NG DISCREPANCY RECORD-FGRT CAIHQUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 548-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE..SPDS HUNAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIOft: 2.5.3 - ADDITIO!!AL R Eli ARKS ON X-Y PLOTS IlUREG - DE S CH I PT I Of t : - DTP DEFAULTS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF D IE S C R I P T I O N OF DISCREPANCY: Ul4 FILTERED SHOULD BE THE OPTION A!!D FILTERED SHOULD DE THE DEFAULT STATE FOR THE DATA FILTERING OPTION. COMMENTS: THE DISTRICT BELIEVES THE PRESENT SYSTEli IS ADEQUATE. CAUTION C ATI BE USED TO ASSIGN PROPER A!!D CONSISTENT SCALES. TRAINING AND A USER'S GUIDE ARE THE BEST VAY TO ADDRESS THIS S I flC E ALL THE FEATURES REQUIRED TO liAKE A GOOD DTP PLOT ARE AVAILABLE. RECOMMENDATIONS: !!O CHANGE R E C O!ititlE D E D . CRITICALITY RATING 3,4 I N P L EM E f!T AT I Of t : - NOs4E REQUIRED. APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE h/gg N2K x/n/er r9f Al< Wy INIT ff// #//8 r/W JM 4 , Afg

HUMAN ENGINEEMINC DISCREPANCY RECORD F OIIT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 00/01185 HED NO. : 549-S REVIEVER: BEARE TR A CK I FIG STATUS: REVIEW Pl{ A S E DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTICII: 2.6.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE PRESSURIZER A?ID QUENCH TATIK DIS NtJ R EG - DE SCR I PTIOf t : 6.7.2.4h - TABLES AND GRAPHS GENERIC TO A I. L DISPLAYS: 11 0 P A t!E I. / V O R K S T A T I O N NO. ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY : THERE ARE NINE DIGITAL READOUTS O!I THE DISPLAY. COMMENTS: TIII S IS NOT cot!SIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE TIIIS HED. CRfTICAr.ITY RATING: I M P !. E M E NT AT I Of t : ? TOME REQUIRED

APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL . DATE E4% fu# $/sc h i~;

                                                                                                      */lz/$

lNlT 5;; ellb TM,!Y Yh y)

                                                                                           ~           .

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 550-S REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAll-FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIOtt: 2.6.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF THE PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TANK-DIE tiUREG - DESCRIPTIOft: 6.7.2.41 - HYPHENATIOli MINIMIZED GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERT D E S C FI I P T I O N OF CISCREPANCY: THE USE Of HYPHE!!ATION IS JUSTIFIED BY THE FACT THAT THESE I D EllT I F I E R S ARE HYPHENATED ON OTHER LABELS IN THE CO?! TROL ROOM. COMMENTS : THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE THIS HED. - CRfTICATITY HATING: ! ?t P L E M ENT AT I Of t : NortE REQUIRED APPROVALS .. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE B/6 f.lP 85 r/t/ar yqN a'e We lNlT fpj; 9/8 4W~2N .slbt n . S

HUMAN . ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 551-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS; REVIEW PHASE l DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.6.1 - 6%v CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TANK DIS NUREC - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.4n - LABEL PLACE!!ENT C Ei4 E R f C TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES l PANEL /VORKSTATIOff NO ERF l DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY : LABEL PLACEMENT IS VARIED TO SUIT THE SPACE AVAILABLE. PRACTICE IS NOT DESIRABLE, BUT IS DIFFICULT TO AVOID IN DISPLAYS OF THIS TYPE. VALVE LABELS IN VHITE AND REST OF DR AVIIIC AllD LETTERING IN CYAN IS VERY HELPFUL. COMMENTS: DISPLAY SPACE IS LIMITED BY SOFTWARE. AT TIMES, IT IS NECESSARY TO PLACE LABELS VHERE THEY VILL FIT VHICH MAY NOT RESULT IN CONSISTENT PLACEMENT OF LABELS. . RECOMMENDATIONS: NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED. CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4 I M P L EM Ef!T ATI ON : NONE REQU1 RED _,.,- APPROVALS . VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL 0 ATE ih/fs 1.n 6 r/e/%,d /' w %45 l NIT fyy:7odJ M Q A> Al-.

HUMAN ENGINEElt ING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATXON DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 552-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA GOURCE: SPDS HUMAFI FACTORS REVIEV R E V I Et.' F E C T I O ff : 2.6.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE PRESSURIZEX AND QUENCH TAliK DIE NUREG - DESCR IPTf 0ft: 6.7.2.4p (I) - LABEL HIGHLIGHTED GEffERfC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEt.IVORKSTAT!ON ?!O ERF D E S C TI I P T I O N OF DISCREPANCY: THE VHITE VALVE NUltBERS ARE EFFECTIVELY HIGHLIGHTED, ALTHOUGH THIS SERVES MOSTLY TO DIFFERE?tTIATE OilE SET OF LABELS PROM THE OTHERS, BECAUSE VIRTUALLY ALL OF THE ALPHAllUMERICS O!! THE DISPLAY ARE LABELS. COMMENTS: All INVESTICATIO!! VILL BE PERFORMED AS TO THE C O L O11 CONVENTIO!I NOV USED FOR LADELS. IT VILL BE DETERMillED VHETHER VHITE OR CYAff VILL BE ACCEPTABLE. RECOMMENDATIONS: PERFORM IllV E ST I C ATI Of t A!!D MAKE CHA!1CES AS NECESSARY. INVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986. CRITICALITY R ATf f1G : 3,2 I M P T. E M E N T A T I O N : SCHEDULE VILL UE DERIVED DASED ON RESULTS OF I NV E ST I G AT I CJI . i l APPROVALS r. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                                                        @/% p26 f47/se ff /M 9/e/s DATE l                                                                  l NIT ,qpp fph) #     &    th /2g

I-fU M A N ENGINEERINC DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHQUN STATION

'DATE: 08/01/85                                                   HED          NO.      :     553-S REVIEVER: BEARE                                                  TR ACK IIIG STATUS: REVIEV PHASE

. DATA SOUFCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORE REVIEV REVIEV SECTION.' 2.6.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF THE PRESSURIZER Af4D QUENCH TAl1K DIS flUREC - D ESC R I PTI Of t : 6.7.2.5b - L O C A T I O!! C O!1 S I S T E!4 T CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO - ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: OffE COMMOTI APPLICATION OF THE CollSISTENT LOCATION PR INCI PLE IS TO PLACE THE PRESSURE, LEVEL, A?ID TEMPERATURE READOUTS FOR VESSELS INSIDE THE VESSEL OUTLINE. RECO!!ME!1DED THAT THIS PRACTICE BE FOLLOWED III ' A L L P&ID DISPLAYS. COMMENTS: SPACE IS LIMITED IN SOME DISPLAYS FOR P L AC I!JG VESSEL INFOR!1ATION INSIDE THE VESSEL OUTL IllE . HOVEVER, ALL POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS VILL BE INVESTICATED AND VHERE POSSIBLE I!1FOR!1ATIOff VI LL BE PLACED INSIDE THE OUTLINES. RECOMMENDATIONS : P E R FO htt INVESTICATIOtt ATID CH Af tG E WHERE POSSIBLE. INVESTIGATION IS EXPECTED TO BE C OllP L ETE D BY JULY I, 1986. QRITICALITY R ATit!C : 3,2 JMPLEMENTATION. ==- SCHEDULE VILL BE DERIVED BASED O!! RESUI.TS OF I NV E ST I C AT I O!! . APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE #//Ted45 g(z/sQs;f /.< ' T/zg INIT OTdy add (///c k o

                                                                                                    .N gf

I-IU M A N ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A L I-I O U N STATION DATE: 06/0I/85 HED NO . : 554-S REVIEVER: DEARE TR A C K IIIG STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE; SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW EEVIEV SECTIOft: 2.6.I

                                  - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF THE PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TANK DIS Nf1 REG - DE S C R I PTI Of t : 6.7.2.5m - SCREEN LOADING CE?iERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO.- ERF DESCRIPTION                         OF      DISCREPANCY:

SCREEN LOADING IS DIFFICULT TO JUDGE. COMMENTS : Tit I S IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE THIS HED. CRITICALITY RATING: I PIP L EMEllT ATI ON : NOME REQUIRED

                                                                             .e l

APPROVALS . VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 14sjg ,,, g.gc g g,g r v ( ,. , gj INIT gy;g nji'@ -77)Lgj c '.qq. g

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 555-S REVIEVER: BEARE TR AC K IllG STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: .SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTI Of t : 2.6.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE PRESSURIZER AND OUENCH TANK DIE flUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.7h - CODE CONSISTENCY CENERIC TO A f. L DISPLAYS: YES PANELIUORKSTATTON FIO ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: COLOR Alt D SHAPE CO D I t!G ARE CONSISTE!!TLY APPLIED ON THE P&ID DISPLAYS. HOVEVER, USE OF RED TO MEAN PUMPS O!I , VALVES OPEN, AND BREAKERS CLOSED, MAY RUN COUNTER TO THE EXPECTATIO!!S OF SOME USERS. COMMENTS: THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED All HED. RECOMMENDATIONS : DELETE THIS HED. , CRITTCAI.ITY R AT!!iG : I M P t. F M E NT ATI ON : NOME REQUIRED APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %sh t 0

                                                                            *E' sh/%&Jj $~k %g                             f INIT fpjy 9;il'9)   17lA;(if Y'h                              &

HUMAN ENGINECRl'NG D1SCRCPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 556-S

 ,l E V I E V E R : BEARE TR A C K I!!G STATUS: REVIEV P: LASE Q_ATA SOURCE: SPDS !!UMAft F A C T O fl S REVIEV REVIEV S E CTI Of t :        2.6.1      - CllECKLIST QCVIEW OF THE PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TANK D'E 14UREG - DESCR1PTION;                   6.7.2 71 (1),(2) - C O L O II C OD 11!G
 'ENERIC TO A t. L DISPLAYS. YES fffNEL/VORKSTATION NO                     EHF DESCRIPT' ION                               OF     DISCREFANCY:

dED AllD G R E E!I CODING OF PUMP, VALVC, AllD EREAKER SYMEOLS REFERS TO Tl!E ETATUS. 3F Tll::SE COMPONENTS R A*i;I E R THAN TO VALUES TilAT ARE IN OR OUT OF TOLERAt1CE

 ~.OMMENTS:

11t C DISTRICT DELIEVES TilAT IT IS CAEY TO DIPPEREI4TIATE U C'I V E E!1 SYMUOLS AND

)ATA VALUES ON Tile DISPLAYS. Tile SYMBOLS ( PtJM PS , VALVES, BREAKERS) ARE COLOR

ODED ACCORDING TO T} LEI!! STATUS.

>ATA VALUES ARE PRINTED IN COLOR ACCOllDil4C TO T}lEIR ALARN STATUS.
't E C O M M E N D A T I O N S :

10 C il A N C E R E C o rlN E N D E D . JGlr I C AI. lTY H ATi t1C . 3,4 ns*g flP L E M E NT AT I Oil; 10141: REQUIRED APPROVALS VGM MLG ' KCH FES RJM RJL DATE Ih}g t ItO $jrygy !! n< 95 27 , lNlT dhljml$ TAh & qih g v

HUMAN ENGINEERINC DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 5 5 ~7 - S REVIEVER: BEARE :. TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE l DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV S E CTI Oti: 2.6.2 - ADD ITI O!! A L REMARKS Oil P I P I!!G AND INSTRUMEt{TATION DISPLA liUREG - DESCRIPTION: - UNMONITORED COMPOt{EllTS CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: BECAUSE VHITE IS BRIGHTER THAli RED OR GREEti, THE USE OF VHITE SYMBOLS FOR VALVES AND PUMPS VHOSE STATUS IS NOT MotlITORED.HAS EFFECT OF MAKItic THESE SYMBOLS MORE cot {SPICUOUS THAli OFIES FOR MOff!TORED COttPONENTS . CONSIDERATIONS TO CYAN FOR UN!!OFIITORED. COMMENTS: CRT col {TRAST RATIO VILL DE ADJUSTED AS HARDVARE P E Rl1I TS TO EQUALIZE BRIGHTNESS BETVEEN WHITE AND OTHER COLORS ON DISPLAYS. - RECOMMENDATIONS: CHANGE AS ABOVE AS HARDWARE PERMITS. CRITICALITY R AT IllC : 3,1 I M P L EM EllT AT I ON : 1987 REFUCLING OUTAGE - APPROVALS -. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 75/g M7# 6/fe d f% 9%

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             $PD/ $l0 1All l NIT                       2Dt' 6W

HUMAN ENG1NEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A E. 3-I O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/8S HED NO. : 558-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PilASE DATA-SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV S E CT I Oli 2.6.2 - ADDITIOffAL REMARKS ON P I F I!4G AND ItISTRUMENTATION DISPLA I4UREG - DESCRIPTIO!!: - E FORMAT GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS; YES PAf4EL/VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: READOUTS FOR RADIATION MOtt! TORS ARE IN THE 'E' FORMAT. THIS IS PROPER USE, HOVEVER, FORMAT USED PRESENTS THE FIRST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT TO THE RIGHT OF DECIMAL l'O I NT . MORE COMMoll CO!IVENTIO!! IS TO DISFLAY Tite FIRST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT TO LEFT OF DEC. PT. COMMENTS - C OliCU R IN PRINCIPLE VITH THE RECOMMENDATIO!I BUT FURTHER IltVESTIGATION VILL BE REQUIRED TO DEFINE TIIE CAPABILITY AND FINAL FORM OF THE IMPLEMENTATION. FURTHER lilVESTIGATION OF THE IIARDVARE AND SOFTVARE IS REQUIRED TO DEF!!4E THE ABILITY OF THE EQUIPMEtJT AFID SOFTWARE TO SUPPORT TIIE CHANGE. rt E C O M M is N D A T I O N S . PERFORM I FIV E ST I G AT I ON . !?tVESTIGATION EXPECTED TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY JULY I, 1986. CRITICALITY RATING. 3,1 plP1EMENTATION: 1 9 8 "/ ItEFUELING OUTAGE APPROVALS *. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE VMAy t-t25 shys' gy& i leir *N%g l NIT 99,lf)/JJ rah & Mk ,y

H UI4 A N ENGINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 559-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKIllG STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAff FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTIOft: 2.7.I

                                  - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF C O N T A lt4 M Ett T ISOLATIO!! VALVES DISPLA NUREG - D E S C R I PT I Off :  6.7.2.4g (2) - SUBCLASSES I ND Et1TE D G E?!E R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS:

P ANEL /VORKSTATIOff MO EHF DESCH.IPTION OF DISCREPAMCY: DISPLAYS CO!1SIST OF ONE LONG LIST OF VALVES, SUBGROUPS NOT SET OFF III A!4Y VAY. HOWEVER, LIST IS DESIGNED PRIMARILY FOR CHECK READI!1G TO VERIFY PROPER RESPONSE TO A CIAS S I G!!A L , AND ID OF INDIVIDUAL VALVES VOULD ONLY BE I M PORTA!!T IF A IIISMATCH COMMENTS: THIS IS FIOT CONSIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE THIS HED. 1 CHITICAf,ITY R ATI?!C : 1 I ?t P L EMETIT AT I ON : l NOilE REQUIRED APPROVALS r. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL Wi$ e a'? ik< $%_ I DATE IIS/f g.12'U INIT fjgj n d/ d M W* Aff ,

HU14AN ENG1NEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 560-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.7.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES DISPLI NUllEG - DESCR IPTf 0f t: 6.7.2.5c'- DATA GROUPING G EtiE R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANEL /VORKSTAT!ON IIO . . ERP DESCRIPTION OF D I S C R E P A N C Y~: VALVE LIST IS NOT PARTITIOtIED INTO SUDGROUPS. COMMENTS: SEE HED 559. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE THIS HED. CRITICAT.ITY RATING:

! ?t P f. EM E NT A T I O f t :

fi O N E REQUIRED APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE f/S/g g\1Ks)t/6g.Th/.!>4Iziy t INIT $)7)glE pl/l _ }ff yR 4% 1

MUMAN -ENGINEERING' DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 56 1-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS'HUMA!! FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV S E CTI Git : 2.7.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF COTITA INMEllT ISOLATIOft VALVES DISPLA

                                                                   .I L NUREG - DE SC R I PTI Of t :    6.7.5.2h - PAGE DESIGNATIONS GEFIERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /WORKSTATIOff ?!O .          ERP DESCRIPTION                         OF     DISCREPANCY:

RECO!1 MENDED TIIAT 'PAGE _ OF 7' BE ADDED TO ALL PAGES OF THE CO!ITA l ttliE!!T ISOLATIO?! VALVES DISPLAY. COMMENTS: SEE HED 517. RECOMMENDATIONS: CHANGE IF REQUIRED. i t l' (' CRITICALITY R AT!?!G . 3,1 I M P L EM E f 4T AT 1014 : 1987 R E F U E L I ttG OUTAGE

                                                                ;              , se*

APPROVALS ' VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 6//Jgg g,i1 SI r/a/sf q le'M t/ .- 7/z/s INIT (j])):];11)(8 R $$ hh &

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/0!/85 HED NO. : 562-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: HEVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTIOft: 2.7.I - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF COffTA !!4M El4T ISOLATION VALVE 3 DISPLA NUREG - DESC R I PTI Orl: 6.7.2.5m - SCREEN L O A D !!!G GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: itO P ANE L IVORK STAT T Of t fl0, ; ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: VALVE LIST OCCUPIES MOST OF THE SCREEN. HOVEVER, IN CHECK-READING APPLICATION, ONLY THE COLUMN OF VALVE SYMBOLS AND EXPECTED POSITIOf!S VILL BE S C At4!I E D . Ill CHECK-READING A P P L I C AT I O!!, THE EFFECTIVE SCREEN LOADING IS CONSIDERABLY LESS THAN 25%. COMMENTS : TIIIS IS !!OT coils I D E R E D AN HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE THIS HED. CHITICALITY H ATitiC : Ifl P t. E M E N T A T ! Oft: ilO?t E REQUIRED

                                                                            , rar*

APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE She/g 3,iz 8' vffr 9 ,tyy ,4 9/4 INIT #7);y0) ,ff/,yf6[ v.:4, gg -- a

H U M is N ENGINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CAE.HOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 563-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKlifG STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAtt FACTORS REVIEV R E V f Et,1 S ECTI Of t : 2.8.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR HVREG - DE S C R I PT T Of t : 6.7.2.41 (3) - DATE GEflERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANELIVORKSTATION NO.* ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: DATE IS PRESElfTED !!! THE FORMAT GIVE!1 !!1 flUR EG-0 7 0 0. HOWEVER, THIS FORMAT IS IllCOFISISTEi4T VITH THE FORMAT (07 MA7 85) USED O?! THE MAJORITY OF OTHER DISPLAYS. COMMENTS-C H AftG E S SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF Tite PLOT /TRE!!D PROGRA?! MUST BECHANGED. AN !!!VESTIC ATION VI LL HAVE TO DOffE TO DETERMI!JE IF THIS CHA!4GE Call EVEli BE DONE. 11 E C O MM E N D A T I O N S : INVESTIGATE LOFTWARE TO DETERMINE TO VHAT EXTEllT IT C All DE MODIFIED. INVESTIGATIOt! IS EXPECTED TO IJ E C O!!P L ETE D BY JULY 1, 1986. CRITICALITY RATitM: 3,2

~~

.It1Pf.EITENTAT f Ort : SCHEDULE WILL DE DERIVED DASED O!? !!4V E ST I C AT I O!1. APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE I//S t it'6 f/#i.ir,f p% Tg INIT g& rdd 4///t 8 sh /ff

HUMAN ENGINEERINC DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 564-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS IlUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTf0ft: 2.8.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR NUREC - D E S C R I PTI Off : 6.7.2.4m (1) - DATA GROUPS LABEL GEtlE R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /WORKSTATIOil NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: CHARTS ARE LADELED VITH THE POINT NO. OF THE SIGNAL PLOTTED. HOVEVER, THE PO!!1T NOS. ARE UltillTELLIGIDLE TO A USER VHO LACKS VERY DETAILED KliOVLEDGE OF THE P L AllT . CO!! SIDER ATIOff SHOULD HE CIVEN TO PROVID!NG MORE GENERIC LABELS IN ADDITION TO POltlT NO. COMMENTS: CHANCES SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAM MUST BE CHANGED. AN INVESTIGATION VILL HAVE TO BE DO!4E TO DETER!t!NE IF THIS CHANGE Call EVEN UE DONE. RECOMMENDATIONS: IllVESTIC ATE SOFTVARE TO DETERit!!1C TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODITIED. INVEST!GATIOil IS EXPECTED TO DE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986. CRITICALITY HATING: 3,2 I M P L EM EllT ATI ON : SCHLDULE TO DE DERIVED HASED ON INVESTIGATION. APPROVALS , VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJ! DATE No/wt '25 gu/6g D r /',7 7% INIT 997,, Mb] 4ll _(yh /,%. {}}

HUMAN ENGINEERINC DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 565-S REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUllAFI FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTIOff: 2.8.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR NUREC - DESCR I PTf 0f t : 6.7.2.4p (I) - LADELS HIGHLIGHTED GEilERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO P AtlEL /VORKSTATf 0ft NO . ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: CHART LABELS ARE NOT HIGHLIGHTED, HOWEVER, THE POSITIOlt OF THE LABELS, CEi!TERED AHOVE THEIR RESPECTIVE CHARTS, IS JUDCED TO OFFER ADEOUATE IDEllTI F I C ATIOtt OF Tile I R 11E AN!!1G . COMMENTS: THIS IS If0T COflSIDERED AM HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: . DELETE TIIIS IIE U . CR!TICALITY R A T itl G : I M P t. Ett E ?lT AT I Ott : itO!!E REQUIRED l APPROVALS ' VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE I)f c.l1* s/aff r!;f f.-% % % e l l NIT j;)Q ndA] 91A--@ O &

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CArHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 566-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAft FACTORS REVIEW REVTEV S ECTI Of t : 2.8.I - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE STH I P CHAllT EMUL ATOR 1 1 NUREG - DESCRIPTIori: 6.7.2.7a - HIGHLIGHTING GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO e P AtlEL /UORK STATI Of t ff 0. ERF I DESCRIPTION OF DISCREFANCY: USE OF COLORED TRACES IS A FORM OF H I GH L I G HTIllG , BUT IS RATHER !!!E F F E CTI V E AS USED PRESENTLY. BECAUSE EACH TRACE IS D R AWit ON A SEPARATE STRIP, THERE,IS NO ffEED TO USE DIFFERENT COLOR FOR EACH OffE. SEE SECTIO!? 2.8.2. I COMMENTS: Cil AtlC ES SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOT /TRE!!D PROGRAM MUST BE CH AllG E D . A!! INVEST!GATIOil VILL HAVE TO BE DO!1E TO DETERMINE IT THIS CH Af1G E Call EVEtt BE DO!1E . - RECOMMENDATIONS:

  !!1V ESTI C ATE SOFTVARE TO DETERMINE TO WHAT EXTE!4T IT CAN BE MODIFIED.

I NVESTI G ATI Ott IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY I, 1986. l Cit ITI C AI. I TY R ATI t!G : 3.2 I M P L E M E M T A T I O tt: " SCHEDULE TO BE DERIVED UASED Ort !!1V E ST! G AT I O!1. APPROVALS 5 VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE Os)g 3.a5 f/g,ay yp %,[_ l INIT 9;g e/JJ cilll r.{j Qg

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREESANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION i DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 567-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTIort; 2.8.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEV OF THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.7g - GRAPHICS CODING 1 GE?4ERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /UORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

   !!iAPPROPRI ATE USE OF COLOR CODIl1G ALLUDED TO PREVIOUSLY.

COMMENTS: C H A ?!G E S SUCH AS THIS O!IE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAM MUST BE CHANCED. AN INVESTIGATION VILL HAVE TO BE DONE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHAIIGE Call EVE!! BE DO!IE . RECOMMENDATIONS: . ITIVESTI G ATE SOFTWARE TO DETERMINE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED. INVESTICATIOFI IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986. CRITICALITY R AT i t10 . 3,2 I M P L EM ENT ATI Oti: SCHEDULE TO BE DERIVED BASED Off I NV E ST I C AT I O!I . APPROVALS. r. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL. DATE Vis/g 8.nd r)i/sr g af l. ,s "Azg iNIT p.p;;;9t}}-9/efp] A"rt g-

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08101/85 HED NO. : 568-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMA!! FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTIOM: 2.8.2 - ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR l NUREC - D E S C R I PT I O!I: - EMPTY SCREEN l CE!!ER IC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL / WORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTIOM OF DISCREPANCY: SCREEN STARTS OUT EMPTY AND THE CHARTS DEVELOP 'VHILE YOU VAIT. .AND WAIT' RECOtIME!!DED TH AT THE SCE BE REPRCCRAMMED TO COME UP VITH A FULL SCREEN OF DATA (ABOUT 30 MINUTES VORTH) COMMENTS: PRESENT SOFTWARE CAN PROVIDE EITHER HISTORICAL OR REAL TIME DATA TRENDS, BUT NOT BOTH ON THE SAME TREND.

RECOMMENDATIONS: l NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED. CRITICAI.ITY R A T I N F,: 3,4 IMPLEMENTATION: NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS r. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE Unk5 geSS shi$ y!u shic Weds l NIT Q:?;; mlh fMI & m.h ff

      . HUMAN          ENGINEERING               DISCREPANCY                                              RECORD FORT        CALHOUN            STATION DATE: 08101/Bb                                       HED      NO.     :                                569-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE- SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTION: 2.8.2        -

ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR HUREG - DES (*RIPTION: - TIC MARKS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES P ANEL /VORKSTATI Off NO . ERF DESCRI'PTION OF DISCREPANCY: RANCE REPRESENTED DIFFERENT PARAMETERS.BY THE VIDTH OF THE STRIP CAN BE VARIED TO ACCOMODATE CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE CIVEN TO ADDI!!G TIC MARKS TO THE TOP FRAME OF THE CHART, AND REPEATING ON TIME IIICREMENT LINES. COMMENTS: CHANCES SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAII MUST BE CHANGED. AN INVESTIGATION VILL HAVE TO BE DONE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHANGE CA!I EVEN BE DONE. . RECOMMENDATIONS: INVESTIGATE SOFTVARE TO DETERMINE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED. INVESTIGATICII IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986. l l CRITICAT.ITY RATING: 3,2 1 { I M P L EllEFITATI ON : s.,. SCHEDULE TO BE DERIVED BASED Oil INVESTIGATIOll. APPROVALS 3 VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL i DATE ky<(gnd sp/sc pf ,4,q %,y iNlT $9) 4)/9) rp1 }x5 gjg

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 570-S REVIEVER: BEARE T R A Cl*.IllG STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 2.8.1 - CHECKLIST REVIEW OF THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR NUREG - D ES C R I PTI Ort : 6.7.2.5b - LOCATION CONSISTENT GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION . OF DISCREPANCY: DATE AND TIME ARE PHESENTED AT THE TOP OF THE SCREEN RATHER THAN AT THE BOTTOM, AS IS THE CASE VITH MOST OTHER DISPLAYS. COMMENTS - SEE HED 498. RECOMMENDAT1ONS: NO CHAi!GE' RECOMMENDED. . CR7TICALITY RATING: 3,4 IMPLEMENTATIOM: NO?IE REQUIRED APPROVALS -. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE EIM/g g I2-0 Shi y .%k )M Az/w INIT fp1;; e//J 7/// - $pk dh de

I-IU M A N ENGINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO .: 571-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAll FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: 2.8.2 - ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR NUREG - DESCRIPTION: - SELECTABLE VALUE GEllERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATIOft NO ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREFANCY: SCE DISPLAYS THE TRACE WITH REFEREtiCE TO A SELECTABLE ' GRAPH POINT' OR SET POINT. THIS C ATI BE A HELPFUL FEATURE, BUT THE GRAPH POINT (AND SCALING) MUST BE CAHEFULLY SELECTED, OR THE RESULTING WIDE TRACES VILL TEND TO OBSCURE CHANCES IN PARAMETER. COMMENTS: HOW TO " PROPERLY" SET UP CERTAIN PLOTS /TREllDS CAN BEST BE HANDLED BY PROVIDING ADEQUATE TRAINIFIG AND OPERATING PROCEDURES. - RECOMMENDATIONS: PROVIDE ADEQUATE OPERATION TRAI?IlliG FOR THE ERF COMPUTER SYSTEM. CRITICALITY R ATI t!G : 3,1 (MPLEMENTATION: l 1987 REFUELING OUTAGE - APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJ " DATE %g/ gaz.:i e/a/3r g.pdj .% %7 l NIT gy n0J A;{# >h &

HUMAN ENGINEERING D1SCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 572-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTION: 2.8.2 - ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE STRIP CHART EMULATOR NUHZG - DESCRIPTION: - COLOR CODING GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: THE VAY COLOR IS EMPLOYED IN PRESENT SCE DISPLAY TO VRITE DATA O!I SEPARATE STRIPS IS NOT HELPFUL. CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO REVISING THE USE OF COLOR ALONG LINES PRESE!!TED IN SECTION 2.8.2 OF HUIIAN FACTOR REVIEV (PAGE 22) COMMENTS: CHANGES SUCH AS THIS ONE ARE DIFFICULT DUE TO THE FACT THAT THE SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOT / TREND PROGRAM NUST BE CHANGED. All INVESTIGATION VILL HAVE TO BE DONE TO DETERMINE IF THIS CHANGE CAN EVEN BE DONE. - RECOMMENDATIONS: I!4VESTIGATE SOFTWARE TO DETERMINE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CAN BE MODIFIED. INVESTIGATION IS EX:2ECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986. CRITICALITY RATING: 3,2 IMPLEMENTATION: , SCHLDULE TO BE DERIVED BASED ON I!4VESTI G ATI ON . APPROVALS r. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %g e n26 We/85ef ll . - "dy , l NIT RF];p 93 0 ) 1MI c & n'%

I-{ U M A N ENGINEERING DISCRCFANCY RECORD FORT C A L1-RO U M GTATION

 . ATE: 08/01/85                                    HED       NO.     :    5'73-S LEVIEVER: DEARE                                     TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE
)ATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV

1 E V I EV SECTION: 3.1 - I{UREG-0700 SUPPLEMEf4TAL Cl!ECKLISTS 4UREG - DESCRIFTION: 6.1.2.3g -

LEC AND TOOT ROOM

ENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES S AftEL IVORKSTATIOff NO ERF DESCRIFTION OF DISCREPANCY .

1AJORITY OF SPDS DISPLAY UNITS ARE PLACED O!1 TABLES WITii' ADEQUATE LEG AND

*OOT ROOM. HOVEVER, SPDS flO . 1 Ill CONTROL ROOM IS POSITIONED ABOVE A SET OF JhAVERS, WITl!OUT ADEOUATE LEG AND TOOT RO Oli .

COMMENTS: rl:E SPDS IS DASED ON THE ERE COMPUTER VIIICH VI L L REPLACE THE PLANT COMPl>TER. .111 3 PROBLEM VILL BE ADDRESSED VIIEN THE OLD PLANT COMPUTER CONSOLE IS REMOVED.

IIECOMMENDATIONS: sDDRESS SPACE REQUIREMENTS AFTER REMOVAL OF PRESENT PLANT COMPUTER. 'RITICALITY HATING. 3,1 MPL2 MENTATION: 787 REFUELIf1G OUTAGE APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %yg g-Izd r/nj<'rgg fS rhu 9lg INIT g.,rg /p/8 $N g g

HUMAN ENGINEER 1NG DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CArHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 574-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTION: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.1.2.3h - VRITING SPACE G EFIE R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANELIVORKSTATION NO. ERF -D E S C R I PT I ON OF DISCREPANCY: DISPLAY UNITS ARE LARGE. NEARBY VRITING SPACES ARE GENERALLY AVAILABLE, BUT PERSON ASSIGNED TO MONITOR SPDS VILL BE FRUSTRATED BY LACK OF SPACE. KEYBOARDS SHOULD NOT BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE. COMMENTS : THE SPDS IS BASED ON THE ERP COMPUTER VHICH VILL REPLACE THE PLANT CO.!PUTE R . THIS PROBLEM VILL DE ADDRESSED WHEN THE OLD PLANT COMPUTER CONSOLE IS REMOVED. RECOMMENDATIONS: ADDRESS SPACE REQUIREMENTS AFTER REMOVAL OF PRESENT PLANT COMPUTER. I CRITICALITY RATING: 3,1 IMPLEMENTATION: 1987 REFUELING OUTAGE l

                                                                                   .i 1

APPROVALS i VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 3/hk r ad 6k3'6$ ll1 %^ 9I2f INIT phy#lb 4 AIL

                                                                     %f   6k  &

HUMAN ENGINEERING D1SCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 575-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE w

 ' DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV S E CTI Ort : 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS MUREC - DESCR I PTI Of t :   6.5,1.6c (2) - MEANING OF COLORS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL / WORKSTATION NO.        ERP DESCRIPTIGN                      OF   DISCREPANCY:                                'S MAGE!ITA IS USED TOR ALERTING AND DISPLAY OF OUT OF TOLERANCE VALUES; RED IS USEC TO INDICATE STATUS OF PUMPS, VALVES, AND BREAKERS. MAGENTA IS JUDGED TO EP AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE FOR RED IN THIS USAGE.

COMr4ENTS : THIS IS NOT COttSIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: - -DELETE THIS HED. CRITICALITY R ATI?!G : IMPLENENTATIOft: NOME REQUIRED APPROVALS , VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %g / gs-85 sla/sf y 'f? *' Szkg l NIT p;&)y Gh(b 4 N % f lh f% $

HUMAN ENGINEE311NG D1SCREFANCY RECORD FORT C A L.1-I O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO : 576-S TEVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: RSVIEV PHASE OATA SOURCE: SPDS IlUMAN FACTORS REVIEV (EVIEV SECTION: "4 . 1 - !4 U llE G - 0 7 0 0 SUPPLE!1 ENTAL CIIECKLISTS

 !UREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.5.1.ed (3) - Ilir L U ENC E OF A11 8 1 E!4T L I CitT
 ;ENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES
 ' AME L /UORKSTATI ON 110.      ERF
 .3ESCRIPTION                     OF       DIGCREPANCY .

Cl{IS VAS NOT EVALUATED, HOVEVER, Ti!E Sli A L L NO. OF COLORS USED SIGflIFICANTLY (EDUCES Tile L I K E L I!!OOD OF CONFUSION. IN HEVIEVER'S OPINION MORE LIKELY SOURCE sl1ONG. COLORS IS MISADJUSTMENT OF Tl!E CRT'S. COMMENTS: PHE DISTh!CT DELIEVES THAT TIIIS PRO E L Eli CAN DE OVERCOME UY PROVIDING EXTERNAL ILARE SCREENS AND/OR A MAINTENANCE PROGRAM TO ENSURE T!!AT THE CRTS ARE IN

? ROPER VORKING ORDElt.                                                  .

RECOMMENDATIONS:

?ROVIDE CLARE SCREENS AND/OR MAINTENA!1CE PROGRAM.

RITICALITY RATING: 3,1 i M P f. EliE NT AT I O N :

.987 RETUELI!!G OUTAGE ,, APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL 5 85/g getf 9/sqly k 9 t' ' k DATE 4zh

                                                      ,INIT  ffp vh/8    TA//M       e#i    M

HUMAN ENG1NEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 3-ED NO. : 577-S REV!EVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE ]ATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN TACTORS REVIEV 3EVIEV SECTION: 3.1 - NUllCG-0700 SUPPLEME!4TAL CI:ECKLISTS 1HRCC - DESCRIPTION: 6.7 1.4g - KEYCOARD SLOPE

*ENER!C TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES

~3 ANE L / WORK ST ATI O?! NO ERP , OESCRIPTION OF GISCREPANCY : OTil T!{E FLIC AND THE ' QVE TITY ' KEYBOARDS HAD S L Ol' E S Or 7-8 D E C ilE E S , ABOUT 1/2

!!' RECOMMENDED MINIMUMS.           THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED A POTENTIAL PROBLEM, AS
) P E R t.T I O!! O f THE SPDS DOCS NOT RCOUIRC EXTE!ISIVE KEYING.

COMMENTS . EllI S IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HCD.

t E C O M M E N D A T I O N S : .

)CLETE THIS HED.

RITICALITY RATING:

NPLEMENTATION

dONE REQUIRED s APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                         .            DATE  Vs/qgg ItK -Ja/sr g .ted g'n , 9lyg INlT  ,cy% qL'f}   -7M/Q        pfp                                 g

HUMAN ENGINEEMINC DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CArHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 578-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTIOff: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.1.4i - RELEVANT KEY GE?!ERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PA?tEL/VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

 'QUERTY' KEYBOARD IS OFF-THE-SHELF UNIT WITH MANY SPECIAL PURPOSE KEYS FOR USE IN COLOR GRAPHICS APPLICATIONS. BETVEEN 1/3 AND 2/3 OF KEYS ARE IRRELEVANT TO OPERATION (AS OPPOSED TO PROGRAMMING)       LARGE NO. OF KEYS ARE COLORED AND ADDED CONSPICUITY COMMENTS :

(CONT) OF DISC.DESC.)-OF COLORED KEYS IS USEFUL FOR NUMERIC KEY PAD AND CURSOR CONTROLS, BUT MILDLY DISTRACTING IN CASE OF OTHER KEYS. CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO REMOVIliG IRRELEVANT KEYS AND COVERING HOLES.

--OPERATION OF THE SPDS DOES MOT REQUIRE EXTENSIVE KEYING.

RECOMMENDATIONS: NO CHANGE RECOMitENDED. CRfTICALITY R ATI TIG ; 3,4 x I?tP L EMENT AT I ON : NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS 3 VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 0/$ts M2d s/Iddyf t'4- %/gg l NIT g.p; 9/jf R$?fh' =ik fjf

HUMAN ENGINEERING D1SCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A E. M O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. . 579-S REVIEVER: B E AllE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA GOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV q}:li.EV SECTION: 3.1 - fiUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL Cl:ECKLISTS HUREC - DESCRIPTIO!I: 6.7.2.1E - RErLECTED GLARE SENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS. YES 9AttEL/VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF D1SCREPANCY: 3!1E CLARC ' HOT SPOT' IN SPDS NO. 1 CAUSED BY EXPOSED LUMINAIRE IN E!ITR YVA Y AT IE CORNER. SCREENS AT EOF HAVE SERICOUS CLARE PROBLEM FROM LUMINAIRES AT* F AR IMD OF ROOM. PLACIFIC THESE UNITS AGAINET VALL TO R I Gl:T O F PRESENT LUCATION

 !! CIIT REDUCE.

C'OMMENTS :

 'H C DISTRICT BELIEVES THAT THIS-PROBLEM CAN BE OVERCOME BY PROVIDING EXTEntIAL
;L ARE SCREENS AllD / OR A MAINTENANCE PROGRAM TO EtiSURE TilAT THE CRTS ARE Ill
' ROPER VOrtKING ORDER.

tECOMMENDATIONS.

'ROVIDE CLARE SCREEftS A!!D / O R MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.
;R ITI C AL ITY H ATi tlG :  3,1

. M P L EMEl4T AT I ON : 6987 REFUELING OUTAGE APPROVALS r-VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %)g gtid s/e/srgsf iNic %2h INIT (fpy tl'jf f//dzjN 1'h &

i IEUMAN ENGINEERINC DISCREPANCY ' RECORD ; FORT C A LI-EQ U N STATION ; DATE: 08/01/85 I-IE D NO. : 58O-S ) REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMA!4 FACTORS REVIEV REVILV SECTION: 3.1 - HUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS fiUREC - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.1C (1) - AMBIEt4T LIGHT 3ENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES JANEL/VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

 ;OllTRIEUTION Or AMBIENT ILLUMIIIATION TO SCRECII LUMINANCE IS MOIIE OR LESS

Of6 S T A N T , BUT PROPORTIOIIAL CONTRIBUTION VARIES WITH COLOR DISPLAYED.

O O M M E N*1'S : THE DISTRICT BELIEVCS THAT THIS PROELEM CAN BE OVERCOME DY PROVIDING EXTERNAL

 *LARE SCREENS AND/OR A MAINTENANCE PROCII AM TO ENSURE THAT'THE C II T S ARE III
 ' ROPER VORKING ORDER.

RECOMMENDATIONS: ~

 'ROVIDE GLARE SCREENS AIID / OR M A INTENA14CE PROGRAM.

RITICALITY HATING: 3,1 IMPLEMENTATION:

i987 IIE P U E L ING OUTACL

                                                             ~ APPROVALS                        .

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL r$thi~g 49 ;l- . < DATE V/% s-tzM "A2,gg iNIT feiy at'/J 11// llh/ llr, y

HUMAN ENGINEER 1NG D 1 S C IT E P A N C Y RECORD FORT CArHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO . : 581-S

.'t E V I E V E R : BEARE                                 TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN F A C T O II S REVIEV REVIEW S E CTI Of t : 3.1 - NUhEG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS

.NUREG - DESCRIPTICN: 6.7.2.1C (4) - CHARACTER LUMINANCE 1ENERIC TO ALI. DISPLAYS: YES ?ANEL/VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIL3 TION OF DISCREPANCY :

"H E MLASURED SPOT L U M Ill At4 C E RANGED FROM 1.9 FT-L (RED) IN THE DARKEllED ROOM
'O 22.6 FT-L (VHITE) ON THE NO.            2 SPDS UNIT Ill THE F10RMALLY LIT-ROOM.

COMMENTS: Cl!E DISTRICT CELIEVES THAT THIS PROBLEM CAN BE OVERCOME DY PROVIDING EXTERNAL .LARE SCREENS AND/OR A MAINTENANCE PROGRAM TO EllSU R E THAT THE CRTS ARE IN ' ROPER VORKING ORDER.

RECOMMENDATIONS- 'ROVIDE GLARE SCREENS AND/OR MAINTENANCE l'ROGRAM.

RITICALITY R A T IFIG . 3,1 MPLEMENTATION:

.987 REFUELING OUTAGE l VGM MLG APPROVALS l KCH FES ' RJM' RJL E ? DATE

                                                          %sh g.tzK gjpg ggy ,/            ,  ej i l NI T g ;;,,,  t (jf 7 p / g      _

(

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION

 'DATE; 08/01/05                                                HED        NO.      :    582-S
    'tEVIEVER: BEARE                                           TRACKING STATUS. REVIEW ? H A.5 E DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMA?! FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV SECTION: 3.1 - ItUREG-0700 SUPPLEME!4TAL CHECKLISTS NUREG - DE S CII I PTI O!!:          6.7.2.1d   (1) - CONTRAST gy,,11 Pit i r. TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PA?1EL/WORXSTATTON NO.                 ERF DESCRIPTION                            OF      D I S C R L: P A N C Y :

XAM!!tATION OF CONTRAST RATIOS (COLOR /BACKGROUlJD) PRESE!iTED IN TAGLE 3-1 Or IUMAN PACTORS REVIEW SHOVS Til AT THE NOMIll A L CONTRAST RATIOS (MEASURED IN THE J A R K E!!E D EOF) ARE ADEOUATE DY THE NUREG-0700 STANDARDS.

COMMENTS: TH E DISTRICT DELIEVES THAT THIS PROCLEM C A!I BL OVERCOME BY PROVIDING EXTERNAL

 .LARE SCREENS AND/OR A MAINTENANCE PROGRAM TO ENSURE THAT TIIE CRTS ARE III J F. O P E R . W O R K I N G ORDER.                                            ,

RECOMMENDATIONS.

 .ROVIDE GLARE SCREE!IS AND/OR MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.

RITICALITY R ATit!G : 3,1 M P L EMC f4T AT I ON :

' 987 REFUELIIIG OUTAGE ,,, 1 APPROVALS ~., VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                               .             DATE    %/47g.pd s/a/ssq.it Y  /r.y Vigg r

iN iT p p y , 9 g 9'] pf//.& f$ g

I-1 U I '1 A N ENG1NEC11ING D1SC11EPANCY RECORD-Ir* O R T CAIHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 583-S REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHAEE DATA SOURCE: SPDS !!Ut!AN FACTORS REVIEW REultV S t; C T I Oft: 3.1 - NUltEG-0700 SUPPLEMEllTAL CHECKLISTS NUHEG - DESCR1PTlON: 6.7.2.1f (4) - RESOLUTION ELEMENTS GEt!En f C TO ALL U[ SPLAYS: NO

PANEL /WortKSTATION NO.. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREFANCY: CilARACTER HEIGl!T IS E1 Gilt-NINE PilOS PIIOlt DOTS. HOVE V Ell , T}II S IS VERY CLOSE TO THE STANDARD, AND T1tE PRESENT RESOLUTION IS JUDGED TO DE ADEGUATE. COMMENTS: Tit ! S IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDATIONS : DELEl'E Ti!I S HED. Clt ITI C A L ITY RATING: 1 i M P L EM EFIT AT I O?l; I NONE ItEGUIRED APPROVALS -l VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL l DATE 3

                                                                    //5/g rI2% 1)z//sb7?   dth- %/g; lNlT  ppy,9 mf}} 1NGk ?h g

HUMAN ENGINEEnING D 1 S C IT E P A N C Y RECORD FORT CALHQUN STATION DATE. 08/01/SS HED NO. : 584-S (EVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE JATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW 3EVIEU S E CT I Oll: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEME!4TAL CHECKLISTS NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.2.!h - CRT DISPLAY CONTROLS 3Ef4ERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS. YES PANEL /VORKSTATION ?!O ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: PRESENT DISPLAYS HAVE NO USER ADJUSTABLE CONTROLS. VITH CONTROLS, IT IS POSSIBLE TII AT SUCH CONTROLS WOULD HAVE MADE POSSIBLE-ACHIEVEt!ENT AT LEAST THE .3;1 M1!41 MUM CollTR AST S PEC I F I ED BY I4UREG-0835 FOR ALL COLORS. COMMENTS :

?HE DISTRICT BELIEVES Ti!AT THIS PROBLEII CAN BE OVERCOME BY PROVIDiffG EXTERNAL
.LARE SCREENS AND/OR A MAlf!TENANCE PROGRAM TO ENSURE THAT THE CRTS ARE IN
? ROPER WORKING ORDER.                                               -

RECOMMENDATIONS.

'ROVIDE CLARE SCREENS At!D / OR M A I!1TEll A!4C E PROGRAM.

RTTICALITY R ATit!G : 3,1 MPLEMENTATION:

987 REFUELING OUTAGE _e APPROVALS , VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %$ lHf 4/s5 s-82f / /0 >- 9/2h INIT gp,x 48] r//hk ]d} M-

I-1 U M A N ENG1NEER1NG U 1 S C R 12: P A N C Y IL E C O R D FORT CALMOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 505-S flEVIEVER: UEARE TRACKING STATUS: HEVIEV PHASE DATA SOU ft C E : SPDS HUMAN PACTORS REVIEV REVIEU SECTIO!1: 3.1 - 11UREG-0700 SUPPLEMEMY.sL c!!E C KL I STS NUREG - 'D E S C R 1 I"r 10N : 6.7.2.2: (i ) - CHARACTER SEPARATION GENEft f C TO ALL DJ,0.? LAY 3. P AN t: L / VO ft ;n' .' AT N NO . ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCHEPANCY: ITEM WAS Cl!ECKED YES, BUT PRESENT CHAHACTER SEPARATION OF ONE PIIOSPHOR DOT IS DECIDEDLY t!A R G I N A L . C Olv1M E N T S : DISPLAY SPACE IS LIMITED DUE TO SOFTWAHE. AREAS Ti!AT CONTAIN TEXT SEPARATED BY ONE PlIOS Pl!UR DOT ARE' AREAS VIIER E Tl!E SCREEN LOADING IS N 1 N I t!A L . CONSEQUE11TLY, SPACING D ETWE E!! C}!ARACTERS IS col 4S I DE R ED ADEQUATE. R E C O t'It'I E N D A T I O N G : " NO Cil A14G E RECOMMENDED. C:1ITICALITY R AT!i!G : 3,4 i M P L l'N E NT A T I ON : NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS r. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJl DATE %& 8-n3 1/ajiAf s4v 'd% INITSplWAf 49W<& ?N 4i

1-L L T M A N ENGINEEn1NC 1.)1 S C R E 1? A N C Y RECORD E' O n "r CALMOUN STAT-ION DATE: 08/01/05 HED NO, : 506-S HEVI EV'E R : BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS IlUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SECTION: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS NUREG - DESCRIPTTON: 6.7.2.2f (2)a,b,c - CHARACTER SEPARATION GEffERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATf0N NO. ERF O E S C R I E# T I O N O I* D I S C R E E> A M C Y : CH AR ACTER SEI' AR A*.*I ON NOT LESS THAN 25% OF CIIARACTER LIGHT UNDER DEGRADED' CONDITIONS. CHARACTER WIDTH IS LESS T][AN 85% OF CHARACTER HEIGHT, AND LUMINANCE AND CONTHAST ARE SUEOPTIMAL COR RED A!!D MAGENTA. COMMENTS: TIIIS IS 140T CONSIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDATIONS. DELETE THIS HED. - CRITICALITY RATING: I M P L E M E N T A T I 0 71: NOME REQUfRED

,~

APPROVALS 3 VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                                                              # dv 0 ATE  %)e Mzd *)</is T,           "A2/gg lNlT f.py  Glb  (A!l $ Wh' g  ,

I-L U M A N ENGINCERING D 1 S C R C r3 A N C 'I RECCRD FORT C A E.1-I O U M STATION DATE: 06/01/85 I-L E D NO. : S U '7 - S R E V I E V Ell: UEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS !!UFIAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTIOrl: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS NUREG - D E s cit I PTI ON : 6.7.2.3f - VISIBILITY OF DATA GENEHfC TO ALL OfSPLAYS: YES PAtlEL/ WORKSTATION NO EHF DESCRII* TION OF DISCRE13ANCY: DECAUSE mat 4Y O l' Tile SUPPLEMENTARY DISPLAYS AND PROGRAMS AVAILAELE VIA THE SPDS UNITS A R d' USE7UL DURING NOllHAL OPERATION, OPERATO:13 SUGGESTED THAT ONE OR BOTil UtilTS IN Clt US MOUI4TED Oi! TURNTABLES. COMMCNTG: THIS IS tlOT CONSIDERED All HED. RECOMMENDATIONS : DELETE TIII S HED. " CRITICALIT7 R AT ri!G : I M P L E PIE N T A T I O N : NOI1E H E O U lit E D APPROVALS y. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %g5

                                                             /   t-Izy  q(9/ g,.,rM ,jpg 9;,,

INIT .Wy qvQg/lf? gg g,

M U lvL A N ENG1NEEn1NG D1GCREPANCY FLECORD FORT C A LIIO U N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 588-G REVIEVER: UEA3E TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SECTION: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUP P L EMEllTA L CHECKLISTS NUREG - D E S C H i t'T I ON : 6.7.2.Sh - PAGE DESIGNATION GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL / WORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCHEPANCY: MOST DISPLAYS ARE OF THE STAND-ALONE TYPE, BUT THOSE THAT CONSIST OF MULTIPLE PAGES SHOULD 3E NUMBERED IN THE 'PAGE 1 Of n' FASHION. C O P" M E N T S : I N D I V I D1J A L PAGE NUMBERS ARE REQUIRED FOR COMPUTER RECALL OF EACH PAGE. THE i OF n PAGE DESIGNATOR VILL ADDED TO DISPLAYS CONTAINING RELATED PAGES. R E C O M M I3 N D A T I O N G . CH ANGE VHE!!E NECESSARY. _ CitITICALITY H AT I f!G : 3,1 ! M P f. E M E NT AT [ ON : 198'/ REPUELING OUTAGE APPROVALS VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE #94 4-i2 tr ,sh/g girE 8 y?.:y 4 24 l NIT g %9 g/b [ & .;iz'h fj g

H U I'1 A N ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD F O II T C A L I-I O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/u5 HED NO. : 5 f.3 9 - E, REVIEVER: UEARC TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA GOUTt C E : SPDS HUMAN PACTORS REVICV REVILV SECTION: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL Cl!ECKLISTS N Uit L*G - D E S C R ! !'T I ON : 6.7.3.1b (2) - PRINT CO!!PIRMATION MESSAGE G ENCTt i c TO ALL OfSPLAYS: YES PANEL /UORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCTIIPTION OF D I S C H E I' A N C Y : NO Pit 1 NT CONF 1RMAT10!! (OR Pit ! NT COMP L ET 10!!) MESSAGE IS PROVIDED O!{ THE TEllMINAL DIRECTING INFORMATION TO THE PRINTER. COMMENTS: All INVCSTIGATION VILL HAVC TO BE PCR1'ORMED TO DETERMINE IF TIIC OUTPUT OF PRINT TCRMINATION NCSSAGES CAN DE AUDED TO Tile SOFTWARE. RECOMM13NDATIONS: PERFuttM INVESTIGATION. INVESTIGATION CXPECTCD TO BE ACCOMPLIS!iED BY JULY 1, 1906. Cit iT I C A L I TY RAT!NC; 3,2 IMPLEMENTATION: SCllEDULE WILL CC DERIVLD UAGED 0 11 I NV L S*"I G AT I O!! . n APPROVALS r. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE Mygg 2-\25 s/f.gk /~.'h *4zg. INIT .pp , $/g 18//Mk vM g

HUMAN ENGINEER 1NG DISCREPANC'I RECORD 1* O ll T C A L.1-I O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. i 59O-S HEVIEVER: 'lEAREi TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS N13 REG - D E C C R 1 1'T 1 0 N : 6.7.3.le (2) - I' A F E R SUPPLY GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VOTIKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION O r' DISCREPANCY: LP0 IN CONTitO L llOOM VAS Cl!UCKED NO. OTHER PRINTERS VERE NOT FORMALLY EVALUATED, BUT THOSE IN THE ZOF DO HAVE A VISIBLE PAPER SUPPLY. COMMENTS: PR INTEllS HAVE A 'LOV PAPER' ALARM. RECOMMUNDAT1ONS : .NO CHANGE RECONf! ENDED. CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4 INPLEMENTATION. NONC REQUIHCD s APPROVALS r-VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 0% 8+2r gjfgy.yf y,y. %,,, INIT agg orb pf// ;g 4 g

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CAI.HOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 592-L (EVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS. REVIEV PII AS E DATA SOURCE: SPDS IIUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SECTION: 3.1 - IIUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS NUREG - DES C R I PTI Ort : 6.7.3.1F (1) - MOST RECENT L IllE VISIDLE 3ENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION O I* OISCREPANCY : TOST R E C E!!T L I!!E fiOT VISIDLE O!1 LPC iOTHCR F R IllTE R S NOT EXAMINED) CLO M M E N T S : . !!1E PRINTERS ARE DESIGNED AND 13U I LT TO PRODUCE RAPID, BULK II!F O RM AT I ON . TII E )UTPUT IS !!OT ME ANT TO BE READ V!!!LE EXITING FRON Tile MACHINE. SERIAL

'RINTERS ARE CEING PROVIDED FOR ALARMS.

RECOMMENDATIONS. . 10 CHANGE R E C OMM E!!D E D . 'RITICALITY RATING. 3,4 II P I. E M E NT AT I Ot! IOME REQUIRED APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL ,. DATE I/IS/g t a-K r)t/f y1KY/b's %z/gs-INIT f4py; $48 4/ t 84 Shr g_--

Fl u M A N ENGXNEERING 'D 1 D C 1-t 2 r2 ANCY i-L Il C O 1-t D I* O RT C A L 1-I O U N GTATION DATE: 00/01/85 j_g g a no, ; g3 9 1_g 'REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKillG STATUS: !!EVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS !!UMAN FACTORS ttEVIEV REVIEV S E CT I OII: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL Cl!ECKLISTS NUltEG - UCSC1(1 PTI Of t : 6.7.3.1e (3) - IIISTRUCT I Ot4S GENEHIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PAfiEL/VORKSTATION MO. ERF D C S C TL I P T I O N OF DISCREIJANCY : RECultME!!DED Til AT A CARD Si!OV I NG !!OV TO RELOAD PAPER AND III E B OI4 BC P E !I!1 A14 EllT L Y AFFIXED TO ALL PRINTERS. COMMENTS : T1 E C O M M E N D A T 'I O N G : MAKE CIIANGES AS INDICATED. 1 CHITICALITY RATtMG: 3,1 IMPLEMENTATION: 1987 IIEFUELING OUTAGE i APPROVALS ,l VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE *% NM No' d3Y 8 Al O 34 1 l NIT 949 W8 $~h Yh h 1

14 U 1 I A N CNG1NEER1NC D 1. S C R id P A N C Y RECORD F O IT. T C A L Ft O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/8b FI E D NO. : ti 9 * ) -S REVIEVER: 13EARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: 3PDS HUMA?! FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV StCTION: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 S U F P L Eli Ell T A L CHECKLISTS NURtG - D E S C 11 1 P T I O N : 6.7.3.11 (3) - AN!!OTATION OF PRINTER OUTPUT GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYG: LANEL /VORKGTATION NO ERP l l DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY : THE DESIGN OF LPO MAKES ANNOTATION OF OUTPUT VilI LE IN THE MACHINE AWKVARD, IF IIOT IMPOGSIDLE (AS DOES THE 600 LPM SPEED OF THIS PitINTER) l COMMENTS: LINE P R 1!iT EltS ARE DESIGNLD FOR RAPID, DULK OUTPUT IT IS NOT INTENDED TilAT Tl!E OUTPUT DE ANNOTATED IMMEDIATELY. AftY ANNOTATION CAN BE HANDLED AFTER PRINTING ID C Oli P L E T E D DY ltEltOVi!IG PAPEF PROli 14ACHIl4E . l RECOMMENDATIONS: - NO CHA!!GE R E COli:1END E D . l l l CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4 ( N F L EM E!!T ATI Of!; NUNE R EQ U lll E D APPROVALS . VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %/g Mzar gbbs g -}? gni,- %; % INIT g:pw e/B #E M%4

MUMAN E N C 2. N E E FL 1 N G D1SCREFANCY FL E C O R D FORT CALHOUN , STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 594-S H E V I I: V E H : BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV S E CT10ll: 3.1 - NUHCG-0700 SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLISTS

 !!UREG - DE E tit 1 PTI ON : 6.7.3.2a (2) - ANNUNCIATOR ALARMS RECORDED GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS:

PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERP 1 DESCRIPTION OF D I S C TLf4 IS A N C Y : ERP COMPUTE!1 DOES NOT PROCESS ALL !!ARU4VIjtCD ANNUNCIATOR INFUTS. THE ALARM REPORTS AVAILAULE VIA THE DISPLAY ALAR *1.DTATUS (DAG) TASK CONTAINS ONLY C H P - G E!! Eft A T E D ALAHMS.THIS SYSTEM IS INDEPENDENT Of TI:E ALARM PRINTER AND IS NOT INTE!!DED TO SUDSTITUTE l l COMMENTS : AT FORT C All:OUN STATION TIIC PLANT COMPUTER DOES NOT PROCESS ALL HARD VIRED ANNUNCIATOR INPUTS. AN!!UNCIATORS, BUT NOT AN ALARM TYPEWRITER IS PROVIDED FOR CERTAIN HARD VIRED ALL. Tl!!S WILL REMAIN THE SAME EVEN AFTER THE PRESENT PLANT COMPUTER IS REMOVED. RECOMMENDATIONS: NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED. l CRITICALITY HATING: 3,4 IMPLEMENTATION: ==* !!ON E REQUIRED APPROVALS .. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                                                       %% t/z-ti     s)t/d ;ay no>- */'@

DATE INIT f.;g;. @l8 ##.. $)f3V9 6/._ t

i 1-LU M A N ENGINEEMING D1SCHEPANCY MECORD F OItT CALHOUN STATION \ UATE: 08/01/05 HED NO. : 595-S REVIEVER: UEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS {UMAN FACTORS itEVIEW REVIEV SECTION: 3.1 - NUREG-0700 SUPPLEMEllTAL CHECKLISTS HUREG - DESCRIPTION: 6.7.3.2e,f - ALARM ID AND TERMINOLOGY GENCH!C TO ALL 0fSPLAYS: P AtlE L /VORKSTATIOff NO . EHF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: T i! E S E ITEMS VETtE NOT EVALUATED DECAUSE IT VAS PELT THAT THEY VERE INTENDED TO APPLY TO TIE DEDICATED ALARM PRINTER. l l COMMENTS : THIS IS 110T CONSIDERED Att rf E D . l R E C O M I*I E N D A T I O N S : DELETE THIS HED. CRITICALITY 3ATING:

 ! M P t. E M E NT AT I O N :

NO!4E REQUIRED 1 1

                                                                    .-                                                   1 l

APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE Uu/g 8'ud Wiz /6yf c'+ BA %, [ NIT gag f//8 (A eM vi$ 8/_

I-IU M A N ENGINEER 1NG DISCREPANCY RECOItC FORT C A L I-I O U N 11TATION DATE: 08/01/9b 1-I E D NO. : 596-S REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOUPCE: SPDS HU?IAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SELTION: 3.2 - SPDS HUMAN PACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST NUREG - DESCRIPTTON: 4.1.1 A & B - PRIMARY SPDS DISPLAY GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANEL /VOMKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: i ( THERE IS NO SINGLE PRIMARY DISPLAY SHOVI!4G A SET OF PARAMETER VALUES IttDICATIVE OF PLANT SAFETY. CURRENT TOP-LEVEL, SAFETY FUNCTIONS MATRIX, DISPLAYS NO QUA11TITATIVE 1HPO, BUT ACTS AS AN ALERTI!1G DISPLAY,. DIRECTI!!G OPERATORS TO SECOND-LEVEL DISPLAY. COMMENTS : l THE TOP LEVEL DISPLAY MEETS REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH IN CPRI-NP3595, { 1 AUG.,1934; OCT., II4 P O I N i> T A C 85-003, JAN.,1903; NUREG 003$, PUBLISHED AS A DRAFT, 1901 HOVEVER, ANOTl!L R DISPLAY TOR OPERATOR ECIIEPIT MAY BE AULE TO HE CREATED TI! AT CONTAIN3 SEVERAL CRITICAL PLANT PARAMENTERS. HECOMMENDATIONS: } NO CHANGE RECOMME14DED POR TOP LEVEL DISPLAY. I DISPLAY. I!1VESTIGATE ADDITION OF ANOTHER l 1 CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4 I MP L Eif ENTAT I ON :

 ' NOilt REQUIRED 1

l 1 I l APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE h/g t-rz tr 4zbr;.;yf dd< %g INlT fFjy 9pfh 4h'Ijg% $f

1-tU M A N E. N G I N E E 2R.1 N G D1SCREPANC'I 1tl.'C OFLD FORT CALMOUN STATION DATE: 0 0 / O'1 / 8 5 HED NO. : 597-S REVIEVCR: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PII A S E

  ~ DATA SOURCE: SPDS IfUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTI03: 3.2 - SPDS IIUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.3.2C - ENDING OF INVALID DATA GENEHIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES                                                                                            I PANEL /VORXSTATION NO.            ERF l

DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: SPDS MAKESISNU' VALIDATION DISTINCTION EETWEEN ' INVALID DATA' AND ' DATA FOR VHICH DATA UNSUCCESSFUL'. HOV THE SYSTEM COULD BE ENABLED TO MAKE SUCH A DISTINCTION IS NOT ODVIOUS. COMMENTS: BASED 011 Tile, EVALUATION OF Tile SFDS DATA VALIDATIONS SYSTEM DY THE NRC(EDWARD l J. HUTCHER TO R.L. ANDREVS JUNE 7, 1985, SAFETY PARANETERS DISPLAY SYSTEM, VH I CII IIIDICATED T!!E SYSTLM VALIDATION VAS ADEQUATE)NO F U lt tit E R ACTION IS REQUIRED. RECOMMENDAT1ONS: NO CIIANGE R E C O M ?!E f1 D E D . I CRITfCALITY RATfMG; 3,4 IMPLEMENTATION: NONE REQUiHED - APPROVALS . VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %g/ H26 s/Wsi r 8 5W h/s l NIT g Wh fNlch 7'h & 1 i

HUMAN ENG1NEERXNG D I S C FL E P A N C Y 11 E C O li D FORT C A L2-IO U N STATION DATE: 08/01/05 HED NO. : 598-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PH A S :. DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV S E CTI Of t : 3.2 - SPDS IIUMAll FACTORS LVALUATION CHECKLIST [{U H E G - DESCR1PTION: 4.3.2D - OPERATING PROCEDURES, INVALID DATA GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS. YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIDTION OF DISCREPANCY: SUCH PROCEDURES ARE NOT PART OF ERFCS SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, OR OPERATOR'S MANUAL. NOME PROVIDED MUCH INFO ON THE OPERATION AND INTERPRETATION OF THE SPDS SECTIO!IS OF Tl:E ERFCS. COMMENTS: IIOV TO " PROPERLY" SET UP CERTAIN PLOTS / TRENDS CAN BEST BE HANDLED DY PROVIDING ADEQUATE TRAINING AND OPERATING PROCEDURES. RECOMMENDATIONS : ~ PROVIDE ADEQUATE OPERATION TRA!!{ING FOR THE ERF COMPUTER SYSTEM. CRITICALITY 3ATING: 3,1 IMPLEMEFITATION: 1987 REFUELING OUTAGE APPROVALS 3l VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL l t)t/6k*h .'Iw hu DATE $s/g 8i26 ,

INIT .gf.y vdd 1AU h% $22 l

1-IU M A N E N C I N E El-c1 N G D 1 S C R E P A N C ':2 RECORD FORT C A I.I-iO U N STATION DATE: 00/01/85 HED NO. : 599-S l l ItEVIEVER: DEARE l TRACKING STATUS: ItEVIEW PHASE l DATA :i O U R C E : SPDS HU? FAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTION: 3.2 - SPDS IlUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CIIE C K L I ST NUREG - UCSCRIPTION: 4.3.2C - TRAINING - DEALING VITH INVALID DATA GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /UORKSTATION NO. Elt F DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY : TIIERC IS NO MEllTI ON OF WAYS OF DEAL 111G W I Til INVALID DATA IN THE MATERIALS SUPPLIED FOR REVIEW. COMMENTS: I{0V TO " I' R u l' C H L Y " SET UP CERTAIN FLOTS/TRENDE CAN DEST UC 1(ANDLED BY PROVIDING ADEQUI.TE TRAINING AND OPERATING PROCEDURES. I-L E C O MM E N D A T I O N S : PROVIDC ADEQUATE OPERATION TRAINING FOR THE Eltr COMPUTER SYSTEM. CRITICALITY RATfNG. 3,1 I M P L EM E rlT AT I ON : !?37 II E k'U E L I N G OUTAGE

                                                                       , rer*

APPROVALS 3 VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %5pS w-ts^ r/e/dp&) %ik t '~ ~.. . l NIT 9.jby 9Wh $jfh 6 $2

I LUM AN ENG'NEERINC D1SCREFANCY nECORD FORT CALHQUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 MED NO. : 6OO-G REVIEWER: B E A t1 E TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS !!UM AN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: 3.2 - SPDS IIUMA!! FACTORS EVALUATION CilECKLIST NUREG - DESC R I PTI Oit : 4.4.1D - PRIMARY DISPLAY CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO P ATIE L / UORKST ATI ON NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: CURHENT TOP-LEVEL DISPLAY PU!!CT10!iS AS AN ALERTING SYSTEM AND DISPLAYS !!O QUANTITATIVE DATA. COMMENTS: THE TOP LEVEL DISPLAY MEETS REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH IN EPRI-NP3595, AUG.,1984; INFO /NUTAC 83-003, JAN.,1983; NUREG 0835, PU B L I slIE D AS A DRAFT, UCT., 1981 HOWEVER, ANOTi!ER DISPLAY TOR OPERATOR DENEPIT MAY DE ADLE TO BE CREATED THAT CONTAINS SEVEIIAL CRITICAL PLAllT PARAMENTERS.

RECOMMENDAT1ONS:

 !!O CllANGC RECOM!iENDED FOR TOP LEVEL DISPLAY.       INVESTIGATE ADDITION Or ANOT!!ER DISPLAY.

CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4 I M P L EM ENTAT I OTI: '" NOIIE REQUIRED APPROVALS , VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE OM/g 3 u% v/rz)5 g.yf) r/Ar *)z/g lNlT f.y9g &f)) fMk sp\ g

1--1 U M A N ENG1NCER1NG D 1 O C R E IC A N C Y RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 00/01/8b HED NO. : 6O1-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA GOURCE: SPDS !!Ut!AN FACTORS REVIEW REV!EV SECTION: 3.2 - SPDE !!UMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHOCl" LIST NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.4.2D1 - SAMPLING RATE CENERIC TC ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANELIVORKSTATION NO.. ERF OESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY :

! TEM I40T EVALUATED DECAUSE A DETEnlil NATI ON OF THE ADEQUACY OF Tl!E SAMPLING HATE IS DEYOND T {E SCOPE OF A HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV.

C O IIM E NT S : THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDAT1ONS: DELETE T!!!S I{ E D . i CRITTCALITY R A T f?!G : !MPLEMENTATION: NO!!E ItEQUIRED

APPROVALS 3

                                                        ' VGM   MLG      KCH FES  RJM    RJL   l DATE   Ydg,c t.tz-ac  spjrg.g5 g;, ,- 9lyg
                                               ., INIT  yQg yd) .7A//,          L g g

1-1U FIA M ENG I N E EIt A NC D1SCREPANCY RECOHD I' O R T CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/86 HED NO. : 6 0 2. - S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE, SPDS I!UNAf t FACTORS REVIEV II E V I EU SECTIOit: 3.2 - SPDS !!UMAN PACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.4.2C2 - PORTRAY PLANT GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /WORKSTATf0N NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: BEYOND TECl!NICAL SCOPE OF PRESENT HEVIEV. D O C U M EtI A T A T I O tt SUPPLIED TO SUFFORT TI{ E PRESENT REVIEV DOES NOT DIRECTLY ADDRESS THIS ISSUS. HOVEVER, SPDS SHOULD TRACK ANY EVEFIT AS VELL AS THE CONVENTIONAL INSTRUMENTATICN AVAILABLE. COMMENTS: Ti!I S IS NOT CONSIDERED AN !!CD. RECOMMENDATIONS: . DELETE Tl!1 S HED. ~ l l l l I l CRITICALITY RATING: f tf P L ENE!! TAT I ON : NON:: REQUIRED 1 APPROVALS l VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                          .                DATE  V% 31z-K e/z/Ggqf TGv.- Wgg       l
                                                          ,\ NIT
                                                                 $7,7y150)4Nbfl/6           g

3-I U M A N - 13 N G 1 N C E R I N G D1SCREFANCY RECORD FORT C A L1-iO U N STATION DATE: 08/01/8b II E D NO. : 603-G REVIEVER: 3EARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW RFVIEV S E C T I Orl : 3.2 - SPDS HUMA!4 T A CTOTIS EVALUATION CHECKLIST NUREG - DES C R I PT T OII: 4.4.3A 1&2 - PRIMAllY DISPLAY C 2*flE R I C TO ALL DISPLAYS: NO PANELIVORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: THE SAFETY MATRIX DISPLAY PRESENTS NO OUANTITATIVE DATA. COMMENTS . THE TOP LEVEL DISPLAY MEETS TI E Q U l lie M E N T S AS SCT FORTH IN E PH I -11P 3 5 9 5 , AUG.,1984; It!POINUTAC 33-003, JAN.,1983; NUREC 0835, PUBLISHED AS A DRAFT, OCT., 1981 IlOV E V E ll , AI4OTH Eli DISPLAY FOR OPERATOR DENEFIT MAY BE ADLE TO DE CREATED THAT CONTAffl3 SEVERAL CRITICAL PLANT PARAMENTERS. _ Ft. E C O M M E N D A T 1 O N S : NO CII ANG E HECOMMENDED FOR TOP LEVEL DISPLAY. INVESTIGATE ADDITION OF ANOTH E tt D2 SPLAY. CRfTICALITY RATING: 3,4 f MPL EMEffTATION: NONE REOUIRED i APPROVALS 3l VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                                              %s/gg 8#K   e)z)rc o '0 rlM Wyg DATE m s w >at # R4 sk 41

4 1-IU M A N ENG1NEER1NC D1SCitEPANCY RECORD FORT C A I 2-I O U N STATION DATE: 08/01/8b HED NO. : 604-G REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE; SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW S E CTI O!! : 3.2 - SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.4.3E2 - LIMIT MARKS GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: LIMIT MARKS APPEAR ONLY ON Tl!E VESSEL IIITE G R ITY GRAPH. ALTHOUGH COLOR CODI!1G IS AN AC C E PTA13 L E SUBSTITUTE, THEY MIGIT PItOVE USEFUL IN SIGNALING AN APPROACH TO AN ALERT CONDITION- Off CERTAIN DISPLAYS, SUCH AS THE SATURATION MARGIN. COMMENTS: CllANGES SUCil AS Ti!IS ONE ARE DIrr1 CULT DUE TO THE PACT TIIAT Ti!E SOURCE CODE OF THE PLOTITR::ND PROGRAM MUST DE CHANGED. AN INVESTIGATION VILL HAVE TO BE DOFIE TO DETERMINE 1r'THIS CHANGE CAN EVEN DE DO!!E . . RECOMMENDATIONS: INVESTIGATE SOFTWARE TO DETERMINE TO VHAT EXTENT IT CA!I EE MOD 1rIED. INVESTIGATION IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY 1, 1986. CRITICALITY R AT f flG : 3,2 IMPLEMENTATIOM; S Cl! L D U L E TO IJ E DERIVED UASED O!! !!IV E ST I C AT I ON . APPROVALS 3 VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL 6)s y gh W& %g DATE [fg 812M / l NIT % 47 8 $Y$ #t &

I-IU M A N I: N G I N E L* R I N G DISCHEPANCY IT E C O ft D FORT C A L1-IO U N STAT 1ON DATE: 08/01/83 I-I E D NO. : 605-S~ REVIEVER: ESARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SECTION: 3.2 - SPDS IIUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION Cl!ECKLIST flUREC - D E S C 1t I P T I O N : 4 . 4 .-4 A 1G2 - MAGNITUDE AND TREND DATA GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES P ANEL /VOTIKSTAT f 0f t NO . ERF DESCRIPTION OF D I S C IT E P A N C Y : 1-DUE TO !!ATURE OF TOP-LEVEL, DISPLAY IS INADEUUATE. 2-NO DEDICATED TRE!!D PLOTS ARE AVAILABLE VIA SELECTION FROM SPDS DIRECTORY. COMMENTS : FOR 1-SEE HED 497 COi!CERNING ADEUUACY OF TOP LEVEL DISPLAY. FOR 2-SEE lIED 531 CONCERNING PRE-3UILT PLOT /TilEND CROUPS. R E C O M M 1i: N D A T I O N S : NO CHANGE R::COMM E ND E D FOR TOP LEVEL DISPLAYS. PROVIDE EASILY ACCESSIDLE PIIE-BUILT TRENDS /FLOTS. I i

CRITICALITY it A T i tlG : 3,4 M PL:MENTATIOft: NONE REOUIRED l APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %g/ 8-ud $p }s# >% 9lgg INIT ffg gSf ddk 5h gg

MUMAN ENG1NEER1NG L) 1 S C I L li: P A N C Y R E C O IL D F O II T CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/8S HED NO . : 606-S REVIEVER: 3EARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS !!UMAN FACTORS HEVIEW REVIEW SECTION: 3.2 - SPDS HUMAN FACTORS' EVALUATION Cl:ECKLIST NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.4.4E1 - RECALL CAPADILITY GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES P ANEL /WORMSTATIOff NO . - ERF D E S C II 'I P T I O N OF DISCREPANCY: ALTHOUGH Tl!E CAPAEILITY Or DISPLAY 1NG ARCl!IVED DATA IS AVAILAULE, THE DISPLAYS APPARENTLY STOP AT T!!E END OF TlIE ARCIII VE . AGAIN, THIS PROBLEM CAN DE CORRECTED DY HAVING SCE COME UP VITH TULLY DEVELOPED Cl: ARTS S!!OWING Tl!E PRECEDING 1/2 IlOUR. COMMENTS-Tile SOFTWARE IS CAPAELE OF P ROV I D I!!G EITi!ER HISTORICAL OR !!EAL TIME TRENDS OR PLOTS, 3UT llOT BOTil O!! Tile SAME TREND / PLOT RECOMMENDAT1ONS: NO CilANCE RECOMMENDED. C R I *f* ! C A L I TY RATING: 3,4 IMPLEMENTATION: NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJ DATE 'Ye/g 31285 v4ijsyn'klv Wy INIT pg, M/] 1//k 2hk un /4 '

     .1-1U M A N ENG1NEER1NG              D1SCRCPANCY                      alECOMC FORT       CALHOUN           25 T A T I O N DATE: 08/01/8b                                  IIED      NO.       :     607-S REVIEVER: DEARE                                TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PMASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SECTION: 3.2 - SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATIO?! CHECKLIST NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.4B3 - DATA STORED ON SECURE MEDIUM CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS:

PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION O F' DISCREPANCY: ITE!! NOT COMPLETED EECAUSE TIE MEANING Of ' STORED ON A SECURE MEDIUM' AS DISTIllCT FROM PROTECTED FROM LOSS DUE TO ELECTRICAL POWER FAILURE, IS NOT CLEAR. COMMENTG: THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED Af! HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE THIS HED. - CRITICALITY RATiMG: IMPLEME?!TATIOM: NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS .' VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RiL DATE $5fS nzg 6)5yyf jfr.jc %gg l NIT fp,,,, ye'f 1AY.$]q% i g

3-EU M A N ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A L I-I O U N STATION DATE; 08/01/85 I-{ E D NO. : 608-S EVIEVER: 3EARE TRACKIIIG STATUS; REVIEV PHASE 1ATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV 1EVIEV S E CT I O14 : 3.2 - SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST lUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.5.3E - LUMINA!1CE CONTRAST GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: AS SHOVN !!1 TADLE 3-1, Ul(DER NORMAL ROOM LIGHTING CO!!D I T I ONS , RED AND 11 AG C!ITA DO NOT ACli! EVE T:{ E 3: 1 MINIMUM CONTRAST VITH THE BACKGROUND RECOMME!!DED HERE. COMMENTS: El:E DISTRICT BELIEVES THAT THIS PROBLEM CAN EE OVERCOME BY PROVIDil4G E XT E ll!! A L

LARE SCREENS AND/OR A MAIllTENANCE PROGRAM TO ENSURE T!!AT TIIE CRTS ARE Ill PitOPER WORKING ORDER.

RECOMMENDATIONS. ~ 'ROVIDE CLARE SCREENS AND/OR MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. RITICALITY R AT!!!G : 3,1 M P L Elit tlT AT I Of f ; 987 REFUELIllG OUTAGE APPROVALS , VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE %fy vst 8( '/a/ssk F!Ab 24s INIT fr/$/ 01 81 # 'N

HUMAN ENG1NEERING D1SCREPANCY R E C o rt D FORT CALMOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/8S HED NO. - 609-S 1EVIEVER: BEARE TRACKIliG STATUS: REVIEW PHASE

 >ATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV IEVIEV S E CTI Of t : 3.2 - SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST fyRUG - DESCRIPTION: 4.5.4E - VIEVING LOCATION
 ; Et3 E R I C TO ALL DISPLAYG: YES
!AllEL/VORXSTATION NO           ERP OESCRIPTION                      O b' DISCREPANCY                 .

L Ult I N A N C E AND COttTRAST FOR RED AND MAGEllTA ARE LESS T H All *.' H E RECOMME!1DED '!!NIMUM. O?tE CONSEQUEllCE O F. POOR L U?Il f 4 ANC E AllD CONTRAST IS A REDUCTION Ill THE D I STA!1C E FROM VHICH CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS VRITTEN IN THE3E COLORS CAN EE READ. COMMENTS: TI E DISTRICT BELIEVES THAT THIS PHOELEM CAN BE OVERCOME BY PROVID11tG E XTE RtI A L SLARE SCREEfis AND/OR A MAINTENANCE PROGRAM TO ENSURE THAT THE CRTS ARE IN PROPER VORKING OHDER. RECOMMENDATIONS: PROVIDE CLARE SCREENS AND/OR MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. IRITICALITY R AT l fig : 3,1 I M P L EM EllT AT I O!!: 987 REFUELING OUTAGE APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE VM/g sn st s)fg <,af d, . - %g l NIT afq,9 eyff] -r/l//.Wik y

HUMAN ENC 1NEERING D1SCREFANCY RECORD FORT .CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 6 10-S

 ;EVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV Pil A S E OATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW IEVIEV SECTION: 3.2       -

SPDS HUMA!1 FACTORS EVALUATICit CHECKLIST IUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.7.1C - SYSTEM STATUS IENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS; NO

'ANEL/VORKSTATION NO.          ERF DESCRIPTION                     OF    DISCREPANCY.
\ DISPLAY OF THE STATUS OF THE PROCESSOR 3 AND DATA LINKS OF THE E R I' C S MAY BE 3BTAINED BY EXECUTING TASK SYSTEMS.          THIS IS NOT PART OF THE SPDS BUT CO!1 SIDERATION SHOULD BC GIVEN TO MAKING THIS DISPLAY ACCESSIBLE THROUCH THE 3PDS DIRECTORY.

COMMENTS: A SYSTEM STATUS DISPLAY IS AVAILABLE AND ACCESS TO IT VILL DE PROVIDED IN TIIE tIENU/ DIRECTORY PAGES. - RECOMMENDATIONS:

HANGE VHERC NECESSARY.

;RITICAI._i'fY RATING;    3,1 JIP L EM E NTAT I OTI:

987 REFUELING OUTAGE e APPROVALS 3! VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE NSf3 s.itM e/a/es}.r.:f r';;. - %ygg iNlT ffj;;gfff 1RV/z-fgh f4n g

I-I U I'I A N ENGINCERING D1SCREFANCY I-c.E C O R D FORT C A LI-IO U N STATION DATE: 08/01/8b I-EE D NO. : 61 1-S REVIEWER: BEARE TRACKINC STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAFI FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTIOf t : 3.2 - SPDS HUMA!4 FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST IJUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.7.2A - TECH SPECS FOR COltPENSATORY FUNCTIO!4 GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: PANEL /WOrtXSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIFTION OF DISCREFANCY: THE OSPDS IS BEING UUALITIED AS' Tile DACKUP SYSTEM, AND A TECH!4ICAL SPECIFICATIOll NAMING IT AS THE BACKUP IS PLANNED BUT NOT APPROVED AT THE TIME OF TIIIS REVIEW. COMMENTS: Ti!I S IS !!OT CONSI DERED All IIE D . RECOMMENDATIONS. DELETE Ti!I S HED.

CHITICALITY RATING:

IMPLEMENTATIOil: NONE REQUIRED l APPROVALS ,. VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE VBjg t iz,tr efz/S y$,'f nw %g

                                                      \ NIT  9.g;, WJJ     4ll         Gk   Q

1-1U M A N ENG1 NEEM 1NG D1SCREFANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 612-G REUIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUIIAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEU SECTION: 3.2 - SPDS HUliAll PACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST NUREG - D E S C ilI PT I ON : 4.8.1D - CONTHOL OF AUDIELE ALARMS GENERIC TO A I. L D I S F I. A Y S : NO PANEI./VORKSTATION MO. ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: Tile SYSTEM IS EQUIPPED WITl! ATI AUDIELE ALA!1H THAT IS MOUNTED 011 Tl!E PLIC BOX. ALARMS CAN DE ACKNOULEDGED VIA A BUTTOtt ON THE FLIC, BUT THERE IS NO MEANS OF TIESETTING OR TESTING TIILM . COMMENTS : All' INVESTIGATION WILL !! A V E TO BC l'E R F O RM E D TO DCTEltMINE Tl!E FEAS!EILITY OF ADDIT 1G RESET AftD TEST CONTROLS TO THE FLIC BOX AUDIBLE ALARMS. RECOMMENDAT1ONS: " PERFORM I NVESTI G AT I Ott . IrtVESTICATION EXPECTED TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY JULY 1, 1986. Cit !T f C A L ITY MATIMG. 3,2 I f tP7. EM ENT ATI ON : SCllCDULE WILL DE DERIVED BASED ON I NV E ST I G AT I O!! . I~ APPROVALS . VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL

                                          .             DATE   %g% t-n.tr </,$rgfg ,. 9, ,.

INIT g jy; #s&j 7 p j r) p g e

11UIvIA M ENG1NEER'ING DIGCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A L M O LT N STAT 1ON DATE: 08/01/35 HED NO. : 6 13-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURQg.. SPDS HUNAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEU S E CTI Of t : 3.2 - SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION Cl!ECKLIST NUREC - DESCRIPTION: 4.9.1C - CREV CAN USE SPDS ErrECTIVELY GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: PANEL /UORKSTATTOPI NO. ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: ITEM VAS NOT CIICCKED. A P E R FollM ANC E- D AS E D EVALUATION OF THE SPDS IS DCYOND THE SCOPE OF THE PRESENT REVIEW. COMMENTL : THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED AN HED. RECOMMENDAT1ONS: DELETE THIS HED. CRITICALITY H ATi tlG :

! M P I. E M E N T A T f O i!*

ilO?tE REQUIRED

                                                                                    .e APPROVALS                      3 VGM MLG        KCH  FES   RJM   RJL Y

bs/g s it tr dig'nf.g N r! i,- %g DATE / INIT g yy;; futb #cff 'xk . dyL

I-I U M A N ENGINEERING D1SCREPANCY RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO . : 614-G REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKIt!G STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUNAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW SECTION: 3.2 - SPUS HUl!AN F A C T O!!S EVALUATION CHECKLIST ltUREG - DES C111 PTI Of t : 4.9.2 - DACKUP UISPLAYS GEt!ERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCR'IPTION OF DISCREPANCY: THIS SECTION NOT COMPLETED. A SEISMICALLY QUALIFIED 'QSPDS' IS AVAILAELE IN EQUIPMENT 3 PACES ADJACENT TO CONTROL R0011. SENSORS FEEDING THIS UNIT ARE ALSO MONITORED DY THE SPDS. COMMENTS: THIS IS NOT CO!!SIDERED Att HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE THIS Hl: D . CRITICALITY RATING: I M P L E tt EilT ATI Ort : ftONE REQUIRED APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL edi/cfY ddr %/g DATE 'I 9 (ggv124 l NIT g.Pg, sit [1 1)// C h s k K

HUMAN E N G 1 N E I2 FL I N G D 1 S C n 12I*A N C Y HECORD FORT CALMOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 MED NO. : 6 15-S REVIEVER: DEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS IIUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEW EECTION: 3.2 - SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION Cl!ECKLIST NUREG - DESCRIPTION: 4.9.3 - SEISMICALLY QUALIFIED SPDS CENERfC TO ALL DISPLAYS: 3.2 PANEL / WORKSTATION NO. ERF DESCRIFTION OF DIGCREFANCY: DISPLAY UNITS OF TIIE SPDS ARE IlOT SEISMICALLY QUALIFIED. COMMENTS: THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED All HED. RECOMMENDATIONS: DELETE T}IIS HED. CRITICALITY R ATi ffG ; litP L E M E!!T A T I O ff: NOflE REQUIRED

                                                                    .. :e APPROVALS                 -

VGM MLG KCH FES RJM R DATE 'Afg t n st $/sr y yy t/d.,- */a INIT fjpg WE 1WI i?q g

MUMAN- ENG1NEER1NG D1SCREPANCY RECORD FORT C A L1-IO U N STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 61 6-S REVIEWER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW P{ASE DATA JOURCE: SPDS !{UMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEV SECTION: VESSEL INTEGRITY -41 (3) CONCERNS NOT ADDRESSED IN 2-1 NUREG - DESCRIPTION: - DATE GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /UORK3TATION NO.- ERF DESCRIPTION OF D I S C R E E' A N C Y : DATE. COMMENTS: SEE HED 498 CONCEhNING ADEGUACY Or DATE DISPLAY. R 1:: COMMENDATIONS: NO CHANGE RECOMMENUCD. CRITICALITY R ATI Nr', ; 3,4 ( M P L EPIE NT AT I Oil: NONE REQUIRED e APPROVALS - VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJ DATE %kc Mzd t/aksys!! 1k8th INIT gj% W8 All & A. k

HUMAN 1E N G I N E E 7 L 2 N C OISCREPANCY RECOno FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 6 1 ~7 -- S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV [t EV I EV SECTION: REACTIVITY CO!4 TROL 7,1 (1) - CONCEntiS NOT ADDRESSED IN 2-1 NUREG - UC SC R I PTI Of t : - RED CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATIOff NO ERP DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: APPROPRIATE USE OF RED. COMMENTS: IN OPPD S Y STEli , RED IS USED TO C O!1 V E Y STATUS INFORl4ATION AIIOUT VALVES, PUMPS, Af4D CIRCUIT 3REAKERS. THE MEAFIING OF A RED-FILLED SYMBOL ON THE CRT IS CONSISTENT VITl! THE MEATIING OF A TIE D INDICATOR L AltP ON THE CONTROL BOARDS FOR THESE COMPONENTS: PUMPS, RED = RUNNING; VALVES, RED =OPEN; DREAKERS, RED = CLOSED. THE SPDS MUST REPLECT THE CONVENTION USED IN THE CONTROL ROOM. - EXHIDIT 6.7-11 UF NUREG-0700 STATES TH AT MACEllTA IS AN EXCELLENT ATTENTIOrl-GETTING COLOR. ItECOMMENDATIONS: NO C H AflC E TIE COMM EllD E D . CRITICALITY R ATI f1G : 3,4 IMPLEMENTATION: NONE REQUIRED APPROVALS , VGM MLG KCH FES RJM RJL DATE 7/shg J-It,ff

                                                                              </a/3r 3 ,lp) f//;,- %g/

INIT ,gg.f t/B # 4t M

HUMAN ENG1NEER1NG DISCREPANCY RECORD FORT CAIMOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO. : 618-S REVIEWER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS ItUMAN FACTORS REVIEV REVIEV S E CTI Ott : CO!1TAINMENT ISOLATION 7,1 (1) CONCERNS NOT ADDRESSED IN 2-1 fif> R E G - DESCRIPTION: - RCD GENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY : APPROPRIATE USE OF RED. COMMENTG: IN OPPD SYSTEM, RED IS USED TO CONVEY STATUS IllrORM AT I ON ABOUT VALVES, PUMPS, AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS. THE MEANING OF A RED-FILLED SYMBOL ON Tile CRT IS CONSISTENT WITil THE MEANI!IG OF A TIE D INDICATOR LAMP ON THE CONTHOL DOARDS FOR THESE COM PO!IENTS : PUMPS, RED = RUNNING; VALVES, RED =OPEN; EREAKERS, RED = CLOSED. Tile SPDS MUST REPLECT THE CO!1VENTION USED IN Ti(E CONTROL ROON. - E XilI B IT 6.7-11 Or NUREG-0700 STATES Tl!AT MAGENTA IS AN EXCELLENT ATTENTION-CETTING COLOR. rtCCOMMENDAT1ONS: NO Cil A N C E R E C O tlM E N D E D . CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4 IMPLEMENTATION: ilON E REQU! RED d 1 APPROVALS FES RJM RJL;>. VGM MLG KCH OhTE WdS N2K Wb< *'5 r O# W W f% ini7 p, ,gf; 84

HUMAN E N G I M E E FL I N C D1SCREPANCY RECORD FGRT CAIHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/85 HED NO . : 619-S REVIEVER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS IIUMAN FACTORS REVIEW REVIEW SECTION: CONTAINMENT ISOLATION 7,I (2) - NOT ADDRESSED Ill 2-1 11UREC - DESCRIPTION: - GREEN CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERT DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: APPROPitIATE USE Or CREEN COMMENTS: GREEN = VALVE CLOSED. TIII S HEETS FORT CALIOUN STATIO!4 COLOR CONVENTIOtt. RECOMMENDATIONS: NO CII AllG E RECOMMENDED. CRITICALITY RATING: 3,4 i f t P t. Ef f E NT AT I ON : 140!!E It E QU 11t E D APPROVALS KCH FES RJM RJL VGM MLG , DATE YA/s%8-U*8i b'l@b h "A mnr ga do 4 &u N ,

HUMAN ENC 1NEERXNG D 1 S C R E L' A N C Y RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: 08/01/8S HED NO. : 620-S REV!8VER: BEARE TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE DATA SOURCE: SPDS HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV f1EVIEV S E CTI O!!: 2.4.2 - CIIECKLIST REVIEW OF TI{E REACTIVITY CONTROL DISPLAY NUREG - DE SC R I PTI Of t : 6.7.2.5) - INSTRUCTION PLACEltENT CENERIC TO ALL DISPLAYS: YES' PANEL /VORKSTATION NO.- ERF DESCTLIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: TIIEIIE ARE NO I NSTRUCTI O!!S FOR INTERACTING WITH THE DISPLAY, A L Til O U G H A (SINGLE ITEM) MENU OF SUPPLEMENTARY DISPLAYS CAN DE ACCESSED FROM THIS DISPLAY. COMMENTG: INSTRUCTIONS VILL DE PROVIDED OII Ti!E DISPLAY S CIIE Ef tS CONCERNING TIIC ACCESS Cr RELATED DISPLAYS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN THE MINI-MENU. T1ECOMMENDATIONS: PROVI DE NEC::SS ARY INSTRUCTIONS. CRITICALITY RATING; 3,1 IMPLEMENTATION: !?87 REFUELING OUTAGE - APPROVALS VGM ! f.1LG KCH FES 'RJM Rjl . DATE E//s/g M2 ts f/chf;'%s/w Pyjg INIT p.,rhol81/1//M'<4 g

i APPENDIX B HUMAN FACTOR REVIEW & CHECKLISTS r I I l O gCW

HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW OF THE FORT CALHCUN STATION l SAFETY PARAMETER DISPIAY SYSTEM f Prepared for Omaha Public Power District GP-R-212146 July 1985 I GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Atlanta, Georgia

                                                               ..e Columbia, Maryland e

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION i

i TABLE OF CONTENTS Pace ACKNONLEDGMENTS........................................................ iii

1. INTRODUCTION ................................................... 1; 2. . CHECKLIST REVIEW OF INDIVIDUAL DISPLAYS OF THE SPDS............... 2 2.1 Checklist Summary........................................... 2 2.2 Safety runceiens eisp1ay.................................... 3 i 2.2.1 Checklist Review of the Safety Functions Display... 3 2.2.2 Additional Remarks on the Safety Functions Display. 8
2.3 Directory Displays.......................................... 9 l l 2.3.1 Checklis t Review of the Directory Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2.3.2 Checklist Review of the Directory (Page 101)....... 10 2.3.3 Additional Remarks on Directories.................. 11 l

2.4 Safety Function (Second Level) Displays..................... 12 2.4.1 Checklist Review of the Reactivity Control Display........................................... 12 2.4.2 Additional Remarks on the Reactivity Control Display.................................... 13 2.4.3 Additional Remarks on the Safety Function Displays.................................. 14 2.5 Vessel Integrity Graph (X-Y Plot)........................... 14 2.5.1 Checklist Review of the Vessel Integrity Graph..... 14 2.5.2 Additional Remarks on the Vessel Integrity Graph... 16 2.5.3 Additional Remarks on X-Y Plots.................... 17 2.6 Piping and Instrumentation Drawing Displays................. 18 2.6.1 Checklist Review of the Pressurizer and Quench Task Display....................................... 18 2.6.2 Additional Remarks on Piping and Instrumentation Displays........................................... 19 2.7 Containment Isolation Valves Display (s)..................... 20 2.7.1 Checklist Review of the Containment Isolation Valves Display (s).................................. 20 2.7.2 Additional Remarks on the Containment _Jsolation Valves Display (s).................................. 20 l l 3 i

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION 2.8 S tr ip Char t Emula tor Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 2.8.1 Checklist Review of the Strip Chart Emulator....... 21 2.8.2 Additional Remarks on the Strip Chart Emulator..... 21

3. HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW OF THE SYSTEM................................ 23 3.1 NUREG-0700 Supplemental Checklists.......................... 23 3.2 SPDS Human Factors Evaluation Checklist..................... 27

4.

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS........................... 31 S. REFERENCES........................................................ 33 APPENDIX A SELECTED DISPLAY EVALUATION CHECKLISTS..................... A-1 APPENDIX B SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLIST....... B-1 APPENDIX C SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST.................... C-1 1 w M 11

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Mark Gutierrez of OPPD arranged access to the SPDS units in the EOF and Fort Calhoun control room, explained the. operation of the system, and assisted in photographing the displays and taking photometric measurements. Bob Johnston provided answers to many questions about the details of system operation, capabilities, and limitations. l i 1 1

?-

iii

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Human Factors Review of the Fort Calhoun Station Safety Parameter Display System SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION This report documents the results of a checklist evaluation of the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) installed at Omaha Public Power District's (OPPD) Fort Calhoun Nuclear Station. The evaluation reported here is confined to the " top" mid-level and piping and instrumentation drawing (P&ID) displays identified in Section 3.4.2 of Reference 1 and accessible via the SPDS Directory menu, display pages 101 and 102. Although a review of all the functions of the Fort Calhoun Emergency Response Facility Computer System that can be accessed via the SPDS display terminals is considerably beyond the scope of the present evaluation, the Strip Chart Emulator and X-v Plot functions were reviewed because the capability of displaying trend data is required of an adequate SPDS. The majority of'the measurements and observations on which this evaluation is based were completed by Dr. Arthur Beare on May 7-9, 1985, at the Emergency Operations Facility in Omaha, Nebraska. The display evaluation checklists were completed from photographs of the displays, and other checklists are based on documentation supplied by OPPD and conversations with Mr. Bob Johnston who is the OPPD programmer for the system. The remainder of this report is organized in four sections: e Section 2 - Checklist Review of Individual Displays of the SPDS e Section 3 - Human Factors Review of the System e Section 4 - Summary of Findings and Recommendations e Section 5 - References Appendixes A, B, and C contain annotated copies of the checklists on which this review is based. The Selected Display Evaluation Checklists (Appendix A) and the SPDS Human Factors Evaluation Supplemental Checklist (Appendix B) are. composed of selected sections of the checklists presented in Section 6.7.2 of NUREG-0700 (Ref. 2). The SPDS Human Factors Evaluation Checklist (Appendix C) was created from the "SPDS Specific Design Review Criteria" listed in Section 4.0 of NUREG-0835, " Human Factors Acceptance Criteria for the Safety Parameter Display System" (Ref. 3).

                                                               ..e=*

1

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORAT80N SECTION 2. CHECKLIST REVIEW OF INDIVIDUAL DISPLAYS OF THE SPDS The following displays were evaluated using Sections 6.7.2.4, 6.7.2.5, and 6.7.2.7 of the NUREG-0700 checklists e Safety Functions Matrix (Page 100) e Directory Menu o Directory A (Page 101) e Reactivity Control (Page 200) e Vessel Integrity Graph e Pressurizer and Quench Tank (Page 427) e Containment Isolation Valves (Page 450) e Strip Chart Emulator The use of checklists serves to insure that all relevant aspects of the system are considered in a rystematic way, and that the appropriate standards are used for judging the adequacy of each aspect. The checklists guide, rather than eliminate, judgment. Checklist items discussed will be identified by the item number and a short description of the item content, usually the item name as it appears in the checklist. Where the appropriate "fix" for a. definite deficiency is straightforward (and easily implemented), the phrase "it is recommended that" is used to mark the recommended correction. When the deficiency is less clear-cut, or the cost of the recommended action seems hign in relation to the likely consequences of not correcting the deficiency, the phrase " consideration should be given to" precedes the recommendation. Some deficiencies (e.g., the relatively low luminance contrast of the CRT displays under normal room lighting conditions) are noted without recommendation for ' corrective action. The checklists used for this review are lengthy. Because selected annotated checklists are attached as appendixes, only those items on which potential deficiencies were noted and items not evaluated,* will be discussed in the text of this report. 2.1 Checklist Summary A summary of the checklists for the nine displays evaluated is presented in Table 2-1. Appendix A contains completed checklists for the Directory, Reactivity Control, Pressurizer and~ Quench Tank, and Strip Chart Emulator displays. The item content descriptions in Table 2-1 are necessarily cryptic, and the table is intended to be read with a copy of the checklist in hand. Starred items are discussed in the text. Because many of the displays reviewed were chosen to be representative of a larger group of displays, the comments generally apply equally to all other displays of the same type, a

  *A number of checklist items pertain to aspects of the system outside the scope of the present review.

5 2

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION 2.2 Safety Functions Display

Checklist r(views of the Safety Functions Display and a short evaluation of the display appear below.

2.2.1 Checklist Review of the Safety Functions Display

The following are explanations of the starred items on Table 2-1. e 6.7.2.4 a (1), data readily usable: This item was checked NA because the Safety Functions Display displays no data itself, but serves only to indicate which of the intermediate-level displays is showing an off-normal condition. In this respect, the Safety Functions Display functions more as a visual annunciator system than as a single display of the most criticai safety parameters that would allow an operator to form a fairly accurate assessment of plant status without calling up additional displays.

   *The Safety Functions Display is called " Safety Function Matrix" in the Directory and is accessed via the " TOP" key on the FLIC.

. T-3

GP-R-212146 GEEERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Table 2-1 Sections 6.7.2.4, 6.7.2.5, and 6.7.2.7 (for evaluation of CRT displays) from NUREG-0700 Checklist (Page 1 of 4) c o % a t b 5 3 a 8 u t . M U $ < g ,, , , 5 > x D U NEE $ Checklist b 8 8 7 tB $ 6$ Item Ud U U t Y .c E5%$ o. N Number 0U 8 0 N $ O' E 5 $ 3 t 5 6.7.2.- Item Contents M$ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $$

-4 a (1)     data readily usable             NA* Y   Y    Y      Y     Y      Y     Y
-4 a (2)     no translating                  NA  NA  NA   N*     N*    Y      Y     Y
-4 b         illustrations                   NA  NA  NA   Y*     NA    Y      NA    NA
-4 c (1)     character grouping              NA  NA  NA   NA     NA'   NA     NA    NA
-4 c (2)     group scparation                Y   NA  NA   NA     NA    NA     Y     Y
-4 d         logical order                   NA  NA  Y    NA     NA    Y      Y     Y.
-4 e (1)     identical data                  NA  NA  NA    NA    NA    Y      NA    NA

~ -4 e (2) standardized Y NA Y Y NA Y NA NA

-4 f (1)     menu numbered'                  NA  N*   Y    Y     NA    NA     NA    NA
-4 f (2)     numbers start w/"1"             NA  NA   Y    i     NA    NA     NA    NA
 -4 f (3)    alphabetic designators          NA  NA   NA   NA    NA    NA     NA    NA
 -4 f (4)    alphas start w/"A"              NA  NA   NA   NA    NA    NA     NA    NA
 -4 g (1)     lists aligned                  Y    Y   Y    Y     NA    NA     Y     NA
 -4 g (2)     subclasses indented            NA   NA 'Y*   NA    NA    NA     N*    NA
 -4 h         tables and graphs              NA   NA  NA   NA    Y     NA*    NA    Y
 -4 i        hyphenation minimized           Y    Y. Y    Y      f    Y*      Y     Y
 -4 j (1)     alphas left-justified           NA  Y   Y     Y    NA    NA      Y     NA
 -4 j (2)     numbers aligned                NA   NA  NA    Y    NA    NA      NA    NA
 -4 k         periods for designators         NA  NA  N*    N*    NA    NA     NA    NA TABLE CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE                              -

Starred items discussed in text. !

l 4 l l

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Table 2-1 Sections 6.7.2.4, 6.7.2.5, and 6.7.2.7 (for evaluation of CRT displays) from NUREG-0700 Checklist (Page 2 of 4) 8

                                                               -                       t
                                             .                 8             s         a 8        o        t             d   "'

8 t 5 8 0, g E d s 3 ti t t Checklist

8" t o t o 3 g 20 g, l , 2u og Item o o g gg g g j g 3j Number u y y g- gg g g g Q }; y 6.7.2.- Item Contents sx a o a: >c c. o u > us sa

  -4 1 (1)    phone numbers                   NA     NA    NA   NA           NA  NA    NA    NA
  -4 1 (2)    time Y   NA                      Y     Y     NA*  Y            Y   Y
  -4 1 (3)    date N*  NA                     N*     N     NA*  N            N   Y*
  -4 m (1)    data groups labeled             N*     NA    N*   Y*           NA  NA    NA    Y*
  -4 m (2)    labels unique                    NA    NA    NA    Y           NA  NA    NA    Y
  -4 n        label placement                  N*    Y*    N*    Y*          NA  N*    NA    Y
  -4 o        labels horizontal                Y     Y     Y     Y           N*  Y     NA   .Y
  -4 p (1)    label highlighted                Y     Y     Y     Y           Y*  Y*    NA    N*

I-4 p (2) labels.not cor.fusable Y Y Y Y .Y Y NA NA

  -4 q        option labels                    NA    NA    NA    Y           NA  NA    NA    NA
  -5 a (1)    data organized                   NA    ?*    Y     T           Y   Y     Y     Y
  -5 a (2)    organization logical             NA    NA    Y     NA          NA  Y     Y     Y
  -5 b        location consistent               Y    NA*   N*    Y           NA  N*    Y     N*
  -5 c        data grouping                    Y     NA    Y     Y           NA  NA    N*    Y
  -5 d        frequency ranking                NA    ?*    NA    NA          NA  NA    NA    NA
  -5 e        other ranking                    NA    N     Y     NA          NA  NA    Y     NA
  -5 f        separation of paragraphs         NA    NA    NA    NA          NA  NA    NA    NA
  -5 g        selection designators            NA    Y     Y     Y           NA  NA    NA    NA
  -5 h        page designation                  NA   NA    N*    NA*         NA  NA    N*    NA TABLE CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Starred items discussed in text. -

- T-5 r _ __ _

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Table 2-1 Sections 6.7.2.4, 6.7.2.5, and 6.7.2.7 (for evaluation of CRT displays) from NUREG-0700 Checklist (Page 3 of 4) w a " o

E U U o 3" a 8 t a a U

S

4 ?

a ux a oa a a u 8 Ib E do Item -5 i continuous numbering -5 j instruction placement -5 k (1) messages highlighted -5 k (2) message location -5 1 cursor positioning -5 m screen loading <( 5% -5 n trend plot scales -7 a highlighting -7 b (1) consistent meaning -7 b (2) emergency unique -7 c contrast enhancement -7 d flicker or blinking -7 c (1) two blink rates -7 e (2) single blink rate -7 e (3) rates distinct -7 e (4) on-off ratio -7 e (5) rate salience -7 f inverse video -7 g graphic coding 1 TABLE CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE m a nn o e a m m a Checklist h y 8 y " p3 y y $ Y.c E 'S T E o. N Number dj 8 8 S E S' E E $ 3 Y Y 6.7.2.- Item Contents gy f g y $5 $$ $$ $$ NA NA Y NA NA NA Y NA NA NA* NA* NA* NA NA NA NA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 'NA Y Y* Y NA NA NA NA Y Y N* Y Y ?* Y* Y NA NA NA NA Y NA NA Y Y Y Y Y NA* Y Y Y* Y Y Y Y ?* Y Y Y Y .Y Y Y ?* Y Y Y NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA* NA -NA* NA NA Y NA NA Y~ Y Y NA NA Y NA NA Y Y Y NA NA Y NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Y Y Y Y NA Y NA NA Y NA Y Y NA Y Y N*-

Starred items discussed in text. -

6

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Table 2-1 Sections 6.7.2.4, 6.7.2.5, and 6.7.2.7 (for evaluation of CRT displays) from NUREG-0700 Checklist (Page 4 of 4) 8

                                                             ~               D m                8    s          A 8       e        #   d

8

8

d o5 8 s 3 et t t a b b d 5 as [ Eu Checklist xx 3 3 3 s $.c -m u3 Item $I O O o E "$. $ 0 3 $ I N Number YN U da E EO .mo 0 $ u>

                                                                             $Y Umm S mz      o        m 6.7.2.-        Item contents
-7 h         code consistency                       NA  Y    Y     ?*    Y*    Y   NA
-7 i         shape coding                     NA    NA  NA   NA    NA    Y     Y   NA
-7 j (1)     small number of symbols          NA    NA  NA   NA    NA     Y    Y   NA
-7 j (2)     fewer than 20                     NA   NA  NA   NA    NA     Y    Y   NA
-7 j (3)     fewer than 6                      NA   NA' NA   NA    NA     NA   NA  NA
-7 j (4)     additional coding                 NA   NA   NA  NA    NA     Y    Y   NA
-7 k (1)     colors consistent w/CR                 NA   NA  NA    N*     Y    Y   Y unique color meaning              Y    NA   Y   Y     NA     Y    Y   Y

-7 k (2)

-7 1 (1)     red = out of tolerance             N*  NA   N*  N     N*     N*   N   NA
-7 1 (2)     green = within tolerance           Y   NA   Y   Y     N*     N*   N    Y
-7 1 (3)     yellow = attention / marginal       Y* NA   Y    Y     N*    NA   Y    NA
-7 m (1)     no r/g combination                  Y  NA   Y    Y     Y     Y    Y    Y
-7 m (2)     no red on green                     Y  NA   Y    Y     Y     Y    Y    Y

Starred items discussed in text.

7 6

,~-

GP-R-212146 GEEERAL PHYSICS C)RPORATION e 6.7.2.4 1 (3), date: .The OPPD SPDS does not present the current date in the MM:DD:YY format specified in NUREG-0700, but instead-spells it out:

     "07 MAY 85." The current format is judged to be acceptable.

p 6.7.2.4 m (1) , data groups labeled: The matrix at the lower right-hand , corner of the display showing the status of the safeguard signals is not ! labeled. It is recommended that " Safeguard Signals" be written above this l matrix. e 6.7.2.4 n, label placement: This item was marked NO because the display j label is written in a line about one-quarter of the way from the bottom of the display, which is not the recommended location. However, the position of the display label and associated recurring data blocks is consistent for most displays. Although it is the reviewer's opinion that' consistency of label placement is more important than the actual location of.the labels, consideration should be given to following the letter of the NUREG-0700 guideline and placing the display titles and page numbers at the top of the display, just below the area reserved for messages. The standard data fields at the bottom of the display may remain in their present location. e 6.7.2.7 1 (1), red = out of tolerance: This item was checked NO because magenta rather than red is used to indicate seriously out of tolerance (alarm) conditions. Magenta is an excellent attention-getting color (see Exhibit 6.7-11 of NUREG-0700), and is judged to be a reasonable substitute for red in the current application. In the OPPD system, red is used to convey status information about valves, pumps, and circuit breakers, and the meaning of a red-filled symbol on the CRT is consistent with the meaning of a red. indicator lamp on the controls for these components: For pumps, red = running For valves, red = open For breakers, red = closed . e 6.7.2.7R1 (3), yellow = attention / marginal: In the Safety Function DisplL7, yellow is used to indicate that an intermediate-severity alarm has been triggered (e.g., a "hi" or "lo" alarm where these are coupled with "hi-hi" and "lo-lo" alarms). This is an appropriate use of yellow. 2.2.2 Additional Remarks on the Safety Functions Display As noted previcusly, the Safety Functions Display functions primarily as a kind'of visual annunciator to alert the operator to the presence of out of tolerance conditions on the intermediate-level displays. The current Safety Functions Display does not show the value of any parameter, and thus gives little indication of what is happening when one or more of the safety function blocks changes from green to yellow or magenta. Also, the Safety Functions Display cannot support the detection of conditions that are drifting out of tolerance before the deviation reaches the point where an plarm is triggered. Section 3.2 of NUREG-0835 suggests that a minimum set of plant parameters representative of the safety status of the plant be presented in a

  " single primary display format" for each mode of plant operation. Thus, while 5

8

GP-R-212146 GEWERAL PHYSICS CORPORATIOM the presentation of the safety function matrix as a standard data field on the intermediate and P&ID displays is a very good feature of the OPPD system, the Safety Functions Display may not be an adeauate top-level display for an SPDS, Consideration should be given to replacing the current Safety Functions Display with a single overview display composed of a small number (five-ten) of truly critical parameters from the current intermediate-level displays. A number of potentially useful display options are shown in Appendix A of NUREG-0835 and in Reference 4. 2.3 Directory Displays The OPPD SPDS contains at least two levels of directories. Checklist reviews of the Directory Menu and Directory displays are presented below, followed by a discussion of both directories. 2.3.1 Checklist Review of the Directory Menu The following are explanations of the starred items on Table 2-1. e 6.7.2.4 f (1) , menu numbered: Items on the menu are not numbered but their status as selectable items is indicated by the "._" to the left of each item. e 6.7.2.4 n, label placement: The display 3abel is centered at the top of the screen. This is inconsistent with the location of display labels on the majority of other displays, but is in accordance with the NUREG-0700 guidelines. e 6.7.2.5 a (1) , data organized: This item was not checked (?). The Directory Menu Display is accessed via the " MENU" key on the FLIC and functions both as a superordinate (the eight safety function displays and their asscciated P&ID displays are accessed via directories A and B) and catch-all menu. No principle of organization for the items in the Directory Menu was apparent, but the two subordinate directories were the first items on the list. e 6.7.2.5 b, location consistent: This item was checked NA because none of the standard data fields (date and time, Safety Function Matrix, and Safeguard Signals Matrix) appear on the Directory Menu Display. Consideration should be given to adding the above-mentioned standard data i fields to this display. e 6.7.2.5 d, frequency ranking: This item was not checked (?) because the principle of organization for the Directory Menu was not apparent. i e 6.7.2.5 j, instruction placement: This item was checked NA because there are no instructions for interacting with the display. Consideration should i be given to providing such instructions, e.g., "using,t.he TB+ and TB- keys, I position cursor next to desired item and press SELECT." l 9 l 1

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATIOM e 6.7.2.7 d, flicker or blinking: This item was checked NA. The cursor is the only element of the display that blinks.* 2.3.2 Checklist Review of the Directory (Page 101) The following are explanations of the starred items on Table 2-1. e 6.7.2.4 g (2), subclasses indented: This item was checked yes. Although the menu items are not indented, the item designators are. e 6.7.2.4 k, periods after item designators: Item designators (page numbers) are followed by a dash, rather than a period, which lines up with the cursor when it is positioned to select the item. e 6.7.2.4 1 (3) , date: The date is spelled out, "07 MAY 85," instead of being presented in the MM:DD:YY format 'aggested by NUREG-0700. e 6.7.2.4 m (1), data groups labeled: The miniature Safety Function Matrix and the Safeguard Signals Matrix are not labeled. See the discussion of this item under the checklist review of the Safety Functions Matrix Display. e 6.7.2.4 r, label placement: This' item was checked NO because the display title is at the top of the page (in accordance with NUREG-0700 recommendations) instead of appearing just above the collection of standard data fields at the bottom of the screen, as do the titles of the other displays. It is recommended that the display title be repositioned so that its location is consistent with the location of the titles of the other displays. e 6.7.2.5 b,. location consistent: As noted above, the location of the display title is not consistent with that of the other displays. Also, the date and time appear twice: once above the title and again in the more usual location at the bottom of the display between the Safety Functions and Safeguard Signals matrices. e 6.7.2.5 h, page designation: The present Directory consists of two pages, 101 and 102. These are called " Directory A" and " Directory B" in the Directory Menu, but there is no "A" or "B" in the display titles. NUREG- I 0700 recommends that "when data are contained on multiple pages, each page should display both (the current) page number and total number of pages." ] Therefore it is recommended that the present page numbers be replaced with i "page 1 of 2" and "page 2.of 2."

  *The cursor consists of two blinking white lines, rather_like a widely sepa-rated " equals" (=) sign. Even with the blinking, the cursor is often diffi-cult to see against the menu, because the lower bar is superimposed on the dash designating selectable items.        It is recommended that a filled white square be.used for the cursor symbol.

10 l l

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION e 6.7.2.5 j, instruction placement: This item was marked NA because there are no instructions for interacting with the display. Consideration should be given to providing such instructions, e.g., "using the TB+ and TB- keys, . position cursor next to desired item and press SELECT." e 6.7.2.5 1, cursor positioning: This item was marked YES because the cursor tracks the staggered position of the item designators automatically. However, there are 31 possible selections on the page. The cursor can be made to move down the list, or with the TB- key, move up from the bottom, but the item in the middle of the list requires 11 separate movements of the cursor to reach it. The user who didn't think to use TB- could require up to 31 keystrokes to reach the item at the bottom of the list. Selecting a display chosen at random from the menu requires an average of 8 1/2 TB strokes (if the user knows the trick of using the TB- key) plus one SELECT stroke. e 6.7.2.5 m, screen loading <[25%: This item was marked NO. The display list takes up about 2/3 of the screen vertically and about 2/3 of the right half of the screen: 2/3 x 1/3 ~ 22%, exclusive of the display numbers, display titles, and standard data fields. In addition, a fair amount of concentration is required to read the directory, because the vertical spacing between the lines is considerably less than the 1/2 character height recommended by NUREG-0700.* e 6.7.2.7 1 (1) , red = out of tolerance: This item was checked NO because magenta rather than red is used to indicate seriously out of tolerance (alarm) conditions. See the discussion of this item for the Safety Functions Display, page 8. 2.3.3 Additional Remarks on Directories In light of the excessive screen loading and the rather large number of keystrokes sometimes needed to access a display via the Directory, it is recommended that the present two-page directory be. split into_four or five pages, with adequate spacing between the lines. Improved line spacing would reduce scanning time, and halving the number of items on each page would also halve the number of TB keystrokes needed to select an item, which would more than offset the added number of page strokes needed to locate the appropriate section of the directory. Pressing the MENU key on the FLIC causes the Directory Menu to be displayed. This display is an upper-level menu that provides access to the directory of SPDS displays and a miscellaneous collection of other displays. Because the Directory displays (Pages 101 and 102) on the menus for the SPDS displays, it is recommended that the first page of this directory, rather than

   *The   6.7.2 checklist for CRT displays does not address the issue of line spacing; the stated standard is from Item 6.5.1.3 d (b), " character dimen-o si'ns  and spacing," in Section 6.5, Visual Displays.

5 11

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION the Directory Menu, be accessed via the MENU key on the FLIC. In addition, in ; the interests of simplicity, it is recommended that the content of the current ' Directory Menu be presented as an additional page or pages of the SPDS Directory, resulting in a single, unified directory. Further, it is the reviewer's opinion that access to the special function programs, such as the Strip Chart Emulator (SCE) and X-Y Plot (XYP) and their associated group lists, should also be available via this menu. 2.4 Safetv Function (Second Level) Disolays These displays consist of three-five subfunction displays (bar graphs, their titles, and a digital readout of the current value of the displayed parameter), and a menu of supporting P&ID displays. This section discusses the checklist review of the Reactivity Control (Page 200) display. The eight Safety Function displays are very similar to one another in format, and the Reactivity Control display is representative of the complete set. 2.4.1 Checklist Review of the Reactivity Control Display The following are explanations of the starred items in Table 2-1. e 6.7.2.4 a (2) , no translating: This item was marked NO. The reactor power (max channel) is displayed in the "E" format (e.g., 0.12E+03). This format is attractive because it can handle very small numbers, but the required translation invites errors. It is recommended that the E format be replaced with an F 6.2 or F 6.3 format, which would be adequate for displaying reactor power in normal operation. The display also needs a label describing the units being displayed, % power in this case.* e 6.7.2.4 b, illustrations: This item was checked YES because either PG+ or selection with the cursor from the short menu of supplementary displays on the left-hand side of the screen allows rapid access to a display showing locations and current values of core exit thermocouples (Page 310). In fact, three displays were accessible by paging: Page 310 (labeled " Reactor Core," not " Core Exit Thermocouples"); Page 311, " Core Exit Thermocouples"; and Page 210, " Core Heat Removal Display." e 6.7.2.4 j . (2) , periods for designators: This item was checked NO. Selectable items are marked by a "_," to the left of each item rather than a period, o 6.7.2.4 m (1) , data groups labeled: This item was checked YES because the list of supplementary displays was labeled. However, the miniature Safety Functions Matrix and the Safeguards Signals Matrix at the bottom of the display are not labeled on this or any other display in the system.

The display is fed by four instruments and displays the highest of the four values processed. The display is always present but is meaningful only after a reactor trip. See Section 2.4.4.

12

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSECS CORPORATIOM l l 1 e 6.7.2.4 n, label placement: This item was marked YES because the display label and associated standard data fields are in a location consistent with other display labels, although at the bottom of the screen rather than at the top as recommended, e 6.7.2.5 h, page designation: This item was marked NA because the Reactivity Control Display is more or less a stand-alone display. However, the Reactor Core and Core Exit Thermocouple displays can be accessed by means of the PG+ key, and the other "200 level" Safety Function displays ; can be reached via the JG+ and JG- keys. e 6.7.2.5 j, instruction placement: This item was marked NA because there are no instructions for interacting with the display, although a (single item) menu of supplementary displays can be accessed from this display, e 6.7.2.7 d, flicker or blinking: This item was checked NO because blinking is not used for " emergency conditions or similar situations requiring immediate operator action." Instead, blinking is used to identify the cursor and to highlight the "?" and "*" symbols appended to readouts to identify questionable and arbitrarily' entered (as opposed to measured) values of displayed quantities. This is judged to be an acceptable use of blinking, although simply printing these symbols in white, which is noticeably brighter than the other colors used on the displays, would also be effective. 2.4.2 Additional Remarks on the Reactivity Control Display The inadequate spacing between lines of text noted earlier is also " evident in the labels of the subfunction displays. However, it is judged to be less troublesome in this display, because the information density is much lower. According to the " Safety Display Design Document" (Ret. 5), the subfunction displays for number of control element assemblies (CEA) not full in is only to be activated when there is a reactor trip and is to indicate 9 CEAs not full in where a trip signal is not present, i.e., show SCEAs not full in under most operating conditions. There is no indication on the screen that this subfunction display is only operable under trip conditions. Under other conditions, the displayed data, nct CEAs not in, is incorrect. Consideration should be given to altering the processing so the true status of the system is displayed, i.e. , showing all CEAs as not full in (in green) under normal conditions. The Reactor Power subfunction shows the highest value of reactor power indicated on four channels. When the display was reviewed, this value was 0.12E+03, or 120%. There was-no indication that this value was invalid, yet an average value of 120% is likely to be an indication of serious trouble. It is recommended that a readout of average power be added td"the display. I

                                                                                       ?i 13                                          ,

l I

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION 2.4.3 Additional Remarks on the Safety Function Displays There are several minor problems with elements of the Safety Function Displays. The most obvious of these are shown in Table 2-2. Taken as a group, the eight Safety Function Displays appear to provide a fairly comprehensive overview of the current status of the plant. However, the set of displays reachable directly via the FLIC or indirectly via the Directory or the menus on the eight Safety Functions Displays provides very limited information on changes

in status and NO trend or historv informa-tion. Although the capability exists for producing this information via the Strip Chart Emulator' and X-Y Plot programs, the delay involved in doing so would be unacceptable in an emergency. Therefore it is recommended that a set of 30-minute trend plots of selected critical parameters from the Safety Function Displays be added to the system. These trend displays should be accessible via a single action (e.g., PG+) from their respective Safety Function Displays (to accomplish this, the trend plots whould be the first items on the menus, and all the P&ID displays would have to be renumbered).

2.5 Vessel Integrity Graph (X-Y Plot) The Vessel Integrity Graph is the only dedicated X-Y Plot currently available on the SPDS, though a large number of user-created plots are available through the XYP program. The Vessel Integrity Graph is a fairly representative product of the XYP program. 2.5.1 Checklist Review of the Vessel Integrity Graph The following are explanations of the starred items on Table 2-1, e 6.7.2.4 a (2) , no. translating: This item was checked NO because the scales for both the ordinate and abscissa are marked off in integers (0-10 for the ordinate,-minimum cold by temperature; and 0-30 for the abscissa, average pressurizer pressure) with a scaling factor, "* 10E2," presented as a part of the axis label. It is recommended that the scale markings be written out in full and the scaling factors eliminated from the display. e 6.7.2.41(2) and (3), time and date: These were marked NA because the-time, date, plant operating mode, and other standard data groups do not appear on the display. Consideration should be given to adding all standard data groups to this display.

Some displays will change to alert or alarm status if computed rate-of-change limits are exceeded.

14 S I

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Table'2-2 Miscellaneous Problems Identified with the Safety Function Displays Display /Page Subfunction Problem RX/200 CEAs (f not full'in) Only active if trip (see text) . CHR/210 RCS A T "d a in label is poorly formed. CHR/210 RCSd ? Range on bar graph is 30; displayed value was ?> 50 . CHR/210 Sat. Margin CET Four asterisks in digital readouts Sat. Margin RTD indicate FORTRAN field overflow: field must be F 5.1 to accommodate normal margin of -50 CHR/210 Sat. Margin CET Observed margin ~ -36 alarm supposed to trigger at -50 (Ref. 5, p 23): no alarm shown. VI/230 Core Exit Temp Max CET observed was 609 . This value is high, was shown in magenta on pages 310 and 311, green on this display. Possible problem with alarm algorithms. CI/250 Cntmt Isolation Display active only if CIAS signal (No. of valves not active, otherwise shows 7 See in CIAS position) discussion of "CEAs (No. not full in)" in text. CI/250 Containment Pressure Units identified as PSIA vice PSIG. s 15 S

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION e 6.7.2.4 o, labels horizontal: The ordinate label is written as a column of characters, a format that is particularly hard to read. Vertically oriented ordinate labels are nearly inescapable, but if it is allowed by the display sof tware, it is recomwended that this label be written in the orientation that would result if the label were written out normally and the whole string of characters rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise. e 6.7.2.4 p (1) , labels highlighted: The axis labels are inadvertently highlighted, because each is written in a different color. For the ordinate this makes sense, because one of the three color-coded data points is to be referred to the scale, but there is no reason for writing the abscissa label and scale in red. e 6.7.2.7 a, highlighting: This item was marked NA because color coding is used in this display to differentiate among data points rather than for highlighting per s_e. e 6.7.2.7 b (1), consistent meaning, and (2), emergency unique and 6.7.2.7 h, code consistency: These items were not checked (?) because the colors used to differentiate among data points on this display are also used to convey qualitative information or serve an alerting function in most other displays. This problem could be lessened if white or cyan were used in place of magenta on this plot. e 6.7.2.7 k (1), colors consistent w/CR: This item was checked NO because the plot makes use of several colors that are assigned meanings in other contexts. 2.5.2 A6fitionalRemarksontheVesselIntegrityGraph The labeling of the Vessel Integrity Graph is inadequate. There is no display label, and the axis labels are abbreviations, even though there is room to spell them out in full. It is recommended that a display label be provided, and the axis labels changed from "CCLEG" to " Temperature" for the ordinate and from "PRSAVR" to " Pressurizer Pressure" for the abscissa. The figure employs six colors: white for the axes, green for the ordinate scale and cold leg temperature datum, cyan for the cooldown limit curve, red for the saturation limit curve, magenta for the highest core exit temperature (HCET) datum, and yellow for the maximum hot leg temperature (HHLEG) datum. Magenta, yellow, and to a lesser extent, red should be considered reserved colors because of the distinct meanings associated with these colors when they appear on other displays. To achieve greater consistency with the color coding scheme, it is recommended that the display be drawn in the following colors: Cyan: The display label, axes, axis labels, tic marks up the right side of the right side of the figure, and the " plot mode real time" notice Red: The saturation and cooldown limit curves 5 16

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION White: The maximum core exit temperature datum Green: The minimum cold leg temperature datum Yellow: The maximum hot leg temperature datum Magenta: Not used The identifiers for all datum points should be presented in a single block. Because the ordinate would be properly labeled, the scaling factors currently provided would be unnecessary. Also, because the graphic resolution 1 is rather coarse due to the wide range of values covered by the axes, consideration should be given to providing digital readouts for the current values of the displayed data. The display is supposed to provide a " tail" on each datum, showing a 30-minute history. However, the displayed points are the smallest characters available, and no reduced luminance capability is provided, so the viewer must infer which end of the trace drawn by each datum represents the current value. (which is an additional reason to provide a readout of the current value) . Recognition of the current status of the system would be facilitated if the tails were drawn in cyan rather_than the datum color; although this would entail some risk of confusion if two traces were very close. 2.5.3 Additional Remarks on X-Y Plots The capability of creating a virtually unlimited set of X-Y plots on user

 . command is one of the strong points of the current system. Plots of real-time and archived data may be created through the X-Y Plotting (XYP) task and plots of archival transient data may be created via the Display Transient Parameter (DTP) task.                                                -

The real-time plots created via the XYP prograta start out with an empty set of axes, fill in the plot from lef t to right as the data accumulate, and stop when the specified time period has elapsed. Waiting for the data to accumulate is annoying, and data is lost.if the plot is put on " hold" and temporarily replaced with another display. From the user's point of view, it would usually be better if the plots appeared with a full set of data (showing the plotted parameters for however many minutes into the past were specified

 .in the plotting instructions) and were updated by adding the current data to the right side of the display and shifting the historical traces to the left (the left-most data would shift "off" the display). This would allow the user to see trends immediately, and would also make it possible to switch to other displays and then return to the plot without losing information.

The DTP plots start out with an initial screen of parameters that may be overwritten by the user. The DTP task allows the user to specify the range of values to be plotted (which determines the scaling and the location of the trace on the screen) or use an automatic scaling feature. In the DTP plots

?-

17

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION observed, the automatic scaling feature appeared to scale the plot so the trace for each parameter was more or less centered on the display and covered about 2/3 of the range of the ordinate. Four instruments measuring reactor power were displayed, with four different scales and superimposed data traces. The resulting plot was unintelligible. An intelligible plot was obtained by using the scaling option to specify that all four plotted points have the same range. In the reviewer's opinion, the automat,ic scaling feature is often more a nuisance than an aid and should be the optional, rather than default, selection. The DTP program also offers the option of displaying filtered or unfiltered data. The sample-to-sample variation in the reactor power data displayed was on the order of 5% of full scale, about 30% of the range of the transient displayed. " Unfiltered" should be the option and " filtered" should be the default state for the data filtering option. 2.6 Piping and Instrumentation Drawing Disolav The OPPD SPDS makes a large number of P& ids available as a supplement to

 -the Safety Function Displays. These P&ID schematics are active displays because they show the current status of selected pumps, valves, and circuit breakers, and the raadingr of instruments monitored by the SPDS. The Pressurizer and Querch Tank (Page 427) drawing was chosen as fairly representat.ive of thase . displays.

2.6.1 Checklist Review of the Pressurizer and Quench Tank Display The following are explanations of the starred items on Table 2-1. e 6.7.2.4 h, tables and graphs: This item was checked NA, but there are nine digital readouts on the display. e 6.7.2.4 i, hyphenation minimized: This item was checked YES, although virtually every instrument or component identifier is hyphenated. The use of hyphenation is justified by the fact that these identifiers are hyphenated on other labels in the control room. e 6.7.2.4 n, label placement: This item was checked NO because label placement is varied to suit the space available. While.this practice is not desirable, it is difficult to avoid in displays of this type. The fact that the valve labels are white and the rest of the drawing and lettering (except two instrumented pumps and two valves) is cyan is very helpful in sorting out what components the labels refer to. e 6.7.2.4 p (1), labels highlighted: This item was checked YES because the white valve numbers are effectively highlighted, although this serves mostly to differentiate one set of labels from the others, because virtually all of the alphanumerics on the display are.Jabels. 5 18

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION e 6.7.2.5 b, location consistent: This item was checked NO. The standard data groups (time, date, mode, etc.) are in the conventional location, but the readouts associated with components (levels, pressures, temperatures, etc.) are located close to their respective symbols on a space-available basis. This system is fairly workable because proximity itself serves to associate the symbol and readouts (although the association is even clearer when the readouts are both close and in a standard location).* One common application of the consistent location principle is to place the pressure, level, and temperature readouts for vessels inside the vessel outline. It is recommended that this practice be followed in all P&ID displays. e 6.7.2.5 m, screen loading <( 25%: This item was not checked (?) because it is difficult to judge the screen loading. e 6.7.2.7 h, code consistency: This item was checked YES because the color and shape coding are consistently applied on the P&ID displays. However, the use of red to mean pumps on, valves open, and breakers closed, may run counter.to the expectation of some users who may associate red with "stop" and extrapolate this common meaning to pumps off, valves closed, and breakers open. e 6.7.2.71(1) and (2), color coding: These items were checked NO because red and green coding of pump, valve, and breaker symbols refer to the status of these components rather than to values that are in or out of tolerance. The status of monitored parameters is indicated by color coding of the numbers on the digital readouts: green for within tolerance, yellow for marginal, and magenta for out of tolerance. 2.6.2 Additional Remarks on Piping and Instrumentation Displays Because white is brighter than red or green, the use of white symbols for valves and pumps whose status is not monitored by the SPDS has the unintended effect of making these symbols more conspicuous than the symbols for the components that are monitored. Consideration should be given to changing the colors of these unmonitored components to cyan. Several of the P&ID displays are devoted to process and area radiation monitors. The readouts _for these monitors are in the "E" format, e.g., 0.29E+06 cpm. This is an appropriate use of the E format because the instrument readings can vary over several orders of magnitude. However, the format used presents the first significant digit to the right of the decimal point. The more common convention is to display the first significant digit to the left of the decimal point, e.g., 2.9E+05. Operators are accustomed to thinking and talking about radiation readings in powers of ten, but may find

                                                               -e
 *For example, observe the momentary confusion caused by the readouts for feed-water flow and temperature in the Secondary System (Page 440) display, which are (unnecessarily) located in violation of both the proximity and standard location principles.

T-19

f GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION it easier to think in terms of "two point nine times ten to the fifth" than

     " point 29 times ten to the sixth".

2.7 Containment Isolation Valves Displav(s) This display is a list of containment isolation valves showing the current status of each valve (by means of a color-coded symbol) and the expected status when a containment isolation signal is present. To facilitate rapid scanning of the list, the expected status is written in red for open and green for closed, so improperly aligned valves will be signaled by a mismatch between the color of the valve symbol and the color of the word. The discussion is meant to apply to all seven pages of this display. 2.7.1 Checklist Review of the Containment Isolation Valves Display (s) The following are explanations of the starred items on Table 2-1. e 6.7.2.4 g (2), subclasses indented: This item was checked NO. The displays consist of one long list of valves, and subgroups are not set off in any way. However, because the list is designed primarily for check-reading to verify proper response to a CIAS signal, and the identification of individual valves would only be important if a mismatch between expected and actual valve status were detected, the present design, which facilitiates scanning, is judged to be more appropriate for this use, e 6.7.2.5 c, data grouping: This item was checked NO because the valve list is not partitioned into subgroups. As noted above, the present design is appropriate for the intended use. s e 6.7.2.5 h, page designation: This item was checked NO. It is recommended that "Page of 7" be added to all pages of the Containment Isolation Valves display. The page number is currently written in double-size cyan letters at the right of the display title. "Page of 7" should be written in white (for highlighting) in this location. If it is desired to retain the current page numbers, they can be written in normal size cyan or green letters below "Page of 7. " e 6.7.2.5 m, screen loading < 25%: This item was checked YES because the valve list occupies most of the screen. However, in the check-reading application, only the column of valve symbols and expected positions will be scanned: the rest of the display presents amplifying information to be 1 attended if a discrepancy is found. In the check-reading application, the , effective screen loading is considerably less than 25%. 2.7.2 Additional Remarks on the Containment Isolation Valves Display (s) In the reviewer's opinion, this is a well thought out display that makes very effective use of color coding. -" i

                                                                                     *      ?

20

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION 2.8 Strip Chart Emulator Display The Strip Chart Emulator (SCE) provides real-time traces of up to three variables in a format that closely resembles that of a strip chart recorder. There are no " dedicated" SCE displays, but the operator is free to create SCE representations of any parameter

processed by the SPDS.

2.8.1 Checklist Review of the Strip Chart Emulator The following are explanations of the starred items on Table 2-1. e 6.7.2.4 1 (3), date: The date is presented in the format given in NUREG-0700, once at the top of the page and again on the time increment lines drawn across the strip charts at intervals as the traces shift down the display. However, this format is inconsistent with the format (07 MAY

85) used on the majority of other displays.

e 6.7.2.4 m (1) , data groups labeled: This item was checked YES because the charts are labeled with the point number of the signal plotted. However, the point numbers are-unintelligible to a user who lacks very detailed knowledge of the plant. Consideration should be given to providing more generic labels in addition to the point numbers. e 6.7.2.4 p (1), labels highlighted: _This item was checked NO because the 1 chart labels are not highlighted. However, the position of the labels, centered above their respective charts, is judged to offer adequate identification of their meaning. e 6.7.2.5 b, location consistent: This item was checked NO because the date and time are presented at the tc; of the screen rather than at the bottom, as is the case with most other displays. e 6.7.2.7 a, highlighting: This item was checked YES because the use of colored traces is a form of highlighting, but is rather ineffective as used presently. Because each trace is drawn on a separate strip,.there is no need to use different colors for each one. See Section 2.8.2. e 6.7.2.7 g, graphic coding: This item was marked NO because of the inappropriate use of color coding alluded to above. 2.8.2 Additional Remarks on the Strip Chart Emulator The SCE is basically a good display, but the current implementation has one characteristic that renders it nearly useless in an SPDS, which exists to s

 *This assertion is not entirely correct: The operator may display the signal from any instrument, but certain derived parameters, such as average pressur-izer pressure, are not accessible.
                                                                                                  ?

21 e _

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATZON be used in real time in an emergency. The screen starts out empty and the charts develop "while you wait" ... and wait. It is recommended that the SCE be reprogrammed to come up with a full screen of data (about 30 minutes worth). This would allow the user to see trends immediately, and equally important, would also allow him to switch back and forth among several displays without loosing his trend information. The range represented by the width of the strip can be varied to accommodate different parameters. Consideration should be given to adding tic marks to the top frame of the chart, and repeating these tic marks on the time increment lines to facilitate accurate reading of the displayed trace at any point on the chart (an alternative would be to extend the tics as grid lines, but this would make the display too busy). Instead of merely tracing the history of a parameter, the CCE displays the trace with reference to a selectable " graph point" or set point, which makes deviations from the reference value more conspicuous. This can be a helpful feature, but the graph point (and scaling) must be carefully selected, or the resulting wide traces will tend to obscure rather than highlight changes in the parameter displayed. The way color is employed in the present SCE display to write data traces on the separate strips is not helpful. Consideration should be given to revising the use of color along the following lines: Cyan: The chart borders, time increment lines, and all alphanumerics except the strip labels and the current values of parameters i White: The data traces (because it is the brightest color, white will highlight the data traces) Green: The digital readout of the current value of parameters that are within normal bounds

Yellow: The current value of parameters in an alert status
Magenta: The current value of parameters in an alarm status
It is the reviewer's opinion that an SCE display (modified to start out with fully developed data traces) is, by virtue of its continuous updating and similarity to the recorders in the control room, a better candidate for the dedicated trend plots recommended in Section 2.4.2 than figures produced by the X-Y Plot program.

  *If it is technically impossible to display the current parameter value in the above color code, it is suggested that they be written in white.

T-22

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION j SECTION 3. HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW OF THE SYSTEM This section presents the results of the system evaluation using the ,

"SPDS Human Factors Evaluation Checklist" derived from NUREG-0835 and present-             l ed as Appendix C. Many of the individual items in this checklist are sum-maries at a high level of abstraction, and can only be completed in light of more detailed evaluations performed with the aid of supplemental checklists,
                                                               ~

such as those employed in previous sections for the evaluation of displays. This section of the present report is thus divided into two subsections: (1) a review of the relevant supplemental human factors checklists from NUREG-0700 presented in Appendix B, and (2) a synthesis of the results of the reviews of individual aspects of the system using the "SPDS Human Factors Evaluation Checklist." 3.1 NUREG-0700 Supolemental Checklists The supplemental checklist was made up of the following sections of NUREG-0700, " Guidelines for Control Room Design Reviews": 6.1.2.3 Sit-Down Console Dimensions 6.5.1.2 Usability of Displayed Values 6.5.1.5 Scale Marking 6.5.1.6 Color Coding 6.7.1.4 Data Entry - Keyboards 6.7.1.5 Computer Function Controls 6.7.1.7 Computer Response Time to Operator Queries 6.7.2 Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) Displays 6.7.3 Printers The sections of 6.7.2 dealing with data presentation format (6.7.2.4), screen layout and structuring (6.7.2.5), and graphic coding and highlighting (6.7.2.7) were discussed in Section 2 and will not be discussed here. Again, the discussion will be confined to items where a deficiency or potential problem was noted, and is intended to be read with the annotated checklist in hand. e 6.1.2.3 g, leg and foot room: The majority of SPDS display' units are placed on tables with adequate leg and foot room. However, SPDS No.1 in the control room is positiened above a set of drawers, without adequate leg'and foot room. e 6.1.2.3 h, writing space: This item was checked NO. The display units are large. Nearby writing spaces are generally available, but a person assigned to sit and monitor any of the SPDS units examined will be frustrated by lack of space for writing or laying down reference materials. The keyboards should not be used for this purpose, as inadvertent activation of keys can cause the display to break up. e 6.5.1.6 c (2), meaning of colors: Magentaisusedfobalertingand display of out of tolerance values; red is used to indicate status of pumps, valves, and breakers. Magenta is judged to be an acceptable substitute for red in this usage. 5 23 I l l l l l

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION e 6.5.1.6 d (3) , influence of ambient lighting on color rendition: This was not formally evaluated. However, the small number of colors used significantly reduces the likelihood of confusion. In the reviewer's opinion, a much more likely source of confusien among colors is misadjustment of the CRTs. e 6.7.1.4 g, keyboard slope: Both the FLIC and "QUERTY" keyboards had slopes of 7-8 degrees, about 1/2 of recommended minimums. This is not considered a potential problem, as operation of the SPDS does not require extensive keying. e 6.7.1.4 i, relevant keys: The QUERTY keyboard is an off-the-shelf unit with many special purpose keys for use in color graphics applications. Between 1/3 and 2/3 of the keys are irrelevant to the operation (as opposed to programming) of the SPDS. In addition, a large number of the keys are colored. The added conspicuity of the colored keys is useful for the numeric key pad and the cursor controls, but mildly distracting in the case of the other colored keys. Consideration should be given to removing the irrelevant keys and covering the holes in the board, e 6.7.2.1 b, reflected glare: There is one glare " hot spot" on the screen of SPDS unit No.1 in the control room, caused by an exposed luminaire in the entryway at the northeast corner. Glare on the screens in the-Emergency Response Facility (ERF) was not evaluated, but the screens in the Emergcncy Opertions Facility (EOF) have a serious glare problem from the luminaires at the far end of the room. Placing these units against the wall to the right of their present location would probably reduce this glare significantly. The sections of 6.7.2.1 dealing with the luminance and contrast of CRT characters were completed on the basis of the set of photometric data presented in Table 3-1. A Minolta Luminance Meter 1 was used to measure the luminance of large-area (approximately 5 mm diameter) fields. These measurements were taken at the EOF under both dark and normal room lighting conditions (with the lights in the back of the room turned off to avoid specular glare), and at the Jones Street mock-up and Fort Calhoun control room under normal room lighting conditions. A rough estimate of the dark-screen luminances of the colors on these units may be obtained by substrccting the background luminance from the reading reported for each color. e 6.7.2.1 c (1), contribution of ambient illumination to screen luminance: This item was checked NO. The contribution of ambient illumination to screen luminance is more or less a constant, but the proportional con-tribution varies with the color displayed, because the colors vary in luminance. Ambient illuminatien contributes virtually 100% to screen luminance for the nominally black background, and approximately 65% for red on some screens under normal room lighting conditions. m 4 24

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Table 3-1 Luminance and Contrast of SPDS Colors

                     #2 EOF      6 2 EOF     fl CR                                       (2 CR                                   Mock-up Color            Room Dark Room Light Room Light Room Light                                                                  Room Light

Background:

L8 3.62 0.07 2.62 2.27 5.70 White: L 10.10 13.34 19.99 22.58 20.30 b 144:1 C 3.7:1 7.6:1 9.9:1 3.6:1 Yellew: L 12.96 16.82 17.37 20.93 18.87 i C 185:1 4.6:1 6.6:1 9.2:1 3.3:1 Cyan: Lc --- --- 15.02 19.88 15.54 ( C --- --- 5.7:1 8.8:1 2.7:1 I Green: L 9.45 13.31 12.08 14.35 15.58 l C 135:1 3.7:1 4.6:1 6.3:1 2.7:1 I Magenta: L 4.52 8.18 9.32 10.15 11.13 C 65:1 2.3:1 3.6:1 4.5:1 2:1 Red: L 1.90 5.49 6.52 5.90 8.12 C 27:1 1.5:1 2.5:1 2.6:1 1.4:1

a. Luminance measurements are reported in foot-Lamberts (ft-L).

b. C = contrast ratio: luminance of color / luminance of background

c. The luminance of cyan was not measured in the EOF because no block of this color large enough to measure reliably was available.

e 6.7.2.1 c (4) , minimum character luminance 23 f t-L: This item was checked NO. The measured spot luminance ranged from 1.9 f t-L (red) in the is darkened room to 22.6 f t-L (white) on the No.2 SPDS unit in the normally lit control room. e 6.7.2.1.d (1), minimum luminance contrast 15:1: This item was checked NO. Examination of the contrast ratios (color / background) presented in ' Table 3-1 shows that the nominal contrast ratios (measured in the darkened EOF and only taking into account the luminances generated by the CRT) are adequate by the NUREG-0700 standards. However, under normal viewing conditions in a lighted room, the luminance of the background ineceases significantly (the luminance of the colors increases by about the same amount, but the proportional increase is much less) . ,Eecause of the higher background luminance, the contrast ratios are drastically reduced.For example, on the EOF CRT measured, the luminance contrast of red becomes 5.49/3.62 = 1.52:1, which is grossly inadequate by the NUREG-0700 standards.* 5-25

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION l l L e 6.7.2.1 f (4), ten resolution elements per character height: This item was checked NO because the character height is eight-nine phosphor dots. However, this is very close to the standard, and the present resolution is judged to be adequate. e 6.7.2.1 h, CRT display controls: The present display units have n_o, user-adjustable controls. The disparity in the measured values of white and difference in the luminances of the colors on different screens suggests that one or more of the CRTs many have been badly out of adjustment. Although user-adjustable controls allow the user to degrade as well as improve the image, it is possible that such controls would have made it possible to have achieved at least the 3:1 minimum contrast specified by NUREG-0835/for all colors. In the absence of user-adjustable controls, it is recommended that a program of regularly scheduled testing and adjustment of all display units be instituted. e 6.7.2.2 f (1), character separation: This item was checked YES, but the present character separation of one phosphor dot is decidedly marginal. e 6.7.2.2 f (2) (a), (b), and (c), character separation not less than 25% of character light under degraded conditions: These items were checked NO. Character width is less than 85% of character height, and luminance and contrast are suboptimal for red and magenta. e 6.7.2.3 f, visibility of data: This item was checked YES for the units in the control room. Unit No.2 is visible from the reactor control panel (if the operator turns around) and from the plant computer operator's ; console. Unit 1 is visible only to persons standing behind the desk where { the phones are mounted. Because many of the supplementary displays and ' programs available via the SPDS units are useful during normal operations, the operators suggested that one or both units in the control room be , mounted on turntables so they could be easily oriented for viewing by operators at panels 10, 11, and 20. e 6.7.2.5 h, page designations: Most displays are of the stand-alone type, but those that consist of multiple pages should be numbered in the "page i of n " fashion. e 6.7.3.1 b (2), print confirmation messages: This item was checked NO

    'because no print confirmation (or print completion) message is provided on    l the terminal directing information to the printer.

e 6.7.3.1 e (2), indication of paper supply for printers: This item was checked NO for LPS in the conticol room. Other printers were not formally evaluated, but those in the EOF do have a visible paper supply.

26

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION e 6.7.3.1 e (3), instructions for reloading printers: This item was checked NO for LPd. It is recommended that a card showing how to reload paper and ribbon be permanently affixed to all printers. l e 6.7.3.1 f (1), most recently printed line visible: This item was checked I NO for LPS(other printers not examined) . e 6.7.3.1 f (3), annotation of printer output: The design'of LPF makes ( annotation of output while in the machine awkward, if not impossible (as ' does the 600 Lpm speed of this printer). e 6.7.3.2 a (2), all annunicator alarms recorded: This item was checked NO. The Emergency Response Facility Computer System (ERFCS) does not ! l process all hard-wired annunciator inputs. The alarm reports available ! via the Display Alarm Status (DAS) task contain only ERFCS-generated alarms. This system is independent of the alarm printer and is not intended to be a substitute for it. 1 e 6.7.3.2 d, e, and f, alarm indentification and terminology: These items were not evaluated because it was felt that they were intended to apply to the dedicated alarm printer. 3.2 'SPDS Human Factors Evaluation Checklist The SPDS Human Factors Evaluation Checklist used in this review was l created by writing the items in Section 4.0 " Specific SPDS Design Review i Criteria" of NUREG-0835 in the format of the NUREG-0700 checklists. In spite of the title of NUREG-0835, several checklist items refer to aspects of the

 ; system that, though important to overall system success, are beyond the technical scope of a human factors review. An example of such an item is 4.4.2 B (1). "The sampling rate for each parameter is chosen such that there                                            l is not meaningful loss of information in the data presented to the operator."                                           '

The reader should be aware that NUREG-0835 was issued on a draft report. for comment, and as of this writing, has not yet been issued in final form. Thus the criteria set out in NUREG-0835 do not necessarily have the same level of endorsement by the NRC as the criteria in NUREG-0700. Further, many of the criteria in NUREG-0835 are worded in a way that leaves a great deal of room for interpretation. The checklist has been extensively annotated so as to i make clear which of several interpretations was employed by the reviewer. Secticn 4.9.2 relating to backup displays was not performed. There is a seismically qualified safety parameter display system (QSPDS) unit located in i the equipment spaces next to the control room, but' evaluation of this system was considered to be beyond the scope of the present review. e 4.1.1 A and B, primary SPDS display: These items were checked NO because there is no single primary display showing a set of parameter values indicative of plant safety. The current top-level display, the Safety Functions Matrix, displays no quantitative information at all, but acts as an alerting display, directing the operators' attention to the second-1cvel displays. T-27

l GP-R-212146 GEMERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION e 4.3.2 C, ending of invalid data: This item was marked No. The SPDS makee no distinction between " invalid data" and " data for which data validation is unsuccessful." (How the system could be enabled to make f' such a distinction is not obvious.) e 4.3.2 D, operating procedures provide guidance for trea,tment of invalid data: This item was checked NO because such procedures are not a part of l the ERFCS System Description (Reference 1), Operating Instructions ( (Reference 6), or Operator's Manual (Reference 7). None of the referenced ~ documents provided much information on the operation and interpretation of the SPDS sections of the ERFCS. e 4.3.2 E, operators trained to deal with invalid data: This item was also marked NO because there is no mention of ways of dealing'with invalid data in the materials supplied for review. e 4.4.1 B, primary display: This item was checked NO because the current top-level display functions as an alerting system and displays no quantitative data. e 4.4.2 B 1, sampling rate: This item was not evaluated because a determination of the adequacy of the sampling rate is beyond the scope of a human factors review. e 4.4.2 C 2, displays correctly portray plant process status for all design basis events: Not evaluated - beyond technical scope of present j review. Documentation supplied to support the present review does not directly address this issue. However, data presented by the system is derived from the same. instrumentation feeding other control room displays because the SPDS should track any event as well as the conventional i instrumentation available. - e 4.4.3 A 1 and 2, single primary display format: This item was checked NO l because the Safety Function Matrix Display presents no quantitative data. e 4.4.3 B 2, limit marks: This item was checked NO because limit marks appear only.on the Vessel Integrity Graph. Although color coding is an acceptable substitute for limit marks, they might prove useful in signaling an approach to an alert condition (i.e., before the change to yellow status) on certain displays, such as the saturation margin. e 4.4.4 A 1 and 2, magnitude and trend data: Item 4.4.4 A (1) was marked NO because of the nature of the top-level display; item 4.4.4 A (2) was marked NO because no dedicated trend plots are available via selection j from the SPDS directory. Although the system does p; ovide the operator with the capability of creating trend plots of virtually any variable, the current SCE implementation is inadequate because_Ahe display does not come up with a full screen of data (see discussion of this in Section 2.8.2), and the same is true of the XYP real-time plots. In addition, 28 Si

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION setting up the groups and scaling to produce a plot is more time consuming than is desirable under emergency conditions, although this latter limitation can be circumvented by setting up a library of preconfigured plots. e 4.4.4 B 1, recall capabilities for trend data: This item was checked NO because of the limitation described above. Although the capability of displaying archived data is available, the displays apparently stop at the end of the archive, and do not transition into real-time plotting of current data. Again, this problem can be corrected by having the SCE come up with fully developed charts showing the preceeding half-hour (or whatever period is displayable with the se3ected time scale). e 4.4.4 B 3, data stored on secure medium: This' item was not completed because the meaning of " stored on a secure medium," as distinct from protected from loss due to electrical power failure, is not clear. e 4.5.3 E, luminance contrast: This item was checked NO. As shown in Table 3-1, under normal room lighting conditions, red and magenta do not achieve the 3:1 minimum contrast with the background recommended here.* e 4.5.4 E, viewing location not limited by luminance and contrast: This item was checked NO because luminance and contrast for red and magenta are less than the recommended minimum. One consequence of poor luminance an/ contrast is a reduction in the distance from which characters or se caols written in these colors can be read, and an increased 2.sceptiblity to masking by reflections on the face of the CRT. s e 4.7.1 C, system status available on demand: A display of the status of the processors and data links of the ERFCS may be obtained by executing task systems. This is not part of the.SPDS (and in fact is not listed in - OI-ERFCS-1, the ERFCS operating instructions) but consideration should be given to making this display accessible through the SPDS directory. e 4.7.2 A, technical specification for compensatory functions: This item was checked NO.~ The QSPDS is being qualified as the backup system, and a technical specification naming it as the backup is planned but not approved at the time of this review.

 *The 3:1 contrast ratio given by NUREG-0835 is a conside,tably more lenient criterion than the 15:1 ratio specified by Item 6.7.2.1 d (1) of the NUREG-0700 checklist, and in the reviewer's opinion is more realistic.

29 r.

i GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION e 4.8.1 B, control of audible alarms: This item was checked NO. The system is equipped with an audible alarm that is mounted on the FLIC l box. The alarms can be acknowledged via a button on the FLIC, but there is no means of resetting or testing them. The FLIC boxes in the control room are equipped with keylock switches that allow the audible warning system to be turned off. These were in the "off" position when the control room was visited. e 4.9.1 E, crew can use SPDS effectively: This item was not checked. A performance-based evaluation of the SPDS is beyond the scope of the present review. e 4.9.2, backup displays: This section of the checklist was not completed. A seismically qualified "QSPDS" is available in the equipment spaces adjacent to the control room. Although sensors feeding this unit are also monitored by the SPDS, the QSPDS was considered a separate stand-alone system and was not included in the scope of the present review. e 4.9.3, primary display seismically qualified: This item was checked NA because the display units of the SPDS are not seismically qualified. m;8 30

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION SECTION 4.

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS It is the nature of a review such as this one to focus more on potential weaknesses than strengths, and a number of deviations from the NUREG-0700 guidelines have been identified in the preceeding sections. The four deficiencies of the current implementation judged to have the most impact on the acceptability of the system are discussed below.

l. The top display functions more as an annunciator system, directing attention to displays of out-of-tolerance parameters, as opposed to a single display that wi.ll allow a rapid assessment of the status of major safety-related parameters. A single overview display, composed of five-ten truly critical parameters from the second-level displays, is desirable.

2. The system needs a set of dedicated (i.e., preconfigured) trend plots of the data shown on the second-level displays. These can easily be produced with the existing SCE function, but the appropriate groups and scaling should be set up in advance. Ideally, these trend displays should be accessed via a single action (e.g., PG+) from thcir respective second-level displays.

3. The present SCE starts out with an empty screen, and builds the chart in real time. The SCE should come up with a full screen of data. This would allow the user to see trends immediately, and would also allow him to switch back and forth among several displays without loosing his trend data.

4. There are a number of problems with display readability that are related to characteristics of the visual display units employed. These include low luminance and contrast for magenta and red, and.the horizontal and vertical separation of alphanumeric characters.

Whether the first item on this list should actually be considered a deficiency ~ depends on how the numerous references in NUREG-0835 to a " single, primary display format" are interpreted. The reviewer's interpretation is based on the following passage from NUREG-0835 (page 3): NUREG-0696 ctates that the SPDS should display a minimum set of plant parameters from which the safety status of the plant may be assessed. The minimum set of parameters was not defined. .The staff recognized that the minimum set of parameters ssy be plant dependent. HowcVer, NUREG-0696 did define important 1.lant functions to include, but not be limited to:

        -  Reactivity control
        -  Reactor core cooling and heat removal from primary. system
        - Reactor coolant system integrity Radioactivity control Containment integrity i

I Sl 31 1 1

T-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION Other plant functions may also be important. The primary display of the SPDS should consist of the minimum set of parameters from which the operator can assess the plant safety status. The status and performance of systems, subsystems, and components should be allocated to secondary display formats-if this information is part of the SPDS data. . The second deficiency on the list may also appear to be questionable in view of the existing capability for producing trend plots on demand. Three considerations led to the recommendation that a set of "dedicat3d" plots be added:

1. Creating plots "from scratch" requires that the appropriate " points" and scaling (and, for the SCE, the graph point) be typed into the system.

This is not difficalt (though it does require that the user know - or look up - the poirat numbers and the appropriate scaling), but the process takes more time than the user may be willing to devote to it in an emergency.

2. Selection of the range and graph pointhave a large influence on how easy the plot is to interpret. The creation of good plots probably requires a degree of experimentation.

3. Although a set of plots that were preconfigured (and protected against alteration) could be provided via the group directories for the SCE and XYP functions, going through the directories is more time consuming than

   ;       the proposed system.

The photometric measurement reported in Table 3-1 suggest that the luminance of magenta and red can probably be increased to meet the 3:1 minimum contrast requirements (in normal room lighting) given in NUREG-0835 by adjustment of 'the CRTs. If this cannot be accomplished, consideration should be given to replacing the present display units with screens capable of generating the required luminances. If the required luminances can be achieved with the present terminals, a program of frequent inspections and adjustment of the displays should be instituted to insure that all displays remain properly adjusted as to color and luminance because the current display units have no user-adjustable controls for these parameters. The Fort Calhoun SPDS is a very capable system that offers the user rapid access to a very wide range of information. The majority of the displays are well layed out and easy to use. Although the current implementation does not meet all of the criteria embodied in the checklists used for this review, the capabilities ~of the ERFCS are such that correction of the majority of the deficiencies noted in this report can be easily accomplished within the framework of the present system. --e 32 T-

.GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATIOM SECTION 5. REFERENCES

1. OPPD II-10, " Fort Calhoun Station Unit No. 1 System Description II-10:

Emergency Response Facilities Computer System."

2. NUREG-0700, " Guidelines-for Control Room Design Reviews."

3. NUREG-0835, " Human Factors Acceptance Criteria for the Safety Parameter Display System: Draf t Report for Comment."

4. NUREG/CR-1994, " Techniques for Displaying Multivariate Data os Cathode Ray Tubes with Applications to Nuclear Process Control."

5. OPPD 102-024-1, " Safety Display Design Document: Mid- and Top-Level Displays."

6. OPPD OI-ERFCS-1, " Fort Calhoun Station Unit No.1 Operating Instructions OI-ERFCS-1: Emergency Response Facilities Computer System."

7. Omaha'Public Power District Emergency Resoonse Facility Comouter System Operator's Manual, Energy Incorporated.

8. H. P. Van Cott and R. G. Kinkade, Human Engineering Guide to Equipment Design,-McGraw-Hill, 1963. This reference cited in annatation to NUREG-0700 checklist item 6.7.2.2 f (2) (c).

9. OPPD No. 1283, " System Software Overview for Emergency Response Facilities Computer System (ERFCS) ." This reference cited in annotation

     .to NUREG-0700 checklist item 6.7.3.1 c.

10. OPPD SRDCO 84-51, "ERFCS Functional Test Procedure." This reference cited in annotation to SPDS Human Factors Evaluation checklist item 4.9.1.

11. OPPD ACO 84-36, "Mid- and Top-Level Display Software Functional Test."

This reference cited in annotation to SPDS Human Factors Evaluation checklist item 4.9.1. l l l s.-- 33

                                  .c- , _       -.     . - _

GP-R-212146 ' GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION APPENDIX A SELECTED DISPLAY EVALUATION CHECKLISTS This appendix contains checklists for the evaluation of CRT displays

composed of the following sections of .Section 6.7.2, " Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) Displays," in NUREG-0700: 6.7.2.4 Data. Presentation Format 6.7.2.5 Screen Layout and Structuring 6.7.2.7 Graphic Coding and Highlighting The appendix contains annotated checklists for: e Directory (Page 101) Display e Reactivity Control Display e Pressurizer and Quench Tank (Page 427) e Strip Chart Emulator Display miW A-1 - O

A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT ss '

                                                                                    ^
                                                                                             ^

The format used in presenting data to operators is , an important factor in preventing reading and. m gg' gg

                                                                               % gg^

l . selection errors, and reducing search time. 'M ^

a. USABILITY OF DATA (1) Data should be presented to the operator in a readily usable format.

(2) There should be no requirement for transposing, computing, interpolating, or mentally translating displayed data into

other units or numerical bases.

b. ILLUSTR ATIONS-Illustrations should be used whenever possible to supplement or /

explain text.

c. CHARACTER GROUPING (1) When 5 or more digits and/or non text alpha-numerics are displayed, and no natural (i.e., population stereotyped) organization exists, characters should /

be grouped in blocks of 3 to 4 characters each. (2) 0 oups should be separated by a mini- / exm of 1 blank character space.

d. MAINTENANCE OF ORDERING-Elements in a data field should be displayed in logical /

order (e.g., chronological).

e. PRESENTATIONS O F IDENTICAL DATA (1) .The manner of prescritation of identical j data should be based on the uses to which the data will be put by the operator.

(2)' Within the limits of (1) above, identical e uss6%, sm data in different presentations should be y o ho h.~ displayed in a consistent, standardized manner. T-6.7-28

A-1' DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd)

f. MENU DESIGNATORS (1) Numbers should be used as designators /

when listing selectable items. (2) Numerical designators should start with the number "1" (not zero). (3) If the use of numbers as designators would create confusion because of other numbers which make up the item to be j designated, alphabetic ~ characters should be used. (4) When used, alphabetic designators should start with the letter "A." d

g. LISTS (1) Lists should be vertically aligned and /

left-justified.

     ,          (2) Indentation should be used for sub-                  y           reg M , o,Iy classifications.

h. TABLES AND GRAPHS-Quantitative data which must be scanned and compared should / -

be presented in either tabular or graphic form.

i. HYPHENATION-The use of hyphenation should be minimized.

   ,       J. ALIGNMENT (1) When presented in tabular form, alpha-               t/

numeric data should be left-justified. (2) When presented in tabulaf form,' numeric data should be right justified with decimal t / points aligned.

k. PERIODS-Periods should be placed after n,3 v4sg .; . fe,41 item selection designators and at the end of / p,,;,4,3 m6 - (. .-

a sentence. t~+ -W 6.7-29

A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101)

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd)

1. STANDARDIZED FIELDS-The following standardized fields should be used: j (1) Telephone Number: (914)555-1212 (2) Time: HH:MM:SS, HH:MM, MM:SS:(.S) s/

(3) Date: MM:DD:YY. / o 7 ,. , y yy ,g,,,

m. DATA GROUP LABELING (1) Each individual data group or message / /

should have a descriptive title. (2) Labels should reflect some unique charac-teristic of the content of the data group / or message .

n. LABEL PLACEMENT-Labels should be located in a consistent manner either above or j to the left of the data group or message they .,

5 describe. :

o. LABEL ORIENTATION-Labels should be oriented horizontally.

p. LABEL HIGHLIGHTING (1) Labels should be highlighted or otherwise accentuated to facilitate operator scanning Y and recognition.

(2) The technique used to highlight labels should be easily distinguished from that used to highlight emergency or critical / messages,

q. OPTION LABELS-When presenting a list of U- . s e m , a ,/. .

operator options, the label should reflect the / 44r'*9 #5 *r M" question or choices being posed to the operator. (I.# 1 . ?'

                                       .          6.7-30

I l l l A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) 1 PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE R AY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING Screen layouts and structuring of . data presented %;a w. ' k% < on CRTs should minimize operator scanning and , . 3g

                                                                                   ~n (3 reading requirements, and minimize the probability      >
                                                                -          ,l jff of operator error.                                      m       W  '-                       ! "   <*

a. ORGANIZATION OF DATA -t or - d

W (1) Displayed data should be organized in a ! h ie -a " %

logical, consistent manner. (2) Displayed data should reflect some obvious ard inherent quality of the data groups (e.g., hierarchical, sequential, or / mimic relationships).

b. LOCATION OF DATA GROUPS-Physical P5, ' veer . f C" location of specific data groups (e.g., alarms, / Clark'1 td " d ' br menus) on the screen should be consistent. c cor/ri , N,a; c. DEMARCATION OF DATA SUBGROUPS-
Organization and separation of information

                                                                               ' ' d ' ' M ". "     'l subgroups should be made apparent to the                  /            I" P #5

( e C '" ~'*! operator through the use of blank spaces, lines, or some other form of visible demarcation. '/'" 7.Ab'"'

d. USE FREQUENCY R ANKING - Lists of options should be organized according to the j 9 7,,,4 7

probability of selection for each item, with high probability items presented first.

e. ALPHA. NUMERIC R ANKING - Non-option lists of equal probability options should be- / _ ,, v i presented in alphabetical or numerical order.

f. SEPAR ATION OF PAR AGR APHS-Paragraphs in continuous text should be separated by at /

least one blank line. SELECTION DESIGNATORS-Selection desig- oC1<- ~ ~.; mn g. nators in menus should be separated from text ! *" ' ' ' ' descriptors by at least one blank space. 6.7 31 a

A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd)

                                                                           ^'erch        pp'd1

h. PAGE DESIGNATION-When data are con-tained on multiple pages, each page should display both page number and total number of pages.

i. CONTINUOUS NUMBERING-Items contained in a numbered list and described on " continue" j pages should be numbered relative to the first number on the first page of the list.

J. PLACEMENT OF INSTRUCTIONS-When w<i,,a... o., directions to the operator accompany a list j s, < J . . . . . - :M of options, such directions sticuld precede /<'r - u-presentation of the list.

k. URGENT MESSAGES

(?'\ (1) Urgent messages requiring immediate j operator response should be highlighted .

< to attract the operator's attention. ,/ (2) Urgent messages should always be dis- y 5 f u. <<<<'a-played in the same location. + o f *( 3 * -" '

l. USE OF CURSOR-In systems in which

selection is made by use of a cursor, formats ^d ~2 should be organized to minimize positioning movements of the cursor.

                                                                     / -h e4 i A L t.

m. SCREEN LOADING-The amount of infor-mation bearing activated screen area should not exceed 25% of the total screen area. This 5 ~)l, V* "#

does not include demarcation lines used to W " b "'I h

                                                                                #"I separate groups of data.

m.W T' 6.7-32 9

A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd)

n. TREND PLOT SCALES-CRT displayed trend plot scales should be consistent with the

            ~ intended functional use of the data. (For example, the monitoring of neutron flux at reactor trip may have a variable scale of 0%
                                                                        .[

to 100% of the design value and a time scale resolution of seconds. However, post trip monitoring may have a variable scale of 0% to - 10% with a time scale resolution of minutes. Finally, operational log data of neutron flux may have a time scale resolution of hours.) s O A.Y

 .                                                                                                                               S 6.7-33

A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2'

GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING . The state of the technology associated with CRT 1 , displays is constantly changing, with new graphics .

                                                                                                                          ,1 and highlighting methods based on both software               f     .g             ,

and hardware capabilities frequently being ' intro- jf @p . , duced. Process computer CRT displays which utilize '

                                                                         $* L   *

o *

these techniques can provide valuable enhancement , of displayed information, and support improved " ~ observer recognition and understanding of displayed [ h. ' y^' w data. Misguided or unnecessary use of such tech- , i 27, niques can distract the observer, create confusion, , M , "iw - and induce errors. The principles that fo!!ow are ^g ,'

purposely general in order to provide flexibility

9. to control room designers and promote creative , g~~ !n, .'jg application of useful aspects of this technology.

a. USE OF HIGHLIGHTING-Highlighting should j e ,3, < q .+g )

be used to attract the operator's attention p to any displayed data item or message which - is important to decisionmaking or action ' requirements.

b. CONSISTENT APPROACH (1) Highlighting methods which have informa- i tion value beyond their attention-getting /

quality should have the sa.me meaning in all applications. (2) Highlighting methods associated with emergency conditions should not also be / s4 ulws used in association with normal conditions.

c. CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT-When contrast enhancement (i.e., increased illumination inten-sity level) is used for highlighting, not more /

than two (preferable) or three (maximum) brightness levels should be used in a single presentation. . T-6.7 36

A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING t (Cont'd)

                                                                                 /          '~

d. FLICKER OR BLINKING-Blinking of a "*

symbol or message (e.g., ON-OFF or a"ter-nating high low brightness) for purposeApf (cws a r L ~rl highlighting should be reserved for emer6.Q.y H %h 'k conditions or similar situations requirmg 5 A l-c <-} N A immediate operator action.

e. BLINK RATES (1) When blinking is used for highlighting, a maximum of 2 blink rates should be used.

(2) When a single blink rate is used, the rate should approximate 2-3 " blinks" per y " 1 I4 I second with a minimum of 50 msec "on" time between blinks. (3) When 2 blink rates are used, the fast blink should approximate 4 per second and the slow - blink should approximate 1 per Y second. (4) When 2 blink rates arc used, the "on-off" j~ ratio should approximate 50% (5) When 2 blink rates are used, the higher rate should apply to the most critical / information.

f. INVERSE VIDEO-Image reversal (e.g., dark characters on a . light background) should be g,3,, , a used primarily for highlighting in dense data !

fields, such as a word or phrase in a paragraph " s u i "

    .           of text, or a set of characters in a table of data.                                                                         l N. USE OF GRAPHIC CODING-Graphic coding                                                        .

- '# methods (e.g., symbols, boxes, underlines, / 6' I' ' ' ' *~) N' ! l colors) should be used to present standard elib. k qualitative information to the operator or to 3 %. / s.t.g draw the operator's attention to a particular 4,, . L ,. , 0lr,. /~ ., s portion of the display. d 6.7-37 l l l 1

A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd)

h. GRAPHIC CODE CONSISTENCY - Graphic codes, used separately or in combination, should have the same meaning in all applications.

i. GEOMETRIC SHAPE CODING-When geo-metric shape (symbol) coding is used, the - /

basic symbols should vary widely in shape. J. NUMBER OF SYMBOLS (1) The number of basic symbols used for / coding should be kept small. - (2) The upper limit under optimum display conditions should be 20. V (3) The upper limit under adverse display conditions should be 6. V (4) When needed, other highlighting and s graphic techniques (color, filled versus

unfilled, and other " modifiers") should be j . ,

used to display different states or qualities "of a basic symbol.

k. USE OF COLOR-The many hues (colors) and W" .

saturations (lightness and darkness) available in -J.

fu modern CRT displays are virtually limitless. p , .

Care must be taken to select the best colors ^ ?,' ~ ' +

                                                                                                   ^ b and to specify their use such that they will be        . d'          ,.m*,        A ggy ,                 ,

consistent with the use of all other colors in . ,1+ f ' .' the control room. Exhibit 6.711 provides

general guidelines for color selection. ' (1) Colors used on the CRT to convey infor- g gg jp mation should be consistent m use and 1 V t ' b r'd meaning with all other color codes in the control room. (2) Once colors are assigned a specific use or meaning, no other color should be used V for the same purpose. - 6.7 38

c A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) 1 PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 Led-Good attention $etting color. Associated with danger. Yellow (amber)-Good attention getting color. Associated with cauto n. Green- A nonattentionyetting color; easy on the eyes. Associated , with satisfactory conditions. Black-Normally used as the background color, i.e., the color of blank character spaces. Also used as the action character when reverse field coding is employed. Whire- A non attention < jetting color. It should be used for standard alphanumeric text or tables where the information is contained in the characters and not the color. Might also be used for labels,coor. dinate ames, dividing lines, demarcation brackets, etc. g (light bluel-(Same as white).Might be used in conjunction with wnite to provide some amount of noncritical discrimination (e.g., use cyan for tabular column headings and demarcation lines;

  ',         use white for alphanumeric data).

Blue (dark)-Poor contrast with dark background. Not recom-mended for attention 1etting purposes or for informationtearing data. Use for labels and other advisory type messages. , Maoenta-A harsh color to the eye. Should be used sparingly, and for attentiongetting purposes. Orange-Good attention $etting color. Care must be taken that hue is selected to be readily differentiable from red. yellow, and white. Exhibit 6.711. General characteristics of colors used in CRT displays. T-6.7-39 l

A-1 DIRECTORY (PAGE 101) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd)

1. COLOR MEANINGS-When color is used, the meaning of the colors should, where applicable, equate with the commonly understood ^% ' ~ " ' 'd meaning of those colors. The following specific fw S5 '""

meanings for selected colors should apply when these colors are used in CRT displays: , og diredoq, re., (1) R ed-Unsafe condition, danger, immediate q, 9,, operator action required, or critical parameter value out of tolerance.

                                                                 /      ,g
                                                                                     ,,g     5 ,,

(2) Green-Safe condition, no operator action ( . ,,s , ty 4,. so , required, or parameter va,lue is within / gm # ,% tolerance. hA) (3) Yellow / Amber-Hazard, potentially unsafe, f ,. ,, ,, caution, attention rcquired, marginal / ggy g, ,,,g parameter value exists.

m. RED GREEN COMBINATIONS us,/ tu,, wq

.' (1) Whenever possible, red and green colors / ( d '"I' "'N '" U ~ ' should not be used in combination. bi 8" - (2) Use of red symbols / characters on a green j background should especially be avoided. 6.7-40

A-2 REACTZVITY cot 3 TROL (PAGE 200) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT - 1.ga - The format used in presenting data to operators is

                                                                                              <                      s an important factor in preventing reading and           '

g , i , selection errors, and reducing search time. e . C

a. USABILITY OF DATA (1) Data should be presented to the operator /

in a readily usable format. (2) There should be no requirement for j ny , . . . ;v a transposing, computing, interpolating, or i, g mentally translating displayed data into g g,g,, , . ,, , j ',,;.: c c , other un,its or numerical bases. g,i c , u ,3. , .,

b. ILLUSTR ATIONS-Illustrations should be i ll w >,,5,b. t rste used whenever possible to supplement or [ e,',I, m A e4 -

r' explain text.

c. CHARACTER GROUPING (1) Wher, 5 or more digits and/or non text -

alpha numerics are displayed, and no / . natural (i.e., population stereotyped) organization exists, characters should be grouped in blocks of 3 to 4 characters , each. (2) Groups should be separated by a mini- j mum of 1 blank character space,

d. MAINTENANCE OF ORDERING-Elements in a data field should be displayed in logical /

order (e.g., chronological).

e. PRESENTATIONS OF IDENTICAL DATA (1) The manner of presentation of identical 7 data should be based on the uses to which the data will be put by the operator.

(2) Within the limits of (1) above, identical p 4 , g _ ,f,p u, , data in different presentations should be / , displayed in a consistent, standardized manner. - S 6.7 28 I l l l l

A-2 REACTIVITY CONTROL (PAGE 203) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd)

f. MENU DESIGNATORS (1) Numbers should be uwd a_s designators j when listing selectable items.

(2) Numerical designators should start with Y the number "1" (not zero). (3) If the use of numbers as designators would create confusion because of other numbers which make up the item to be j designated, alphabetic characters should be used. (4) When used, alphabetic designators should j start with the letter "A."

g. LISTS (1) Lists should be vertically aligned and / (5,19 /< 2 4 ' ".J left justified. O. /,1 x

 ,           (2) Indentation should be used for sub-             j classifications

h. TABLES AND GRAPHS-Quantitative data which must be scanned and compared should /

be presented in either tabular or graphic form.

i. HYPHEN ATION-The use of hyphenation j should be minimized.

j. ALIGNMENT (1) When presented in tabular form, alpha. /

numeric data should be left-justified. (2) When presented in tabular form, numeric f,,, , f, ,,g, , ,,g,/ - data should be right-justified with decimal / , , a c,c . a .c., points aligned. n ad e 55

k. PERIODS-Periods should be placed after p (,; f , ; ;,,, y , , ,,

item selection designators and at the end of u s,, d,, L e s - a sentence. </ u a - 4e-i

                                                                                                                 'l l
                                                                                                                ..i l

6.7 29 l

A-2 REACTIVITY CONTROL (PAGE 200) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd)

1. STANDARDIZED FIELDS-The following standardized fields should be used:

(1) Telephone Number: (914)S551212 / (2) Time: HH:MM:SS, HH:MM, MM:SS:(.S) / (3) Date: MM:DD:YY. / g; m ,, , , , - *

m. DATA GROUP LABELING (1) Each individual data group or message /

should have a descriptive title. (2) Labels should reflect some unique charac-teristic of the content of the data group V or message .

n. LABEL PLACEMENT-Labels should be

                   .                                                             t',4 , f p 6                                          2 located in a consistent manner either above or                /                                 y        t,                    ,,&

to the left of the data group or message they , ,., g, j v; m . describe. y o . J . , ,. ' , ,

o. LABEL ORIENTATION-Labels should be j oriented horizontally.

p. LABEL HIGHLIGHTING (1) Labels should be highlighted or otherwise b' '>

j t.ccentuated to facilitate operator scanning and recognition. (2) The technique used to highlight labels should be easily distinguished from that used to highlight cmergency or critical messages. -

q. OPTION LABELS-When presenting a list of operator options, the label should reflect the /

question or choices being posed to the operator. e W. 6.7 30

A-2 REACTIVITY CONTROL (FAGE 200), PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING + Screen layouts and structuring of data presented w. , pw - on CRTs should minimize operator scanning and ,, . g 7-g reading requirements, and minimize the probability jf ; % ff*gf " of operator error, m 4 -

a. ORGANIZATION OF DATA r2,,, p,,p. a 48 6 (1) Displayed data should be organized in a e < ~ o -f ' " ' ' #

logical, consistent manner. I# (2) Displayed data should reflect some obvious and inherent quality of the data groups (e.g., hierarchical, sequential, or mimic relationships).

b. LOCATION OF DATA GROUPS-Physical location of specific data groups (e.g., alarms, /

menus) on the screen should be consistent.

c. DEMARCATION OF DATA SUBGROUPS-

,       Organizat. ion and separation of information                                                    i subgroups should be made apparent to the                /

operator through the use of blank spaces, lines, or some other form of visible demarcation.

d. USE FREQUENCY R ANKING - Lists of options should be organized according to the probability of selection for each item, with /

high probability items presented first.

e. ALPHA NUMERIC R AN KING - Non-option lists of equal probability options should be v presented in alphabetical or numerical order,

f. SEPARATION OF PARAGRAPHS-Paragraphs .

in continuous text should be separated by a't .4 least one blank line,

g. SELECTION DESIGNATORS-Selection desig.

nators in menus should be separated from text / descriptors by at least one blank space. 6.7 31

A-2 REACTIVITY CONTROL (PAGE 200) l PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLlANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd) i"ku,'..c! ? ' da / -

h. PAGE DESIGNATION-When data are con- ^ ~' '

'/

tained on multiple pages, each page should display both page number and total number of pages.

i. CONTINUOUS NUMBERING-Items contained in a numbered list and described on " continue" y pages should be numbered relative to the first number on the first page of the list.

J. PLACEMENT OF INSTRUCTIONS-When directions to the operator accompany a list / of options, such directions should precede presentation of the list.

k. URGENT MESSAGES g,_h _

3 (1) Urgent messages requiring immediate / 51 / .J my operator response should be highlighted ~e. ,'

                                                                                                                           )
,             to attract the operator's attention.
       -(2) Urgent messages should always be dis-played in the same location.

j

l. USE OF CURSOR-In systems in which selection is made by use of a cursor, formats j

should be organized to minimize positioning movements of the cursor.

m. SCREEN LOADING-The amount of infor-mation bearing activated screen area should not exceed 25% of ti el total screen area. This does not include demarcation lines used to separate groups of data.

eJ# 6.7 32 i

A-2 REACTIVITY CONTROL (PAGE 200) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment G.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd) T-! 5 k ' #

n. TREND PLOT SCALES-CRT displayed trend c., c /~ , J-s o plot scales should be consistent with the g 4 ,;,a a intended functional use of the data. (For / 1 example, the monitoring of neutron flux at reactor trip may have a variable scale of 0%

to 100% of the design value and a time scale resolution of seconds. Howeverl post-trip monitoring may have a variable scale of 0% to 10% with a time scale resolution of minutes. Finally, operational log data of neutron flux may have a time scale resolution of hours.) T-6.7 33 -_ _ . _ _ . __m_ ._ _ _ _ _ - . _ -_ ._ _

A-2 REACTIVITY CONTROL (PAGE 200) i PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 [ CATHODE R AY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 i GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST l N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING s -u m w;; , u me, ; The state of the technology associated with CRT . 7^ l displays is constantly changing, with new graphics . l ,

                                                                                                                                  ,    ; _ y ,. , ,,,

and highlighting methods based on both software

                                                                                                                    *                                        ~ '

g,

                                                                                                                                , . .g            ,, ;

l and hardware capabilities frequently being intro- T l s , duced. Process computer CRT displays which utilize W, ' % :+ - - -/. l these techniques can provide valuable enhancement ;w - > [

of displayed information, and nJpport improved T .. , , . observer recognition and understanding of displayed

                                                                                                           ~4M'L^                  7 N.
                                                                                                                    $$ MW*, @7 s[
                                                                                                         ~

l data. Misguided or unnecessary use of such tech- p ~ l niques can distract the observer, create confusion, E6 I and induce errors. The principles that follow are W i n ^ purposely general in order to provide flexibility

to control room designers and promote creative application of useful aspects of this technology. g g,

g~ gn 4:- I

a. USE OF HIGHLIGHTING-Highlighting should % g,,n a be used to attract the operator's attention ,

to any displayed data item or message which V y g.g . is important to decisionmaking or action g g, requirements.

b. CONSISTENT APPROACH (1) Highlighting methods which have informa-tion value beyond their attention-getting #

quality should have the sa.me meaning in all applications. (2) Highlighting methods associated with emergency conditions should not also be / used in association with normal conditions.

c. CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT-When contrast enhancement (i.e., increased illumination inten-sity inel) is used for highlighting, not more than two (preferable) or three (maximum) !

brightness levels should be used in a single presentation.

                                                                                                                          ..e 6.7-36

A-2 REACTIVITY CONTROL (PAGE 200) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 l l COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST l N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd) " < *

d

d. FLICKER OR BLINKING-Blinking of a / b 6 ,~~/,P/

symbol or message (e.g., ON OFF or alter- p uf,e-a s h s' 4 nating high-low brightness) for purposes of p,,, r, highlighting should be reserved for emergency l conditions or similar situations requiring l immediate operator action.

e. BLINK RATES (1) When blinking is used for highlighting, a /

maximum of 2 blink rates should be used. (2) When a single blink rate is used, the rate should approximate 2-3 " blinks" per second with a minimum of 50 msec "on" v time between blinks. (3) When 2. blink rates are used, the fast blink should approximate 4 per second and the slow blink should approximate 1 per / second. l (4) When 2 blink rates are used,the "on-off" ratio should approximate 50%. # (5) When 2 blink rates are used, the higher rate should apply to the most critical / information.

f. INVERSE VIDEO-Image reversal (e.g., dark characters on a light background) should be n,cuj,, I ')

y used primarily for highlighting in dense data / fields, such as a word or phrase in a paragraph of text, or a set of characters in a table of data,

g. USE OF GRAPHIC CODING-Graphic coding , , , , , ,, n methods (e.g., symbols, boxes, underlines, 4 colors) should be used to present standard / #" * * * " * "

qualitative information to the operator or to ""% 4 m/. 4 draw the operator's attention to a particular portion of the display. 6.7 37 O

A-2 REACTIVITY ~COEiTROL (PAGE 200) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd)

h. GRAPHIC CODE CONSISTENCY - Graphic ./

codes, used separately or in combination, should have the same meaning in all applications.

1. GEOMETRIC SHAPE CODING-When g'eo-metric shape (symbol) coding is used, the /

basic symbols should vary widely in shape.

j. NUMBER OF SYMBOLS (1) The number of basic symbols used for /

coding should be kept small. - (2) The upper limit under optimum disphy j conditions should be 20. (3) The upper limit under adverse display V conditions should be 6. (4) When needed, other highlighting and graphic techniques (color, filled versus unfilled, and other " modifiers") should be / .

.')

used to display different states or qualities "of a basic symbol.

k. USE OF COLOR-The many hues (colors) and saturations (lightness and darkness) available in .

gg, > modern CRT displays are virtually limitless. , g , s y

                                                               #         M~      "     ^                        ' '

Care must be taken to select the best colors ~ and to specify their use such that they will be , . -

                                                                                  ' *M ^ '                 x
                                                                                                                     ~
                                                            '@ F consistent with the use of all other colors in the control room. Exhibit 6.7 11 provides                        *                ^
                                                                              ^"

general guidelines for color selection, . : _ (1) Colors used on the CRT to convey infor-mation should be consistent in use and meaning with all other color codes in the / control room. (2) Once colors are assigned a specific use or meaning, no other color should be used / for the same purpose. - 6.7 38

A-2 REACTIVITY COMTROL (PAGE 200) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 e 4 ') e (,, (pd b p]/"'j s *g 8 gy t' yf l# ) 'J ' ' p r A s. Yn !a l ' *.

W L ( t ,, e r ;,' j

          -Good attention 1etting color. Associated with danger.

Yellow (amber)-Good attention getting color. Associated with / caution. Green-A nonettentionyetting color; easy on the eyes. Associated ~ with satisf actory conditions. Black-Normally used as the background color, i.e., the color of f blank character spaces. Also used as the action character when reverse field coding is employed. White- A nonettentionsetting color. It should be used for standard alonanumeric text or tables where the information is contained in N*

S * .

the characters and not the color. Might also be used for labels, coor. dinate ames, dividing lines, demarcation brackets, etc; gfY,D Cyan (light bluel-(Same as white).Might be used in conjunction E white to provide some amount of noncritical discrimination g' g ,g g (e.g., use cyan for tabuiar column headings and demarcation lines; use white for alphanumeric data). Blue (dark)-Poor contrast with dark background. Not recom- . s . Mded for attentiongetting purposes or for informationbearing ~**# " I' d I ~4 8 d*

d' /

data. Use for labels and other advisory type meseges. Mannre- A harsh color to the eye. Should be used schringly, and for attentiongetting purposes. , ,, g , fl {p ,, J g J ,') Orange-Good attention $etting color. Care must be taken that hue is selected to be readily differentiable from red, yellow, and white.

                                                                                 ~    "'p ' ^ "' p* g g Exhibit 6.711. General characteristics of colors used in CRT displays.

aW 9 6.7 39

A-2 REACTIVITY CONTROL (PAGE 200) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd)

1. COLOR MEANINGS-When color is used, the meaning of the colors should, where applicable, equate with the commonly understood meaning of those colors. The following specific meanings for selected colors should apply when these colors are used in CRT displays:

p]4Jen $a nted (1) Red-Unsafe condition, danger, immediate g,,, s ,, g , g operator action required, or critical / .g parameter value out of tolerance. (2) Green-Safe condition, no operator action required, or parameter value is within / tolerance. (3) Yellow / Amber-Hazard, potentially unsafe, caution, attention required, marginal / parameter value exists.

m. RED GREEN COMBINATIONS .np ss s )

(1) Whenever possible, red and green colors / should not be used in combination. (2) Use of red symbols / characters on a green / background should especially be avoided. maw

*?

6.7-40

A-3 PF.ESSURIZER AND QUENCH TAMK (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLI ANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT- m av x . The format used in presenting data to operators is . n- q an important factor in preventing reading and ,

                                                                  ~       x              gg; <               .

selection errors, and reducing search time.

a. USABILITY OF DATA (1) Data should be presented to the operator /

in a readily usable format. (2) There should be no requirement for transposing, computing, interpolating, or mentally ' translating displayed data into / other units or numerical bases,

b. ILLUSTR ATIONS-Illustrations . should be. ,j l9) ;s o used whenever possible to supplement or / p, ,

explain text.

c. CH ARACTER GROUPING l (1) When 5 or more digits and/or non text ,

alpha numerics are displayed, and no natural (i.e., population stereotyped) / organization exists, characters should l be grouped in blocks of 3 to 4 characters _ i each. (2) Groups should be separated by a mini- j mum of 1 blank character space.

d. MAINTENANCE OF ORDERING-Elements in a data field should be displayed in logical /

order (e.g., chronological). l e. PRESENTATIONS OF IDENTICAL DATA (1) The manner of presentation of identical f , data should be based on the uses to which the data will be put by the operator. (2) Within the limits of (1) above, identical data in different presentations should be [ displayed in a consistent, standardized manner.

~.

6.7 28

A-3 PRESSURIZER AND QUENCII TANX (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS . 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLlANCE CHECKLIST . N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd)

f. MENU DESIGNATORS no $efg 0* Lis .=~.

(1) Numbers should be used as designators j when listing selectable items. (2) Numerical designators should start with j the number "1" (not zero). (3) If the use of numbers as designetors would create confusion because of other numbers which make up the item to be / designated, alphabetic characters should be used. (4) When used, alphabetic designators should start with the letter "A."

g. LISTS (1) Lists should be vertically aligned and /

s left justified. I (2) Indentation should be used for sub- y classifications.

h. TABLES AND GRAPHS-Quantitative data n ,,,i,, a n , y, .a .,,,

which must be scanned and compared should i/ g y . . , . . . . . .J - / be presented in either tabular or graphic form. . ..4

1. HYPHENATION-The use of hyphenation " * ::

r > <> > * ~ '*

should be minimized. ""f;',I'J:',, $ [,*,. #i[.' "

j. ALIGNMENT (1) When presented in tabular form, alpha- ,j numeric data should' be lef t ,ustified.

(2) When presented in tabular form, r umeric data should be right Justified with dacimal t/ points aligned.

k. PERIODS-Periods should be placed after item selection designators and at the end of v a sentence.

6.7 29 l i I

A-3 PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TANK (PAGE 427.) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd)

1. STANDARDIZED FIELDS-The following standardized fields should be used:

(1) Telephone Number: (914)555-1212 / (2) Time: HH:MM:SS, HH:MM, MM:SS:(.S) v (3) Date: MM:DD:YY. /

m. DATA GROUP LABELING m 9...,s, (1) Each individual data group or message / ,,.A ,a .I < e r ' ,. .

should have a descriptive title. (2) Labels should reflect some unique charac-teristic of the content of the data group / or message .

n. LABEL PL ACEMENT-Labels should be og 3p.a . ,,,;,i, ti, located in a consisterit manner either above or j g ,.. _ ,, u to the left of the data group or message they , ,, ,; g , .) A r r,. p,,

l describe. ut ,r: :,;,:> ,

o. LABEL ORIENTATION-Labels should be j oriented horizontally.

p. LABEL HIGHLIGHTING . Cot, y,lo e, 4 <. r.o (1) Labels should be highlighted or otherwise '' U O ' k'*

accentuated to facilitate operator scanning Ayip%e"b <>b and recognition. av ,e a b-. le (2) The technique used to highlight labels should be easily distinguished from that used to highlight emergency or critical messages.

q. OPTION LABELS-When presenting a list of operator options, the label should reflect the /

question or choices being posed to the operator. 6.730

A-3 PRESSURIZER AMD QUENCH TANK (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 l GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes l No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING

w-Screen layouts and structuring of data presented - U 5 on CRTs should minimize operator scanning and m s reading requirements, and minimize the probability i Mb ~ # Vs % _ _

                                                                                         !.% < l of operator error.                                         SW         <'

a. ORGANIZATION OF DATA ' '

(1) Displayed data should be organized in a v/ M ' *' ' 6 logical, consistent manner. (2) Displayed data should reflect some obvious and inherent quality of the data j groups (e.g., hierarchical, sequential, or mimic relationships).

b. LOCATION OF DATA GROUPS-Physical (1 . / . . Lr h u l e r' location of specific data groups (e.g., alarms, v' vu sfau '"

menus) on the screen should be consistent. '<<'

c. DEMARCATION OF DATA SUBGROUPS-Organization and separation of information subgroups should be made apparent to the /

operator through the use of blank spaces, lines, or some other form of visible demarcation.

d. USE FREQUENCY R ANKING - Lists of options should be organized according to the g probability of selection for each item, with high probability items presented first.

e. ALPHA. NUMERIC R AN KING - Non-option lists of equal probability options should be /

presented in alphabetical or numerical order.

f. SEPAR ATION OF PARAGR APHS-Paragraphs in continuous text should be separated by at /

least one blank line.

g. SELECTION DESIGNATORS-Selection desig-nators in menus should be separated from text /

descriptors by at least one blank space. 6.7 31

A-3

PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TANX (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd)

h. PAGE DESIGNATION- When data are con-tained on multiple pages, each page should j

display both page number and total number of pages.

i. CONTINUOUS NUMBERING-Itemscontained in a numbered list and described on " continue" j pages should be numbered relative to the first number on the first page of the list.

J. PLACEMENT OF INSTRUCTIONS-When directions to the operator accompany a list j of options, such directions should precede presentation of the list. O

k. URGENT MESSAGES (1) Urgent messages requiring immediate y operator response should be highlighted h to attract the operator's attention.

(2) Urgent messages should always be dis-

y played in the same location.

l. USE OF CURSOR-in systems in which selection is made by use of a cursor, formats

      , should be organized to minimize positioning        /

movements of the cursor,

m. SCREEN LOADING-The amount of infor- ,,if- 4 e // b~:

mation bearing activated screen area should

not exceed 25% of the total screen area. This W " w r p' M u ,,,, , ', does not include demarcation lines used to 9,,.,,5,;, separate groups of data. m:d 6.7 32

F A-3 PRESSURIZER AEfD QUENCH TAE4K (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLI ANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd)

n. TREND PLOT SCALES-CRT displayed trend plot scales should be consistent with the intended functional use of the data. (For /

example, the monitoring of neutron flux at reactor trip may have a variable scale of 0% to 100% of the design value and a time scale resolution of seconds. However, post-trip monitoring may have a variable scale of 0% to 10% with a time scale resolution of minutes. Finally, operational log data of neutron flux may have a time scale resolution of hours.) I ? l l f l l l i r. G.7 33

A-3 PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TANK (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING g en The state of the technology associated with CRT + s y ^ displays is constantly changing, with new graphics ~, d s; , d'" and highlighting methods based on both software '

                                                                                                                                            .    [

and hardware capabilities frequently being intro- -

duced. Process computer CRT displays which utilize

these techniques can provide valuable enhancement >

of displayed information, and support improved * ~ .

                                                                                                                                     ~
                                                                                                                                          ~

observer recognition and understanding of displayed ;g >

                                                                                           ^                                             *'

data. Misguided or unnecessary use of such tech- g a ( ,f3 ,

                                                                       ~~                                             ~
                                                                                                                                         '~

niques can distract the observer, create confusion, > and induce errors. The principles that follow are . s m A purposely general in order to provide flexibility ,. , , N to control room designers and promote creative l' ,, - application of useful aspects of this technology.

a. USE OF HIGH LIGHTING-Highlighting should be used to attract the operator's attention /

to any displayed data item or message which # 'I ' " " "" ". * ' h , s. is important to decisionmaking or action i Y ~ G b-( W ' I' requirements. 2 2 d ' A " > " '

b. CONSISTENT APPROACH (1) Highlighting methods which have informa-tion value beyond their attention getting /

quality should have the sa.me meaning in all applications. (2) Highlighting methods associated with emergency conditions should not also be / used in association with normal conditions.

c. CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT-When contrast ( s,# v a o..,..

enhancement (i.e., increased illumination inten- 4 4 t. , - sity level) is used for highlighting, not more / s,.u;2. y 4.. - than two (preferabin) or three (maximum) , s ..,, s ) brightness levels should be used in a single presentation. 6.7 3G

A-3 PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TANK (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd) ' FLICKER OR BLINKING-Blinking of a d. symbol or message (e.g., ON OFF or alter-

                                                                                                                  ^ I I" s'. u /> / (#- + '

nating high tow brightness) for purposes of highlighting should be reserved for emergency conditions or similar situations requiring immediate operator action.

e. BLINK RATES (1) When blinking is used for highlighting, a j maximum of 2 blink rates should be used.

(2) When a single blink rate is used, the rate should approximate 2-3 " blinks" per second with a minimum of 50 msec"on" time between blinks. (3) When 2 blink rates are used, the fast blink should approximate 4 per second and the slow blink should approximate 1 per ! second. (4) When 2 blink rates are used, the "on-off" ' ratio should approximate 50% (5) When 2 blink rates are used, the higher rate should apply to the most critical V information.

f. INVERSE VIDEO-Image reversal (e.g., dark P,'

p characters on a light background) should be used primarily for highlighting in dense data v fields, such as a word or phrase in a paragraph of text, or a set of characters in a table of data.-

g. USE OF GRAPHIC CODING-Graphic coding methods (e.g., symbols, boxes, underlines, colors) should be used to present standard /

qualitative information to the operator or to draw the operator's attention to a particular portion of the display. - e 6.7 37

I A-3 PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TAPK (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd)

                                                                           /           ' c' .,#  ')'. d " ' " . a','."y
                                                                                               , ,,r, . t. - o

h. GRAPHIC CODE CONSISTENCY - Graphic ,,,,,j,,, , , , , , , , ,

codes, used separately or in combination, i.s.a.,. t u ...,J,a should have the same mer...ing in all applications. 6Mb rd' U tt t. 4. u.)

1. GEOMETRIC SHAPE CODING-When geo-metric shape (symbol) coding is used, the v basic symbols should vary widely in shape.

J. NUMBER OF SYMBOLS (1) The number of basic symbols used for j coding should be kept small. (2) The upper limit under optimum display y conditions should be 20. (3) The upper limit under adverse display . . s . r,, , , . a . ,% , . .- conditions should be 6. / (4) When needed, other highlighting and graphic techniques (color, filled versus ( 'I ' " I' " " ' ' i

     ;              unfilled, and other " modifiers") should be            /                 51 -' ' ' '           .              /

used to display different states or qualities "of a basic symbol,

k. USE OF COLOR-The many hues (colors) and ,

saturations (lightness and darkness) available in . . 1

                                                                                                             -x modern CRT displays are virtually limitless.                                      .              3;
                                                                  ^'                                                          '

Care must be taken to select the best colors l and to specify their use such that they will be -

( ,

                                                                                      ~. "                           "

M '" ' consistent with the use of all other colors in ' ~ the control room. Exhibit 6.711 provides , general guidelines for color selection. * ^ > ^ (1) Colors used on the CRT to convey infor- A v. , d r r-motion should be consistent in use and / u.,.h .* e'w , meaning with all other color codes in the

                                                                                           <~d*     < ' * ' ' '    "'

control room. CC I (2) Once colors are assigned a specific use or meaning, no other color should be used / for the same purpose. - 6.7 38

A-3 PRESSURIZER AND QUENCH TAMK (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 Led-Good attention-qetting color. Associated with danger. Yet/ow (amber)-Good attention getting color. Associated with cauten. Green- A non-attentionsetting color; easy on the eyes. Associated , witn satisf actory conditions. Black-Normally used as the background color, i.e., the color of blank character spaces. Also used as the action character when reverse field coding is employed. Whire- A nonettentionsetting color, it should be used for standard alphanumeric text of tables where the Information is Contained in the characters and not the color. Might also be used for labels.coor. dinat e axes, dividing lines, demarcation brackets. etc.

        @ (light blue)-(Same as white).Might be used in conjunction witn white to provide some amount of noncritical discrimination (e.g.. use cyan for tabular column headings and demarcation lines; use white for alphanumeric data).

Blue (dark)-Poor contrast with dark background. Not recom-rnended for attentiongetting purposes or for informationtearing data. Use for labels and other advisory type messages. Magenta- A harsh color to the eye. Should be used sparingly, and for attentiongetting purposes. Orange-Good attentionsetting color. Care must be taken that hue es selected to be readily differentiable from red, yellow, and white. Exhibit 6.711. General characteristics of colors used in CRT displays. I 1 l

                                                                          .-                         j 6.7 39 1

A-3 PRESSURIZER AND QUEi4CH TA14K (PAGE 427) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd)

1. COLOR MEANINGS-When color is used, the meaning of the colors should, where applicable, equate with the commonly understood meaning of those colors. The following specific meanings for selected colors should apply when these colors are used in CRT displays: $

(1) Red-Unsafe condition, danger, immediate / operator action required, or critical parameter value out of tolerance. (2) Green-Safe condition, no operator action required, or parameter value is within / tolerance. (3) Yellow / Amber-Hazard, potentially unsafe, m , , , ,, , m ;r , , caution, attention required, marginal / e,.,,p, ,,. .Je .5

                                                                           <, r . . ,L . ' < , b v. ~ ,

parameter value exists.

m. RED GREEN COMBINATIONS .. , , y > L , s w L ..' !

   .'        (1) Whenever possible, red and green colors         /          "'"# '" "*                 '

should not be used in combination. (2) Use of red symbols / characters on a green y background should especially be avoided. geW 9 6.7 40

A-4 STRZP CliART D1UIATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT 4 .

                                                              ^
                                                                       ^"          ~

The format used in presenting data to operators is x 3 an important factor in preventing reading and j , g' ~ g , selection errors, and reduc,ing search time. *2 <

a. USABILITY OF DATA (1) Data should be presented to the operator /

in a readily usable format. (2) There should be no requirement for transposing, computing, interpolating, or mentally translating displayed data into # other units or numerical bases.

b. ILLUSTR ATIONS-Illustrations should be used whenever possible to supplement or ~ /

explain text.

c. CH ARACTER GROUPING (1) When 5 or more digits and/or non text alpha numerics are displayed, and no

     ,             natural    (i.e., population stereotyped)      /

organization exists, characters should be grouped in blocks of 3 to 4 characters each. (2) Groups should be separated by a mini- j mum of 1 blank character space.

d. MAINTENANCE OF ORDERING-Elements in a data fictd should be displayed in logical /

order (e.g., chronological).

e. PRESENTATIONS OF IDENTICAL DATA (1) The manner of presentation of i,dentical 7 data should be based on the uses to which the data will be put by the operator.

(2) Within the limits of (1) above, identical data in different presentations should be 7 displayed in a consistent, standardized manner. G.7 28

       --                        _=

A-4 STRIP CHftRT EMULATOR (SCE) s PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd)

f. MENU DESIGNATORS (1) Numbers should be used as designators /

when listing selectable items. (2) Numerical designators should start with j the number "1" (not zero). (3) If the use of numbers as designators would create confusion because of other numbers which make up the item to be / designated, alphabetic characters should be used. (4) When used, alphabetic designators should ,f start with the letter "A." .

g. LISTS (1) Lists should be vertically aligned and /

lef t justified. (2) Indentation should be used for sub. classifications.

h. TABLES AND GRAPHS-Ouantitative data which must be scanned and compared should / '/ ,,,.,

                                                                                        , ,,j q be presented in either tabular or graphic form.

i. HYPH EN ATION-The use of hyphenation should be minimized.

J. ALIGNMENT (1) When presented in tabular form, alpha- / numeric data should be left justified.

(2) When presented in tabular form, numeric data should be right justified with decimal / points aligned.

k. PERIODS-Periods should be placed after item selection designators and at the end of /

a sentence. I 6.7 29

A-4 STRIP CHART EMULATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLI ANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No mference/ Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd)

1. STANDARDIZED FIELDS-The following standardized fields should be used:

(1) Telephone Number: (914)S55-1212 ! (2) Time: HH:MM:SS, HH:MM, MM:SS:(.S) / (3) Date: MM:DD:YY. / n.r a .u,,, A tt,., :

m. DATA GROUP LABELING u.ir i -

(1) Each individual data group or message / A * ";' r " '

should have a descriptive title. ' L- l,']/,7,,'"' '

(2) Labels should reflect some unique charac-teristic of the content of the data group / or message .

n. LABEL PLACEMENT-Labels should be located in a consistent manner either above or to the left of the data group or message they '

describe.

o. LABEL ORIENTATION-Labels should be j oriented horizontally,

p. LABEL HIGHLIGHTING c h . . J- L . ' ' 4 (1) Labels should be highlighted or otherwise f

                                                                                    '[,l.['         h accentuated to facilitate operator scanning                -

and recognition. d'v t ' " ' (2) The technique used to highlight labels should be easily distinguished from that used to highlight emergency or critical ! messages. .

q. OPTION LABELS-When presenting a list of operator options, the label should reflect the /

question or choices being posed to the operator.

                                                                        . . ar*

6.7 30

A-4 STRIP CHART EMULATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7

  %                                                                            CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes     No         Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING                                                   -

W Screen layouts and structuring of data presented - '. g:y 3 , s ~ on CRTs should minimize operator scanning and ; . _.

l;4 reading requirements, and minimize the probability .

7 in N'" '/ of operator error. M - -

a. ORGANIZATION OF DATA (1) Displayed data should be organized in a / b se<" s logical, consistent inanner.

(2) Displayed data should reflect some obvious and inherent quality of the data groups (e.g., hierarchical, sequential, or # mimic relationships).

b. LOCATION OF DATA GROUPS-Physical ,j location of specific data groups (e.g., alarms, c,5j,,,,

                                                                                                         /        , ,,, ,, t ,s o , 4 vt-menus) on the screen should be consistent.                                                 .si.p. . ,

c. DEMARCATION OF DATA SUBGROUPS-Organization and separation of information subgroups should be made apparent to the /

operator through the use of blank spaces, lines, or some other form of visible demarcation,

d. USE FREQUENCY R ANKING - Lists of options should be organized according to the probability of selection for each item, with /

high probability items presented first.

e. ALPHA NUMERIC R AN KING - Non-option I

lists of equal probability options should be y presented in alphabetical or numerical order.

f. SEPARATION OF PARAGRAPHS-Paragraphs in continuous text should be separated by at /

least one blank line.

g. SELECTION DESIGNATORS-Selection desig-

                   - nators in menus should be separated from text                            /

descriptors by at least one blank space. 6.7 31

A-4 STRIP CHART EMULATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd)

h. PAGE DESIGNATION-When data are con- j tained on multiple pages, each page should display both page number and total number of pages.

i. CONTINUOUS NUMBERING-Items contained in a numbered list and described on " continue" y pages should be numbered relative to the first number on the first page of the list.

J. PLACEMENT OF INSTRUCTIONS-When directions to the operator accompany a list .y of options, such directions should precede presentation of the list.

k. URGENT MESSAGES (1) Urgent messages requiring immediate j operator response should be highlighted to attract the operator's attention.

}'

(2) Urgent messages should always be dis- j played in the same location.

1. USE OF CURSOR-In systems in which selection is made by use of a cursor, formats should be organized to minimize positioning #

movements of the cursor,

m. SCREEN LOADING-The amount of infor- (M w w/,J mation bearing activated screen area should pr L r e e

not exceed 25% of the total screen area. This / N' S' w does not include demarcation lines used to I'") separate groups of data. m & 6.7 32

l I A-4 STRIP Cl! ART EMULATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 l COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd)

n. TREND PLOT SCALES-CRT displayed trend j g 3, , u, plot scales should be consistent with the g ,;, I intended functional use of the data. (For h # '"

exampie, the monitoring of neutron flux at reactor trip may have a variable scale of 0% ra . v e s e-to 100% of the design value and a time scale , ,,, , , g , y,j,,, resolut,on i of seconds. However, post trip , monitoring may have a variable scale of 0% to $ "'

                                                                          ' ' ' ^, ","',

10% with a time scale resolution of minutes. Finally, operational log data of neutron flux " ' ' ' may have a time scale resolution of hours.) 9 mY 9 6.7 33 A

l A-4 STRIP CHART EMULATOR (SCE)

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No . Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING gy . ,3 The state of the technology associated with CRT b . u displays is constantly changing, with new graphics .

                                                                  ~
                                                                                  ^
                                                                                     ,

3.h' and highlighting methods based on both software "

and hardware capabilities frequently being intro-duced. Process computer CRT displays which utilize . , , . , , these techniques can provide valuable enhancement . of displayed information, and support improved ' observer recognition and understanding of displayed , data. Misguided or unnecessary use of such tech- , niques can distract the observer, create confusion, ,

                                                                                            ^
                                                                                                                          ~

and induce errors. The principles that follow are ' purposely general in order to provide flexibility -

                                                                                                       ;gs ~              [

to control room designers and promote creative g gg .- application of useful aspects of this technology. T~ w -- "*

a. USEOF HIGHLIGHTING-Highlighting should r,, m .. ,c. w -

be used to attract the operator's attention j g ,,,, ,., to any displayed data item or message which g* g, is important to decisionmaking or action ! requirements.

b. CONSISTENT APPROACH (1) Highlighting methods which have informa-tion value beyond their attention $ctting /

quality should have the same meaning in all applications. (2) Highlighting methods associated with emergency conditions should not also be y used in assoc.iation with normal conditions.

c. CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT-When contrast enhancement (i.e., increased illumination inten-sity level) is used for highlighting, not more j than two (preferable) or three (maximum) brightness levels should be used in a single presentation. ,

6.7 30

A-4 STRIP Cl! ART EMULATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A l Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd)

d. FLICKER OR BLINKING-Blinking of a .

symbol or message (e.g., ON-OFF or alter- / oI5 c. " *- nating high low brightness) for purposes of highlighting should be reserved for emergency conditions or similar situations requiring immediate operator action.

e. BLINK RATES (1) When blinking is used for highlighting, a #

maximum of 2 blink rates should be used. (2) When a single blink rate is used, the rate should approximate 2Q " blinks" per - second with a minimum of 50 msec "on" # time between blinks. (3) When 2 blink rates are used, the fast blink should approximate 4 per second and the j slow blink should approximate 1 per

     ;            -     second.

(4) When 2 blink rates are used,the "on off" j ratio should approximate 50% (5) When 2 blink rates are used, the higher rate should apply to the most critical / Information,

f. INVERSE VIDEO-image reversal (e.g., dark characters on a light background) should be used primarily for highlighting in dense data /

fields, such as a word or phrase in a paragraph of text, or a set of characters in a table of data,

g. USE OF GRAPHIC CODING-Graphic coding methods (e.g., symbols, boxes, underlines, d' " # " '

j colors) should be used to present standard 6 ** A f"u qualitative information to the operator or to , ,. .p r .e r n .14 draw the operator's attention to a particular portion of the display. l l i 6.7 37 i L

A-4 STRIP CHART UrJLATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING (Cont'd)

h. GRAPHIC CODE CONSISTENCY - Graphic codes, used separately or in combination, j

should have the same meaning in all applications.

l. - GEOMETRIC SHAPE CODING-When geo.

metric shape (symbol) coding is used, the / basic symbols should vary widely in shape. J. NUMBER OF SYMBOLS (1) The number of basic symbols used for / coding should be kept small. - (2) The upper limit under optimum display j conditions should be 20. (3) The upper limit under adverse display conditions should be 6. / (4) When needed, other highlighting and . graphic techniques (color, filled versus unfilled, and other " modifiers") should be

s

                                                                                                          /                                            .                     ./

used to display different states or qualities "of a basic symbol.

k. USE OF COLOR-The many hues (colors) and a. ., .

saturations (lightness and darkness) available in .

                                                                                                                      +  %,         ,
                                                                                                                                      > * "            y modern CRT displays are virtually limitless.                                            . . ,
                                                                                                                                                 #,. -     ~

Care must be taken to select the best colors 82 ' and to specify their use such that they will be ,

                                                                                                               +@j       M * ' *. ;"*    p?              -@

consistent with the use of all other colors in the control room. Exhibit 6.711 provides

                                                                                                          ~;   +

j<

                                                                                                                      ,  f"
                                                                                                                         ~
                                                                                                                                   ~

general guidelines for color selection. N "

                                                                                                                                      'M (1) Colors used on the CRT to convey infor-                                                           -r m. L - G ,'y                ,*        .

mation should be consistent in use and y tym , y u be-meaning with all other color codes in the - * ' vi'3 'o 'd* " control room. d' ' a ' 6 (2) Once colors are assigned a specific use or meaning, no other color should be used / for the same purpose. - S 6.7 38

A-4 STRIP CHART D1ULATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 3 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 Red-Good attention 1etting color. A*sociated with danger. Yellow (amber)- Good attention getting color. Associated with caution. Green-A nonettentionsetting color; easy on the eyes. Associated , with satisfactory conditions. Black-Normally used as the background color, i.e., the color of blank character spaces. Also used as the action character when reverse field coding is employed. White- A nonettentiongetting color, it should bs used for standard alpnanumeric tout or tables where the Information is contained in the characters and not the color.Might also be used for labels,coor. dinate a xes, dividing lines, demarcation brackets, etc. M (light bluel-(Same as white).Might be used in conjun tion with white to provide some amount of noncritical discrimination (e.g., use cyan for tabular column headings and demarcation lines; use white for alphanumeric data), BM (dark)-Poor contrast with dark background. Not recem. mended for attentiongetting purposes or for informationbearing data. use for labels and other advisory type messages. Maoenre-A harsh color to the eye. Should be und sparingly, and for attentiongetting purposes. Orange-Good attention $etting color. Care must be taken that hue es selected to be readily dif ferentiable from red, yellow, and white. Exhibit 6.711. General characteristics of colors used in CRT displays. 6,7 09

A-4 STRIP CHART EMCIATOR (SCE) PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 ~ COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING

(Cont'd)

1. COLOR MEANINGS-When color is used, the meaning of the colors should, where applicable, equate with the commonly understood meaning of those colors. The following specific ,

meanings for selected colors should apply when m re,I u., dar'g these colors are used in CRT displays: (1) Red-Unsafe condition, danger, immediate operator action recuired, or critical / parameter value out o Jrance. (2) Green-Safe condition.. .io operator action ( n., ( t, a -y 1, . - required, or parameter value is within V u .. I c., e r,- <.s.-~.,* tolerance, s. 4 w 8~ t '. - ) (3) Yellow / Amber-Hazard, potentially unsafe, caution, attention required, marginal / parameter value exists.

m. RED GREEN COMBINATIONS 'i (1) Whenever possible, red and green colors /

should not be used in combination. (2) Use of red symbols / characters on a green background should especially be avoided.

                                                             /        .

I

                                                                      ..a 6.7 40

GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION APPENDIX B SPDS L'UMAN FACTORS EVALUATION SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLIST This checklist is intended to provide the detailed review of display characteristics that will document conformity with tne highe'r-level acceptance criteria given in the SPDS Human Factors Evaluation Checklist derived from Section 4.0 of NUREG-0835, " Human Factors Acceptance Criteria for the Safety Parameter Display System." This checklist is made up of the following sections of NUREG-0700,

 " Guidelines for Control Room Design Reviews."

6.1.2.3 Sit-Down Console Dimensions 6.5.1.2 Usability of Displayed Valves 6.5.1.5 Scale Marking 6.5.1.6 Color Coding 6.7.1.4 Data Entry - Keyboards 6.7.1.5 Computer Function Controls 6.7.1.7 Computer Response Time to Operator Queries 6.7.2 Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) Displays 6.7.3 Printers , A=W B-1 .,

CONTROL ROOM WORKSPACE 6.1 .

WORK STATION DESlGN 6.1.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.1.2.3 SIT DOWN CONSOLE DIMENSIONS .

a. CCNSOLE HEIGHT-TO SEE OVER nos 6 nnc (1) If the seated operator must see over the console, the console height should be no

                                                                                                                                                                                            --d 8 eu more than approximately 27 inches above                         /                                       n5 C/t " 4 %",

the seat to accommodate the 5th percen- ' tile adult female. Assuming seat height sm - - * ' E '" adjusted to 18 inches, maximum console '4 "~d. M "5"# height should therefore be 45 inches d' '""^"'" above the floor.- (2) See over console heights above 45 inches may be acceptable, for example, where the seated operator need only monitor j (not read) status lights and annunciators beyond the console, if they are at a suitable distance and height. l b. CONTROL HEIGHT-All controls on a sit-down console should be within the reach radius 't of the 5th percentile. female. Measurements 1, should be made using seated shoulder height v l with the shoulder in line with the leading edge of the benchboard.This is illustrated in Exhibit 6.1 9. l c. BENCHBOARD SLOPE - The benchboard , slope, in conjunction with its depth, should be such that all controls are within the functional y reach radius of the 5th percentile female (as illustrated in Exhibit 6.19) and all displays and markings can be read. , 6.1 22 T-

CONTROL ROOM WORKSPACE 6.1 WORK STATION DESIGN 6.1.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST 6.1.2.3 SIT DOWN' CONSOLE DIMENSIONS (Cont'd) N/A Yes No Reference / Comment

d. CONTROL DISTANCE FROM THE FRONT ., y, n

r. 1 EDGE OF THE CONSOLE

                                                                                                                               /                  #               #                #'

(1) Controls should be set back a minirnum of 3 inches from the front edge to protect N " d d " I' against accidental act.uat. ion. c8 ai (2) Other controls may be mounted as far ' back as 25 inches from the console edge. This distance accommodates the extended V functional reach of the 5th percentile as defined. W4 s : pk ,, - y $.;Wg:. g

                                     % 's,                                                    >

s Q ",x- .j , , ty;<

                                                                                                             . -> g.g        <                                  x
                                                                                                                                                                  -{. ~ j > afl.g,                    6;.s r ^

N. ~ .. *. w

                                                                                                                                             <^                              ^            >l N                    lNCHES                                        M2                                   ,~                                                            4 60         ..:1-?I-

Ad s

                                                                                                                                                    .'JN 7- \

k;;Nu ~k f

                                  ~%s s               I'\

vs s

                                                                                                     -     A*I 39.

m T.S

                                                                                                                                                    , . D- .' ,g.%';[1,
                                                                                                                                                'I'.D                -

O, ' ,: :*:0 , . . . s

u. N' '.?D%m [ .

                                                                                      ..,..s l

f'n:%, a?

                                                   \               \,                ' Nb;q                *?$$ Ij-l I                                                                                  sg SHOULDER HEIGHT:
                                                     \

M:: w.y >

                                                                                              . :, .      -=~w WJ. g-m".R
                                                                                                                             ;y
                                                                                                                                             ~ u@[@
                                                                                                                                                     '      ,       <<'vy,,+         4.-
                                                       \                                                                                                                                         4        p;; ,

4 0.8 **--< + . ._ e, ,,__ . .w .. :9j ., ,, s:r m .za. ;;g ,/ ,; ; s"" k- - 36 $/P > J

                                                                                                                                           g.                            % ,.

s 34 6" o.+- i f , .. y : 2xs.:J , i

ELBOW HEIGHT:

26.3 *b -- ~ I A

                                                                  /
                                                                    *                 .g ss 13% w? '~ S.k
                                                                                                                   -                         ('W:,.0      J1 dd:g?
                                                                                                                                                                             ,s...

n 50"

.2:

f^hM --$ <d

                                                       /                        ~24 5                   21.4 **.e  ..
                                                                                      ~,..                 ~:g                                   7 Wi' . *a
                                                                                                                                                                                                              . . p c,2.q
                                                     /                                                             ..                         ,

f -f O*-< ;

                                                                                                           . :r
                                                                                                                  ,f             n:f; 4:?'a     i t
                                                                                                                                                           ..M~ , sfi%g:).    :+. ;. j a.
                                                                                                                                                                                               . ,%~'t,:?2a  x)s.e
                                                                                                                                                                                                              .;Yi 8:,   - '.;. ,
                                           ,.e                                  -

12 ,u cv g .-:;. y , . . _ , , :t

                                               ,/
                                                                                        .- .JT?

s ,g,- g;. c.+p; A a"f.:, .<.

                                                                                                                                                  .      M 33.

f., 5 w y cE9: c g.%p,, . p7 . :0~:.- E,.. 4:.y;3 Y,

==

j

                                                                                          . ' -^^

s

                                                                                                                         ,     A        y p:1%.p.; yg' ~ .. . f ,:*s: ';9.-:+

7

                                                                                      %:A,, *.,. .e. Su                     gn
                                                                                                                                                                    #@' :.W:~~ &N.-s. 4~a
                                                                                                                                                                                             -                            M.
                                                                                       "~"                                                                                                                                 4
     ----        95th percentile male                                                     . . ,            . . ' :c U
                                                                                                                   ..        ...             C.          .r4.:.$. T,., . 3:jg:;,?. G.,

4.m;; Jr ' J ~ R.ZY.c:ac e.> ~$ j

                                                                                                                                                                     '^                    ~ .                         n'l M                .'M .              ".                ~                                                                                ;
     - - - -     5tn percentile female
                                                                                      'V                   ~.?.G             Mt                   a      nMW ^ - aw x             <       ^f5 *f                                ,

Mi'. Mi:-:@: i ' g.;r

a. Functional reach,95th peteentile male 35.0 - i' W7 y %MfE'il. - qa ':-4 7

b. Functionet reach,5th percentile female 25.2 q:. 5f #Q x.i :' . ..

                                                                                                                            <,               d$'#1%.7'fMc%:M?
                                                                                                                                                            .3                         +     n:,v : , , , . ' .
                                                                                        # .^[ .d ) Ih                                             [.          N' :kkf 5 9^ ^ ~W On
                                                                           ,           NJ                  R,A Ss n'.eq'is,:.. .g Exhibit 6.19. Reach capabilities and control height T'y@*.

p

                                                                                                           %. 9 DWW .*.I.~",. c(:<M, '

GC n:a 9 7a a.m;m.w-wm.:.:.x.

                                                                                                                                                            , .r; d%.sw                                            W<       ^

On sit down Consoles. s ,;,: : ., .;.. M

                                                                                                                                                                                  ..p      4                         7>3..       ,

e. ' .;:'*^

                                                                                                                               ./ . y

_g: m ->.s '; _ g: &- t .

4 9 je &: .

                                                                                                                                                                                          - g.
                                                                                                                                                                                            < ., .- '+
                                                                                                                                                                                                     .g , , .*. > v.,a /,-

4

                                                                                          , :w-4, e .             %.s:

u ;;~%- . ~ d:q .">.;*f',h,y"

                                                                                                                                                    ;           .,._                    _M.

_ e... n s., l-l *7 .~. shy.l.f:? O.

                                                                                                                                                          ~                                                      ^;.

var;m;'

                                                                                       .,3g                                  ~w ?.{S@;;                                      my qqr                                 M
                                                                                                                                                .?.+,                             y. x .

1.y

                                                                                             <..              .>.s?

e. DISPL AY POSITIONING-The principal f actors ZT .Jdd. *

                                                                                                                                               $$ M, $XEMS b,                                                                                                                   #N affecting the readability of displays, including                   nm 20                  s.            %.,~.

i 7,&,N,.w;; w,N I.,G, a .-,' annunciator tiles, are: (1) display height and *' c-> hw WMW* ."

                                                                                                                                ,._,4                         '4-    .,s..           .

orientation reJative to the operator's line of %,,. ,3fs.

                                                                                                                         -         V x. . ;s:,0.: . f+'
                                                                                                                        ~

y[p

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ^ . , J.

sight when he/she is standing directly in front ..;;;\ .s W "

of the display; (2) display distance and orien- ,.

                                                                                                 ~
                                                                                                                               .                 ..a . .X.
                                                                                                                                                ' ' ' ' ' "                            1....

tation relative to the operator's straight ahead 6.1 23 5

CONTROL ROOM WORKSPACE 6.1 WORK STATION DESIGN 6.1.2 6.1.2.3 SIT-DOWN CONSOLE DIMENSIONS (Cont'd) COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST

e. DISPLAY POSITIONING (Cont'd) N/A Yes No Reference /Cornrnent line of sight when the operator must read the . .ma _yh

                                                                                                                      ;       w. ,a.            .

display from an off side position; and (3) the +

                                                                               . h. . -&<,
                                                                                         -.q
                                                                                                ,  s.g.J 7
                                                                                                             .g,$
                                                                                                             .#..s, .< ~A49&nWi     . gq',

m.

                                                                                                                                               ->w    ,

4 M4gcy@$ENN 4 4 size of display markings relative to the distance "* 2;- 4 at which the display must be read. Marking / ;.5 % j$ {'fjgg %.},.,, character size is addressed in Guideline Section s ,. , . , af gy 6.5.1, and is not considered here. Except as . .r,E.;^W

                                                                                         ,          2, n y W* mM:w??iR        d w~

Q p g fy?f; specifically noted, measurements of angles n R$, 1:H m,emi m should be made with the eye point in line with

                                                                                ~
                                                                              !i- 1% ji.-
                                                                                       ~~

2t %??M.1 c -:e mw EWEf?...~NWM+4,^4 l~ y;f ,' .q. g g g j. n .. ig the leading edge of the benchboard. This is .V' illustrated in Exhibit 6.1-7. ;;.Jg' Jg fgi9# "pgig[:y, ;4cid. (1) All displays, including annunciator tiles, should be mounted so that they are within the upper limit of the visual field- g 75 above the horizontal line of sight-of the 5th percentile female. (see Exhibit

6.1-10).

UPPER LIMIT oF UPPER LIMIT oF VISUAL FIELD ; VISUAL FIELD .

INCHES 84- /

72 j /j

                            /                                                                              .b f          /                                                             / ll 60-
                         / j /f x                                         EYE PotNT             lf               ,(

HORIZONTAL

                                       -                                              48,6"/,/             ' /            LCS O' EYE PotNT       /
                          / '        -

HoRtzoNTAL 48- *. e\ s 41 6 " [d .,.--- .t.og o.s s m I N J\ 's % 36- t N STH 95TH PERCENTILE ' " - FEMALE MALE 12

                                                                                           u h Angfe f rom inne of sight to display f ace would be too small for readability forward                     unlessatthe this panel height. til Exhibit 6.110. Disotay height and orientation relative to seated operator LOS (line of sight).

I

~.

6.1 24

CONTROL ROOM WORKSPACE 6.1 WORK STATION DESIGN 6.1.2 6.1.2.3 ;;T DOWN CONSOLE DIMENSIONS (Cont'd) COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST

4. DISPLAY POSITIONING (Cont'd) N/A Yes No Reference / Comment (2) in addition, all displays should be mounted so that the angle from the line !

I" '# *

                                                                                                  #               ~

of sight to the display face plane is 450 or greater (see Exhibit 6.110). The 5th k' " * -M. percentile female . determines the upper ~'- '- y limit. (Practically, there is no lower limit ' "'3

                  - for a plausible sit-down console design.)
 .       f. LATERAL SPREAD OF CONTROLS AND                         j         4      gM                        .fjgg;"

DISPLAYS-The acceptable lateral spread of L,g a - _d6 mn ng g d gSS p ffj g6 +;f 6~ 7 '. controls and displays on sit-down consoles ygg g g,- [m. . -yspyjif y efe,ygs jg jff@n@

 !            depends primarily on the reach of the users,            ipW {@                                           y,.y panel orientation, the grouping of controls             -;"        t.         6 +si e il M , W::

F J @$ and displays, and the freedom of the operator '%f l to adjust seat position (center reference point)

I;.A y s'. R$4 p$ $[ N Y ^[i'.

given task sequence requirements. Exhibit 6.1 11 illustrates reach and viewing range W @f

                                                                                     $)M)y) dpfN[5pM%d gG @@                  yy4 gg@fAbe related to lateral and forward distance from a-
                                                                      ".       g.4,,    .3 _M..nWO.d-C center reference po, int.                               a'          -  -
                                                                                            .m im _ w,t w (1) For control and monitoring actions that
 ;                 must occur in sequence, all necessary
    ;              controls and displays should be within the                   j maximum extended reach and the viewing

, range of the seated operator from a single reference point. ' (2) For the situation described in item 1, w n.. c ch - above, and sustained or precise contro! Y y mt u...i, action, the operator should be able to s. w <

u t- re y ,. < <'

reach the controls without having to s u p. '- d. .. i < < . bend / stretch significantly. ~ c"i mW 6.1 25

CONTROL ROOM WORKSPACE 6.1 ; 6.1.2.3 SIT.DOWN CONSOLE DIMENSIONS (Cont'd) WORK STATION DESIGN 6.1.2 INCHES a0 30 20 to 0 to 20 30 a0

i i

                                              ....g     ...g4          .iigi.isg.               i,g.i.      3.. ..g MAxlMUM LATERAt.                            MAxlMUM RE'ACH 2 4g 40 -

f wiTH BooY . VIEWING ZONE BENolNG ) 2 - 30 - 30

                                                              ,.;. . .4.;.

N I

                 = 20   -
                                              /    ::       ,            -

20:$ E CONTROLS '. .

                                                                                                                            ~        -

lRE ACHEo f WITHoul:: 9

                         . BooY BENolNG 3 2 . '                                       . ::2 10  -                                                           ::::I                               -     10

[ c. ( T' - EVE PolNT 3- - 0 M' 0-

.. g D_ / 28 inches forward of the eye pojnt is the maximum distance for displays when viewing is limited by reach (control <desotay relationshipl. Viewing distance may be extended provided display is properly designed. Greater lateral spread of displays would requite a wraparound pa9el. 2 Based on 5th percentile mate data less for 5th percentile females. 3 Console edge approximately 4" to 6" forward of eye point f or 5th.95th percentile. Exhibit 6.1 11. Reach and visual range related in lateral and forward distance from center reference point.(adapted from Kubokawa.1968; reprinted by permission of the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers in the Bioastronautics Data Book, Second Edition,1975) COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment

g. LEG AND F0ur ROOM-Sufficient leg and "

foot room should be provided to enable seated v' 5 b - ~ J ~ ' < ' ' operators,to avoid awkward and uncomfortable i r-or. Iet (t* positions. Exhibit 6.112 shows the dimensions involved and gives minimums and ranges # ." ' ~ necessary to accommodate the 5th to 95th

             - percentiles (as defined in Exhibit 6.1-5).
                                                                                                               ..e
                                                                                                                                                   ~

6.1 26

             ~     ,              _

CONTROL ROOM WORKSPACE 6.1 6.1.2.3 SIT-DOWN CONSOLE DIMENSIONS (Cont'd) WORK STATION DESIGN 6.1.2

                                                       . f$!                                          -

1

1 i Y W y.**+ 3 gh Clearance g 7.5" Min. s.nenso d h - owgni sunoer sortacel

                                           !                                                  25~ Min.

Seat Height 15" 18" 9 6 Y

   .*                                                                                   ,,, g s ooi noom i

Exhibit 6.1 12. Leg and foot room dimensions. COMPLI ANCE CHECKLIST

      '                                                                       N/A Yes        No         Reference / Comment i

h. WRITING SPACE ON CONSOLES-Writing <;xc .m c: <: l' 4 space may be needed by operators working at .,

D 7' i* (.

                                                                                                      ~7'd-
                                                                                                                 .+.:g *
                                                                                                                ^^ "*     w Consoles.

(1) An area at least 16 inches deep and ,,3, 24 inches wide is recommended where . j ; ,,e . these dimensions in the total configura- , , , , , ,, tion would fit operator reach capabilities. Less space may be adequate considering #[, g ,#[ ' ', the frequency and duration of writing ,,..,,,,,, f ,. ' - - requirements at control room consoles. (2) If writing space is provided on the console itself, it should not interfere with viewing / and manipulation of controls and displays. ! (3) If writing is necessary but space on the console is not available, other arrange- / ments such as a nearby desk or table j should be provided. - 6.1 27 3

l o l VISUAL DISPLAYS 6.5 PRINCIPLES OF DISPLAY 6.5.1 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.5.1.2 USABILITY OF DISPLAYED VALUES :.# ~. n,2a .. - - a e. . m 4.', m - - Scales should be graduated and numbered so that dah ^ a. 7 :saqs WinhMMn ag:;gg~@f. readings are related in a direct and practical way to }/- Wif y : [ y Q i O q $ .g "; the operator's tasks. M A "N. hu ~ ~ ~

a. SCALE SELECTION-Scale units should be w 6p61 <rvi a s consistent with the degree of precision and v' W "N' U-' ' Y' ~

accuracy needed by the operator.

b. ELivilNATION OF OPERATOR CONVER- g.m t:3 vs. u SiON-All displays should indicate values / c. <t.A m -

in a form immediately usable by the operator j ~ '+ - '

                                                                                                 ' /-

without requiring mental conversion. -"'

c. PERCENTAGE INDICATION-Percentage indi-cation may be used when the parameter is /

meaningfully reflected by percentage.

d. SCALE RANGE-Scales should be selected to:

(1) Span the expected range of operational V parameters, or (2) Employ appropriate scale ranging tech- j niques, or (3) Be supported by auxiliary wide range

                     ,                                            j mstruments.                                             -

e. SCALE SIZE-Scale ranges may be expanded (or contracted) by multiplying or dividing (" > M indicated scale values by powers of ten. All fivkr such scales should be clearly marked as to /

whether the indicated values should be multiplied or divided, and the factor involved (e.g.,10,100,1000). - , SENSITIVITY-Display dynamic sensitivity "' f. should be selected to minimize the display V vSo*" an ~P 'l' F:" I' 5 of normal random variations in equipment "MY.

                                                                                            "I^  '*

performance, d"r'" C:tk.; , o, t:,, a

n. rau : O rt' ps, h , v%a . s, e.re

                                                                                                       ..u s *:e utsJ.u .je,,,'.
                                                                                          ~

1 ..u af, ,, s. - 4*qw.hs) T-6.5 3

VISUAL DISPLAYS 6.5

PRINCIPLES OF DISPLAY 6.5.1 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Refennce/ Comment 6.5.1.5 SCALE MARKING .. 4 cr . . < .-w-

                                                                                ,, x       .           ,       g. ,        -

Q ufg Normally, a scale contains major, intermediate, and- .a ,. . y. .; minor graduations differing in length as shown in m q .. g Q

.W@

4 m .& Exhibit 6.5 3. *: : g ';;geey5. '2

~.

NEf];pyD %Q

                                                                           $j:Y 1 $

e

a. USE OF GRADUATIONS-Scalds for quanti- J{$

 !                  tative reading should be provided with                                 d5 a' T ,c    .            .

o graduations consistent with the progression of ' d; 7 ^'A S "E- ,- Y

their numerals. N 3 *^ P ^' ' 1 (1) No more than 9 graduations should 7 separate numerals. (2) Major and minor graduations should be used if there are up to four graduations '/ between numerals. ~l (3) Major, intermediate, and minor gradu- , I ations should be used if there are five or / more graduations between numerals. i Major scale marker Interrnediate scale marker

                        +1 F 0 0125

- t 9 p o 0125

[ Minor

                     ,g                                 scale marker     .
                     *o      *1 r o0125         e                        ,

6 [l ! E .

_ i I It i HH bMinimum separation between centers (.05)

Exhibit 6.5 3. Graduation dimensions in inches for 3' viewing distance (adapted from McCormick,1976).

6.5-7

VISUAL DISPLAYS 6.5 PRINCIPLES OF DISPLAY 6.5.1 . l COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST 6.5.1.5 SCALE MARKING (Cont'd) N/A Yes No Reference / Comment j b. GRADUATION HEIGHT-Graduation heights .. ,, as a function of viewing distance should be as / - ~< .

                                                                                                                          ' ' ' " " - . - ~ ' >

indicated in Exhibit 6.5-4.

                                                                                                                        +"
                                                                                   ~       v          . . ,>,.u                               ,~ , ,~ ;.n.

VIEWING INDEX HEIGHT W . ' " 'T

s. .

i DISTANCE (inches) . jgg dg .; .; g..g ' gfW (feet) M AJOR INTE RMEDI ATE MINOR d. *$ Ef NY' < s. .k% ., NE7\ g;t x . J.@'I f3 t..;.w +t s .. -- 1% or less 0.22 0.16 0 09 ~f- s ye.r.n;i,w?.;,::tjg; ... ;,,.%M ; -y,U,sw 3 or less 0.40 0.28 0.17 de "It s ,. .W M4'gK'.::s

v,O' Ik. ?M, . .

6 or less 0.78 0.56 0.34 'f'N N[ f.@f' d lb.i.

   .              12 or less         1.57            1.12         0.65
                                                                                           -W;mr       F,                            NJ ~'$g$. .$h        '

g

   ,              20 or less         2.63            1.87         1.13 as.u
                                                                                        '        a     v e
                                                                                                      =-

o MS", n;;g ~ ;; ;'....pg.g7;.e?i, N n , ., ,

                                                                                                                      ' , . , . , , . - ffl ' '
                                                                              ;A ->
                                                                                                          ^^
                                                                                                                    .. .y? ,.. ' ^

h'j_ .

                                                                                 ^,
                                                                                                                      <;ge, W
   ,I        Exhibit 6.5-4     Index heights for various viewing distances.   .,-                 ,        rh                                 ~ '; a+
                                                                                                                      ,..a          .; .g,                 .,y
   ,                                                                                                       ,        v,, ;;         +( ;. ,,                     .

c. VALUES INDICATED BY UNIT GRADU-

. l! ATIONS-Successive values indicated by unit graduations should be one of those shown in Exhibit 6.5 5 or those values multiplied by some power of 10. I Good FAIR f 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 6 8 to 5 to 15 20 25 20 40 60 80 100 10 20 30 40 50 Exhibit 6.5-5. Recommend progression of values (from McCormick,1976). nW 6.5 8 5

                                                                                   ._...m-                       _-

I VISUAL DISPLAYS 6.5 l PRINCIPLES OF DISPLAY 6.5.1 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST 6.5.1.5 SCALE MARKING (Cont'd) N/A Yes No Reference / Comment

d. SCALE COMPATIBILITY-When two or more ,

displays of the same parameter (e.g., pressure, temperature) must be compared, scales should ! be compatible in numerical progression and scale organization. (See Exhibit 6.5 6.)

                                                                                                       -.v.,

w. ,w . w:

r., . . m.s [<..~.*. D ;e b. ;d h.<.) %. eJ;3Mh;bbENu hs -[f. . ,V

                                                                                                                                                           - - ~ r- U.

t>

                                                                                       .M*^-- e        y;.               . x.v.          n74..T;.4/a[;'.as r                                          p ; .ys;      s
                                                                                                                                                                              . . f.;n A.- - Mav , ,gj,3:d.y:.c.y ; .A7 +*

l '. . N.f. ' .YM, .* x ..x*sv; w - . : QX..,:gr..<- :.:Q. >*W* ?' $'s' < y M:9~ m i,;w:) #x ) WJ.i _ ,'>:9:::.

                                                                                                       ...J
                                                                                                       .98?"' ]G'9                     'Qf@l?@y;q;[f;P'&ff                                                              fil

9X: , .b : .n g. ?, _ 1400 [

= '

{ K f - } DO f ., , r+ 4 + ,

')

p.s - x Aca. o . +. . n.: 2"f.% 'j'N&L';i.W,;r.y' :*<

                                                                                                                                                                                 $' .p x <:'S^bd, r+                        i
                                   =                          -                                                  -
                                                                                                                      )Q ^
                                                                                                                                                     .M > , kg                         :. s%.;
                                   =
                                                               =                                                          4 3          *

4. D.>;;,i 7. jdb/,^. ^

C f

                                                               %'""'*                                                     . .fri                . . . : . w-.-!              x ." .?'. K ';z .i::f ">+-
                                                                                      .<                              '10' '            [?f9                         4 f 'y
                                   ~
                                                                  -                  - A.

3 y

                                                                                                                                                        .3
                                                                                                                                                            .; y            gy>$ . f ' .+ig,4 r:[ .,i:      . , %

[uI ,' e. 900

l'M .UQ[x-T.~.3th+y/

                                                                                                                                               .,.,..&..hh-D4_p..'.~y.[Mk                ;        .

1000 -a 40 4:TW^WM C i N ,y

                                   -y                          -

m. wr. -

5-3 3.gg pB g+ y, ::; g u. j.. ;. . . + + ' ,' e ,

P . P C4 -. @S c a::2~-

                                                                                                       ,-> 4 e.t     ;+

MT;;~ j,.5. ; ;,4'7 ..

                                                                                                                             . . . " g;:.;+..g;n p ;("W;.j .'./M:MM,..e 73             3            -

g . S _ g

x.

n .. ~g;qp -

                                   =_.                    b -                                                                     ,        ..; W: ,. ,
                                                                                                                                                                            ..f  x r . w-; % ^- :                            ,

j.A ,;;.wtw w-, w x x 1 - _ l ; - 600 g g g2. .m gg>.. . y.. , ,.ggn9.qym.g

                                                                                      ..       .y        ,.

G G _- z'~

. 4 :- 6, ,:,5 l 2* ~.>s p< d LU3 .M 9:e;m.~'rle ' ,

2:< x .- -

W C_

                                   ,                              ,                   .;s D x                  ^
                                                                                                                       .- 's; 7, y.x              nQ u3   J . ,3.(; $4e'_{^ , ._. : ,: .
                                   - 600                         r
                                                                                             ' ~

W

EN*P ;2yr65 % b??'

3.g ;- ,.,+;. ; . , . O'"**n'N # *18 _~ ,

                                                                                      ^ . l. . %^p- %:.G                   w i d ,:                "~'

7 m:- g ; ;.m 5 1300 g:

                                                                                                       ?--           n $'9';%.;?                              N;_ c.m7+r ;; .' < NAM
                                                                                         - ec e
                                                                                                       %w                    ,        :. '.y:;te,. }e,5:,g3 ;;%.

wi;&c est'"e W: e

r. ,.

                                  "="                         $=,.                   k&:> W.~
                                                                                                                            < ;.3 ds                                                     ^

a.n:cq .

                                  =                                                                                                  . ,. ;g.&;r                                                                              ,

A& 7 '*d!'kki(M N #> :4?Q L . % i./ %; .n.:' >

                                                                                                      +^:a :            .                                                                           .                  L
                                                                                                                      @y; 8.e m n y. _.-
                                                                                             ~~

_ 200ll. i

                         .l     -                   .                0              ...

v^+ 7 m.

g. : s ~. s,.4 d"7MMwsWhC gg .% .+ %,; %.

T . 7.7, .4.p+; a... .,.:,.,.,.w.. s- :v:3+Y;--. +,. 3.u..~. ~ms ?.n-",:f ;.

                    \                                                               4 v.$.. y . Sir
                                                                                                                       =.w..         ^ .j ':dt.Q;$it                                 Aw < -q h >

%s' ( 3:j: i- %AmJ:;ffD +.' : + .:-. + -

f . _ f. S i, b6 - s

                                                                                                                                       )?M.y'W.y:                .
                                                                                                                                                                                         ;.'dl;?_gQfQJ';*%"
                                                                                       < s.;a.                                  .~

w .m ?. (p<s:;-y ' k: .f.$ ~

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ,n Exhibit 6.5-6. Incompatible adjacent scales.                  ::cci:                  .J
                                                                                                                                                                   >                 r
                                                                                                                     .Wss 9~,;
                                                                                                                          ^.s                           nc%,E.+ g?.,. r@@>:M.                                                        .a a
                                                                                               .\       , ^          :.                                                                                 .s.      x. .a 9.4, llp ^ . :.;n. , n .'
                                                                                                                                                       , . ,                          <j

e. LINEAR VS LOGARITHMIC SCALES -

Logarithmic scales should be avoided unless a e s3 m las s ul

                 - needed to' display a large range of values.
                                                                                                          /

f. MU LTISCALE INDICATORS-Multiscale indi-cators (.i.e., single po.inter, multiple scales)

                                                                          .                                                                        we ~ 61                                                                            -

should be avoided unless they can be justified as of operational benefit, and precautions are taken to avoid operator confusion.

                                                                                                                                           .a 6.5-9

VISUAL DISPLAYS 6.5 . PRINCIPLES OF DISPLAY 6.5.1 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes l No Reference / Comment 6.5.1.6 COLOR CODING .~

                                                                                                                #e m:~3       : -. y._       - y. .e, ,.

y 3.g # The use of color as a coding medium in control e% d' s & '%Cm rooms offers a valuable means of ~providing ; ,

                                                                                             ~
                                                                                                    'd j h / '^ [ h '          (N unambiguous, easily discriminable information to 1. $5                                e 4.m: ,s;n                                     s n                                      ..m 1 & y. @~ ,~T;~.                          .a the operator. Among other appl.icat. ions, color %                  %v                        %
                                                                                        .%. % T.y. ~%.,g,,4r        .g                     ,mW.N, ow                  e .-

coding can aid in the perception of warning signals, if T C 7: '?/w&fqQ^# the identification of functional relationships, and Ji m W e -n. :.c= WMfM.s.infeM.Ec

                                                                                                                ~w                    w.w w: a the association of displays with related controit. ,j(. Jfr                                             t fy$$4%gypp When used in a coding system, color should alway:                  F^             %           ,3          4 7 s h g%s,Q:y                                       3 be redundant with some other cue.The information                    E              .' i%                   30' @ENEi C provided by a particular color should also be indi-                      I             $
                                                                                                                  ,lfD@                                         '

i~ cated in some other form, e.g., location, orientation,

                                                                         .m ;
                                                                              ,                 .          f    *sw+ m       WE                         r~
                                                                                                                . .. $[r..c? _m alpha numerics, scale in      . d.icat.ions. Color can be                ~-                               -
                                                                                                                   ,5 q:
                                                                                                                                                , -y         ,.:p
                                                                                                                                                              'me,;
                                                                                                .                        z..

effectively applied in both illuminated displays ;;y . Q ,n y (*g. i , (e.g., mimics on pa el surfaces and color pads) and in transilluminated displays (e.g., signal lights and F m.s

                                                                                ~i li.

w . g

                                                                                                    .A,u N. . @J.d..bi n%-
                                                                                                                $Q, RO!w: .nu :i fh,o %

4

                                                                                                   *                                                      ~-

CRTs). Color can be particularly useful as a means .- 7 km for organizing information and is especially effective - c[+W - s k @%.[ W: v

as a means for coding low probability or very gp aa &M y ~,;.rv;Lg [h i

                                                                                            ~                                      < if:x x d
      ,                                                                                             * ~

important events. m

                                                                           .;4                             a        ,.g ; %, ; , ,-

3 The benefits of color coding can be realized only if 4 .

                                                                           ^ .                   .
                                                                                                                $-@_^1.n? , . -

color is not used indiscriminately. Excessive use @

m > m may, in fact, provide interference to effective F... . ~, .>

                                                                                                                                     .c" control room operation. The same qualities which                                                                  ~^

make color useful for coding can, if over used [ 9,. cO',I - D or inconsistently applied, result in unintended g p.-l ,

                                                                                                              ,    Ms p:Mw ;, gt.g confusion and distraction. As colors are used more                  "..e                             #..

L...g6

                                                                                                                                   - ,,        <N M   --
                                                                                                                   .  .  '   .  '.          /    '    * ',   AJ., Z. g""

frequently and as the number of different colors 39 m 4' W,^- used for coding increases, the attention getting 2 , 3::. W pt . ~

~ '

iJ value of each color diminishes. Similarly, when N 2 # 570^ ~ ' a particular color has multiple meanings it both

                                                                                ~^
                                                                                            $                     N @:M:N 1                                  'f[
                                                                                         .[l a.e                                             '            ~

DMi .S.,~g ,, ,R loses its attention-getting quality and may lead to . ,

                                                                             ,                :                  mwa c                            ,. s confus. ion or operator error.                                            .       e%n             e                   am>-
                                                                                  . , .       7       'n,         'w' u -di ~ .                  +v- ..

All coding schemes must be learned. Leaming of a N/ h.[ l.m. i.m_m, g " color code can be facilitated by keeping the code w .?:: $.l a 9 g ,. N+;n,s:

                                                                                                                                 ? -S;; .

s ?_ uf 9 *:Q : simple and by taking advantage of common usage in . ;. _, ;L,. f: %g s - c? 9,

everyday life. Complex or poorly designed coding systems will detract from, rather than enhance, C

4 A {4 W

                                                                                                                             '~i's m

W^W operator performance. 6.5 10

I VISUAL DISPLAYS 6.5 1 PRINCIPLES OF DISPLAY 6.5.1 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST . N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.5.1.6 COLOR CODING (Cont'd) u>ns ~. '. REDUNDANCY-In all applications of color

                                                                      /             of a

a. , ,, j , , . .j , , , . . .

coding, color should provide redundant . information. That is, the pertinent information , , , , , , , , , g,. , , . should be available from some other cue in , , . , , ,

;          addition to color.                                                                         4-*-

i b. NUMBER OF COLORS (1) The number of colors used for coding .

should be kept to the minimum needed for providrg suf ficient information. (2) The number of colors used for coding j should not exceed 11.

c. MEANING OF COLORS

- (1) The meaning attached to a particular / color should be narrowly defined. (2) Red, green, and amber (yellow) should be ' ' " " ' " ~~# ' reserved for the following u ,es: , w ._ . . og I Red: unsafe, danger, immediate operator / ~

  ,               action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance.            ,_      _

Green: safe, no operator action required, or an indication that a parameter is within / tolerance. ~ ~ ~ Amber (yellow): hazard (potentially un-safe), caution, attention required, or an / indication that a marginal value or parameter exists.

d. CONSISTENCY OF MEANING / p (< ~ " 'a (1) The meaning assigned to particular # 'J k' > Q

colors should be consistent across all 7,[' ,.

spplications within the control room. (2) The meaning of a particular color should yn f,,.- w I V' -A.. remain the same whether applied to panel G p.ts , w--- surfaces or projected in signallights or on ,v.

                                                                                       + y , . .i -                .

CRTs. ~& m a J 6.5 11 .

VISUAL DISPLAYS 6.5 PRINCIPLES OF DISPLAY 6.5.1 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.5.1.6 COLOR CODING (Cont'd) g,9 p.s 4 c..

d. CONSISTENCY OF MEANING (Cont'd) <<<<<N>

j

   *          (3) The meaning of a particular color should remain the same both within and among the various systems to which it is applied.

e. PRINCIPLES OF COLOR SELECTION e.

98 n:: w ';in. wt

                                                                                                    ,                     g w ,up           :wp *:4:s - m.

(1) The primary principle which snould be W * .jdfj 059ti: applied in selecting colors for coding i'., ' r!- pf.l.._NYI" If3 s.m g; -@ g;> nenn3 purposes which do not have the or ;; -

                                                                                                              .           > j r , g g .a.g:^ y,s; immediate safety implications of red,                                 T.       '-

g:s H W ,.,

                                                                                .v.                                       ga       n,%T n *~.>'?-     . . ,-
                                                                                           -^'

green, and amber is to ensure that each .;+vfo.: , .1. M. A;,; , %... s

                                                                                                                                                              .. - ) ;v -

color ,is recognized as different from any ,T; 7. . - gg,7 7 "; ff ,.7 other. Exhibit 6.5-7 lists 22 colors of dpf l;E; y w ::wew

                                                                                                                          ]i^jgilc           gy%       .

W - i maximum contrast. Each successive color 4, f2 z..-

                                                                                          *.te     ,                              .w ,avt                                 ,

a aqp&(~a i-M, "Y%: has been selected so that it will contrast g % ,u maximally with the color just preceding it :s :.:, *'. - Ed.r sat , and satisf actorily with earlier colors in the M % eg 2~7 [E gldf'$.Ji N + o.f's ?? f Q F ,'. list. The first 9 colors have been selected YS ^ f jf+h V[. na ;* :;yver - yQ s'kge, .a. e so as to yield satisfactory contrast for r- +

                                                                                                                                                . , y ..p_ e w.
       >             red green deficient as well as color normal             a                 ,
                                                                                                                              ,               , .1~

observers. The remai,ing 13 colors are O W f.yh ;" < % ^Zf s . , 5.,

"~

useful only for color normal observers. s . a: l'","tLi M (2) Colors selected for coding should contrast som,.ma u..a well with the background on which they \/ %.,,,.,,,_,,,, appear, a . .;. . . (3) Ambient lighting in the area in which color coding is used will influence the d' E M ^* apparent color of the coded element M.. ~ . 8 o b .. - (especially for surface colors). Each s g u A,. color selected for coding should .be v.L,; a, :. a evaluated under all illumination con- ut r ,.<% << : * :

                                                                                                                                .8....-..'*.'.                                                         .

ditions under which it is used. r ue.s.s y >~-

                                                                                                                                 .. . w .; .. i. . , .

6.5 12

                                                                                                                                                                            . ., , . _ _ _ _    _,.m

VISUAL DISPLAYS 6.5 PRINCIPLES OF DISPLAY 6.5.1 l Color Serial General ISCC NBS ISCC BS y,n,,,, ,, nog,,;,n og or selection color centroid name ISCC-N8S Centroid numter nome number labbreviation) Color 1 white 263 white 2.5P8 9 510.2

                           .2        black                  267       black         N         0.81
                          *- 3       yellow                  B2       v.Y           3 3Y 8.0/14.3

4 purple 218 s.P 6.5P 4.3/9.2 5 orange 48 v.O 4.1YR 6.5115.0 6 light blue 180 v.t.8 2.7PB 7.9/6.0

                          == 7       red                     11       v.R           5 OR 3.9115 4
 ,                           8       buff                    90       gy.Y          4.4Y 7.2/3.8                         ,

9 gray 265 med. Gy 3.3GY 5.4/0.1

                         . 10        green                  139       v.G           3.2G 4.9/11.1 11       purplish pink          247       s.pPk         5.6RP 6 8/9.0 12       blue                   178       s.8           2.9P8 4.1110.4 13       yellowish pink          26       :y pk         8.4R 7.0/9.5 14       violet                 207       s.y           0.2P 3.7/10.1                                    .

15 orange yellow 66 v.OY 8.6YR 7.3/15.2 16 purplish red 255 spR 7.3RP 4 4111.4 17 g'eenish yellow 97 vgy 9.1Y 8.2/12.0 18 redd.sh brown 40 seBr 0.3YR 3.1/9.9 19 yeitow geeen 115 v,Y G 5.4GY 6 8/11.2 20 yellowish brown 75 deep y8r B.8YR 3.115.0 21 reddish orangI 34 vr0 9.8R 5.4/14.5 22 olive green 126 d.OlG 8.0GY 2.213.6 Exhibit 6.5 7. Twenty two colors of maximum contrast (from Kelly,1965). 6.5 13

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 COMPUTER ACCESS 6.7.1 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.1.4 DATA ENTRY-KEYBOARDS , ., p , c y y.. .

*(

Any computer system which is interactive must .

                                                                                                 @ y,7;, , . . .y?T ^7 *g[;~ ~

include a means for users to make inputs to the

                                                                                   %       ;-    J           ' ';'T K " , '                  .

system, whether for indicating responses to dis- u Q %t e , e f played choices, adding information to the data base, ,g. j ,,

                                                                                                             #'h . ' yi , ;

or requesting additionalinformation. In power plant @d t,'M ;jf.2%$ ' jf"

process computer systems, the most common' method for operator input is a keyboard, either used

+]

JZ m J.M.

                                                                                ~;$. *' $ 'rs '.7. E, J, i ?.?F c                          n
                                                                                                                                     , TC ';;'

separately or in combination with other data entry 's4 yh & Nijp~q/N SW V devices. Since the keyboard is the channel through ./ fj){ j[ ', y y; which the operator communicates to the computer, kg; 7 .. n ~

1. .

It should be configured to support the operator without imposing upon the task to be performed.

'~

l* -

^;

Q} J i , 4 ^ .'

                                                                                                                                         ~ -      :^

a. ALPHA-NUMERIC KEYBOARD ARRANGE- a p ,. u. . 7p ,

MENT-Keyboards that combine alphabetic #

 , *                                                                                                              .,,; . , g ,,, n and numeric functions in a single keyboard                                            ,,,j, , , . .

should conform to the standard "QWERTY" e i'n arrangement. See Exhibit 6.71. n 7 00000000QQ00 '

                .                @8D@@S30@@D e @@g@@grt@QOOe G=D @@@@@SsOOQur)

( SPACE BAR ] Exhibits 6.71. Arrangement of alphabetic and numeric characters on a **QWERTY" keyboard.

                                                                                                       . . .e l

i 6.7 5 <

~.

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 COMPUTER ACCESS 6.7.1 ; COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.1.4 DATA ENTRY-KEYBOARDS (Cont'd)

b. NUMERIC KEYBOARD ARRANGEMENT-The configuration of a keyboard used to enter j (g solely numeric data should be a 3> J+1 matrix, either " telephone" style or " calculator" style.

See Exhibit 6.7 2. (a) (b) O Q Q W 5 5 8 5 @ 8 8 8 6 8 8 8 9 9 8 8 Exhibit 6.7 2. Acceptable arrangements of keys in a numeric.only keyboard. s e +Y e 6.74 e ,

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 ' COMPUTER ACCESS 6.7.1 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.1.4 DATA ENTRY-KEYBOARDS (Cont'd)

c. USE OF MULTIPLE KEYBOARDS-lf there is more than one computer system keyboard in a control room, the alpha numeric and/or numeric only key configuration should be the same in all cases.

                                                                                                    -.L r Co,~r;t -

d. KEY MEASUREMENTS-To maximize the effectiveness of keyb ,ards, key dimensions si. A. ,.1 c. . . , c.. .

A., w. .. s + r ti c and separation should be as illustrated (see Ev.hibit 6.7 3). p , c. s< w ~ , . . . .

                                                                                                                 ......s,,
                         /    's                                                                               c a.         .

i

                                                                                                                                       ^ ,
                                                                                                                                                 .. L . ., ;

_N '.- '> g ,9 - S g D y y , e A / g /N D

                         \
                           ~,
                                  }                   \          ,)  ;
                              --ylS l +-                                   i Key Dimen: ion Key Separation (D)                                 (S)

(inches) (inches) Minimum 0.385 0.25 Ma aimum 0.75 Preferred 0.5 0.25 Exhibit 6.7 3. Recommended key measurements for bare hand operation. s e m lM 6.7 7

I

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 COMPUTER ACCESS n.7.1 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.1.4 DATA ENTRY-KEYBOARDS (Cont'd) ~'"#

                                                                                                          #                                           ~

e. KEY DISPLACEMENT AND RESISTANCE- # "' * ' " " ' ^

To provide positive key movement feedback "~~'' to the operator, and to reduce inadvertent ["~~ activation of keys, cu c. k.1 (..e (1) Key displacement should be as shown in g l,,,,, w ~ Exhibit 6.7-4.

                                                                                                          "*""'"l                                '. L ' '

(2) Key resistance should be as shown in Exhibit 6.7 4.

f. POSITIVE INDICATION-To provide positive p g , c g,, . .. .;, ,

key actuation feedback to the operator, a g ,g, definite indication should be provided (e.g., snap, feel, audible click, release of resistance).

g. KEYBOARD SLOPE-Keyboards should 0-e % * "P have a slope between 15 0 and 250 from the

                                                                                                 !        rut       ' -1 " '

horizontal (see Exhibit 6.7 5). ,

2'h'J.$ ' "

h. VISUAL FEEDBACK-Data being entered via j l i keyboards should be displayed as it is keyed.

I. RELEVANT KEYS-The presence of non- ~6 -N' Li ? 6-relevant keys, such as might be used by / y w. . . . ; , g. programmer personnel, adds to keyboard , I .:.. s g complexity and induces operator errors. ~

                                                                                                                 /,,,, /, ,,i ;

Control room keyboards should contain only ar' s ela , l S - those keys which are used by operators.

t#

Displacement (inches) s

                                                                                                             .. {,$si 'a .

t *

                                                                                                                                                     /: " 1.?*

Alpha- (L,g , J. ,, , g d . l

                                                                                                                      '5-Numeric     numerec                                         .

Minimum 0.03 0.05 Os, . s ., n. ,,, ,, t t t, f I d'4 - Masimum C.t il 0.25 Resistance (ouncesi

                                                                                                                                  - 25" (msnimumi Numeric     numeric                                                ,-
                                                                                                                                   ,16817'(optimum)
                               ~
                                                                                                 '                           ,      -15* (minimum)

M.n. mum Ma nimum 3.5 14.0 0.9 5.3 -'- tO_~~- Exhibit 6.7 4. Recommended key displacement Exhibit 6.7 5.I(Nboard slope limits. and resistance. 6.7 8 ~-

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 COMPUTER ACCESS 6.7.1 GUIDELINE COMPLlANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.1.5 COMPUTER FUNCTION CONTROLS n ,;

                                                                        ,.~,c,      7.sg ge.m y           :nu s' .e.j-

.-m .

Most computer systems utilize, either in addition to u) I A*' $/Yf 3%l $ or instead of alpha numeric keyboards, a variety of j >* sj +f I$27i% controls which are dedicated to certain computer 9" Q > [JE., functions, operator responses or choices, CRT [._. w 59 M.iin %yn. %s .. i$$

                                                                        , ^i M Mbp ~e
                                                                                           ~~                        .

parameters, etc. Function controls may encompass a in 7 := %did.m#i t u.c y. mn 7; ? y.c ' a:yg#r.j, ,- y M d..Q am wide var. ty of control types, from selector switches T D N #d%NM 2

ie to dedicated " typewriter" keys. When computer function controls are utilized, the following guide- h$ D Q) %^ fhMqh.h@

lines should be observed. S6 I^ ^' ^> Oi WR.3W .' C

a. CONTROL DESIGN-When dedicated controls j fuc eq are used for selection of computer or display gt,c , , , , , _.

functions or modes, the design of the controls ,,g,,, ,, q ; should conform to the appropriate guidelines o, q , f , ,._ .. specified in Section 6.4, Controls. : J.: <' ~s

b. LABELING AND NOMENCLATURE-Terms, nomenclature, and abbreviations used on function controls should be the same as or /

consistent with the terms,. nomenclature, and . abbreviations of the computer function which is selected or displayed.

c. MASTER CONTROL-When CRTs are subject to operation by centrally located master controls, a positive indication should be provided:

(1) At the master-control location to identify those displays under local or master control. (2) At the individual CRT to indicate whether / the display is under master or local control. FUNCTION CONTROLS

d. cwo

(1) When dedicated controls are used to initiate / activate functions, the keys should be grouped together. ri.e o~-- r (2) Function controls should be easily dis-tinguished from other types of keys on V - - the com.cuter console. 6.7 9 ~-

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 COMPUTER ACCESS 6.7.1 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.1.5 COMPUTER FUNCTION CONTROLS (Cont'd)

d. FUNCTION CONTROLS (Cont'd)

(3) Each function control should be clearly labeled to indicate its function to the operator. (4) If multiple computer consoles exist in the control room, the design and layout of . f the function controls should be consistent for all consoles. (5) When function keys are included with an alpha numeric keyboard, the function keys should be phys : ally separate. (Avoid multiple-mode keyboards which utilize t/ the same keys for both alpha-numerics and functions by using "shif t" keys or mode selection controls.) i 6.7 10

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7

COMPUTER ACCESS 6.7.1 GUiDEi.INE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.1.7 COMPUTER RESPONSE TIME TO ~ >m - -

-er%. u- #

                                                                     ^#            m                                                    --

OPERATOR QUERIES --i s ny J. 4, "YJ a:e - Timely response to operator inputs can be an -~2

                                                                     -       .s
                                                                       -< a. flir: - :
                                                                                       .i. 2w-:.,.- .ky " )#$....s- . , . m',*
                                                                                                                             %: e.

D important factor in reduction of operator errors, as ;Ms$f$wy+.a..7?fMO U @ d.7$P^[;W'?ap.. r well as for achievement of operator acceptance of M {P* C P 'A the computer system. Undue delays in responding to >d gd '@'F

                                                                                           %fhi operator inputs may lead the operator to assume           ^

wil s43 fi[ n@@ gg;2{tlM4Ql'fM'[g , that the input was not accepted, or that the input $g ~; C m h w . j@kGz. ,s' 't sm was made incorrectly, or that something is wrong e? og *

                                                                                           &<             r n ~J W.Nt -       -
                                                               '^E [7 with the computer. Responses to an input or request                           .[ !N^h, r ? ?                              .-

M N/ i)& @ g within 1 to 3 seconds will generally maintain the a m. operator's attention and thus reduce operator error. ' 3 R.caM .-

                                                                                                           , N- h .". w. ^ ^
                                                                                                                                   +

The nature of the query, the complexity of the - - W ' ^* _. ,

programmed response logic, and the speed of the computer are determinants of response time. . h h [JMSC' [O[ h $[4,,.

"~

a. MAXIMUM RESPONSE TIMES-Thecomputer / 'c " k- U.

system should provide the correct response to r ' ~. , ( v & su ' each type of query within the recommended 4 '! v F response times listed in Exhibit 6.7 6. )

b. RESPONSE DELAY MESSAGES-When re- / 2wJay d ' ,"';

sponse time for any query exceeds 3 seconds, g ,, .xy o a delay message should be presented to m, , ,, n, n,, , maintain the operator's attention and to con- ,. firm normal computer operation. (See also

Guideline 6.7.2.6.)

l l p.e* i l R 6.7-12

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 COMPUTER ACCESS 6.7.1

                                                                   ** Maximum" Response                                    ,

QUERY TYPE Time Controt activation (for exemple, keyboard entry). 0.1 SECOND - - uO /t r te y fi 'J't !. . System ectivation (rystem initialization). ' s k e * '- ' 3.0 Request for given service:

           /     simple                                                   2    t h a g

U" ' t .t r a complex 5 -' - b ;b t tbe:I

                                                                                        %_        up
             '                                                            15 60 -

loading and restart

             / Error feedback (following completion of input).            24

- . / Response to ID. 2 ea inf ormation on next procedure. <5

           /   Response to simple inauiry from list.                      2 4 '#' '        "-
             ? Response to simple status inquiry.                         2
             ! Response to complex inquiry in tabte form.                 24
             / Request for next page.                                     0.51 5

Response to execute problem." < 15 - 4 oa s <1 v 1 A . .

          <n   Light pen entries.                                          1.0                                  r, o r n    Drswing with light pens.                                   0.1 T   Response to comptex inquiry in graphic form.               2 10 e*   Response to dynamic modeling.                              .
          **. Response to graphic manipulation.        .                 2 m    Response to user intervention in automatic process.        4 Exhibit 6.7-6. Computer tesponse times.

m1Y 6.7 13

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.1 CRT DISP).AY CHARACTERISTICS pg *'

                                                                             - g3     g ggt,ggy.

In the majority of process computer systems, one or 2,[ glj more CRT displays (video displays) comprise the

            , .                                                  ap u, , ,,.

e.-v; [EM[n'Nhg 6( m,A . t. n.a: e (+r principal interface between computer output and g g control room operators. (The other interface is the g4 gg%gp g^gg g33 g g,, cf g.;g gj ~ r. n_4 % printed record; see Section 6.7.3.) It is, therefore, Tu '?!' ^@OW#:be:. en.? au a.n /.wm;.9,5w3m % m important that the characterist. . ics of the display e7 dev. ice promote transfer of computer output to the 9:r g 7.1,t @ s, -M:f: .fMwd.n m:u ep474= 62 y^- m m.: , lM tmt.r.

operator. The quality of the displayed image must A be consistent with operator needs. (@( *eg ~ 4 7

                                                                                         * '*"  $ ) [*"f'                    ^

a. READABILITY-Alpha numeric and graphic (3,,; 3,., , . , , , ,

characters should be easily readable by the / re. ' . s k e *- operator under all control room lighting conditions. I

b. REFLECTED GLARE-CRT screens should #^ " " ' " "l O "

be installed ta minimize or eliminate reflected / c ee

a. .

glare at normal operator viewing angles. ,.,+ , . , ....'

       < c. SCREEN LUMINANCE                                                         y :. . . ., :                  . . . .

(1) Ambient illumination should contribute + 3.9 3 L ,

     "                                                                         V' no more than 25% to screen luminance                                     u 7, s c, r v, through diffuse reflection and phosphor                                  q : .. . , , , . ,

excitation. tb.c . . .. r>- ~ k o (2) When ambient illumination in the vicinity of the CRT is in the medium to high range (see Guideline 6.1.5.3), the CRT should / use dark characters and symbols on a light background. (3) When the CRT uses dark characters on a light background, the screen background j luminance should be 23 foot Lamberts (f t L) minimum and 46 ft L preferred. - (4) When the CRT uses light characters on a c w w . t.- u~*a - -- dark background, the character luminance y o - f - W- i n t <s. b '2 ' e# " should be 23 ft L minimum and 46 f t L preferred.

                                                                                            " d'^" "*~

6.7 16

     -                                                                     PROCESS COMPUTERS                               6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes    No          Reference / Comment 6.7.2.1 CRT DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)                                                           ,        ,
                                                                             ,         ev......

d. LUMINANCE CONTRAST , m .y. ,, ,, : .-

l (1) Contrast between light characters ,and a- .,;,, dark screen background should be 15:1 ,u a .,- u,- minimum and 20:1 preferred. ,~ C o' -"- (2) Contrast between dark characters and a ,j light screen background should be 1:15 Y minimum and 1:20 preferred. I e. GEOMETRIC DISTORTION-The cumulative 3 effects of all geometric distortion should not

-                 displace any point within the viewable area of         /

the screen from its correct position by more than 5% of picture height. l

                                                                                                                  ^            #

f. RESOLUTION-Discrimination of fine detail -

A - tc i f is a function of the number of scan lines or 5': $ - NN ,' m addressable points (" resolution elements") per / n pp cm,; g , 4 unit length. ?" i l.' < (1) CRTs for displaying simple alpha-numeric text should have a minimum of 20 reso- / lution elements per inch. 1 (2) CRTs for displaying complex symbols and vid. <c3a tn. ~o* ' graphic detail should have a minimum of / r.< v. . ~ ' f.' t " "

100 resolution elements per inch. d i' < ' * "

   !               (3) Complex symbols which must be dis-tinguished from other complex shapes should have a minimum of 10 resolution          /

elements for the longest. dimension of the symbol. . (4) Alpha numeric characters should have a t-6 6.y ., dA minimum of 10 resolution elements per # d. h. < ~ < ,i s character height. airam 6 og

g. REGENERATION RATE-The regeneration w rate for a particular CRT display should be f ,, fils . ,

above the critical frequency at fusion so that the occurrence of disturbing flicker is not perceptible. -

                                                                        * % ,,        u.          .3    - ,. .l . o
                                                                                                                                  ,Q 4..i, .-      . T w .. ,,i,           ,,6..,
                                                                                  %p 5 u. ~ l. . . .                                 .

A, , , . . J ( - - - ~ u 6.7 17 ,, , , , , , , ,

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7

CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.1 CRT DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) q ,, ,-,

h. CRT DISPLAY CONTROLS ud 3.> t i<'4- ,

(1) Parameters such as luminance (brightness),

                                                                    /    M 'A         ~~ '

contrast, and color should be adjustable " " , ' ". ' f' " ' " by the control room operator. (2) Adjustment controls should conform to g the appropriate guidelines in Section 6.4, f Controls, and Section 6.9, Control-Display Integration.

                                                                                                       )
                                                                                                         ^

6.7 t 8

1 1 PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7

CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COM?LIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment

_ . .g 3 , 6.7.2.2 SYMBOLS AND CHARACTERS *7-

Vs :p ; p>:

s

                                                                                                                                                      >L
                                                                          *        <       &g                 f The dimensional factors of data displayed on a CRT take on greater significance because of the move-                              ^3                ' Ti^ i g;, a ^
                                                                                                         . * ;,g si~ W ^
                                                                              ~

ment of operators from cine benchboard position

                                                                                     ,,    9,1                                                                ,
                                                                                  .-       fl          "_9,@;SffR; j'                                       QIA to another in a control room. Distance from the                                                                                   l4    ;yed operator to the screen is,'therefore, variable, and                :   N       q Q*'U s must be taken into account during control room                   0, p,         $           #

q.fg Gy ^ 'ff layout (in general) and CRT design (in particular). ..w. T c9 M " f % - 9W '^ As an operator's distance from the CRT increases,

                                                                             <*    *-     ^} ;           #W~4 - ~ iN?

the perceived dimensions of CRT characters, l

                                        ~
                                                                                   ?                       ^.'".4 G                                       A symbols, spacing, etc. decreases proportionately              .                    .

because of a reduction of the " visual angle" (see , . 1.- ~" Exhibit 6.7 7). This is the vertical angle subtended ~,,. > . . , at the eye by a viewed object, symbol, or character, s M ,~ %, N; e,,J. c usually expressed in minutes of arc. For visual 1

                                                                                           ,-                  S %." "'               -

angles less than 600 minutes, this relationship is . g,~~ ~

                                                                                                        '-E * ' ' ' ' ^ '         ^

shown by: ' (57.3) (60) L R

                               *"         p                                            .

s o , M-where "L" is measured perpendicular to the line of ,

                                                                                                                        . .g ' ; * . j
                                                                                                ~

sight. Under optimum conditions (illumination, . contrast, etc.) the human eye can identify characters , of the alphabet at visual angles of 5 minutes of arc . . .

                                                                             ^        *            ~
                                                                                                            ~ * *.E?                              Wl4 (defining 20:20 vision). Since presentations on CRT                                                                            ,' ^

g displays in an operational environment do not '

x - -

approach the optimum conditions of vision testing, ' <' this lower level must be increased. VISUAL ANGLE (a)

                       /         ~,'~~
                    /                             a
                                                         ~~_

LENGTH (L) ~

                       '/                                                                                                                                     .
                     /                      OlSTANCE (D)                                                           ,

Exhibit 6.7 7. Visual ang!e as a function of distance and character size. 6.7 19 I

1 PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 l CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 , COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST

 '6.7.2.2 SYMBOLS AND CHARACTERS (Cont'd)                                    N/A  Yes  No          Reference / Comment

a. SYMBOL SIZE-When a displayed symbol of (%,g 4 verm complex shape is to be distinguished from , , , . .. e . w .

another symbol shape that is also complex, the g/ i .f . 4 - . . . , visual angle of the symbol should subtend not less than 20 minutes of arc at the- required viewing distance.

b. ALPHA NUMERIC CHARACTER SIZE

                                                                                                                               ~~
                                                                                              "'#~~

(1) The height of alpha numeric characters should have a visual angle of not less than / ' 0 ' 12 minutes of arc at the required viewing distance. (2) Alpha numeric characters should be upper- 7 case letters.

c. CHARACTER WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO-The width to height ratio for a'Ipha numerics /

should be between 3:5 and 1:1.

d. STROKE WIDTH TO-CHARACTER HEIGHT vW

RATIO -Stroke width to character height ratio /

should be between 1:5 and 1:10. .

  ; e. GRAPHICS-A graphic line will appear con.

tinuous if the separation between addressable points, or resciution elements, is less than one p minute of arc. To provide the illusion of continuity, graphic lines should contain a minimum of 50 resolution elements per inch,

f. CHARACTER AND SYMBOL SEPARATION ~ l ( ~ < W ' ' '

a ....... >s.~ (1) Horizontal separation between characters y or symbols should be between 10% and oa'd- ~ i>< ** % 65% of character or symbol height. (2) Separation should be not less than 25% of . character or symbol height when any of . the following degraded conditions exists: (a) When character or symbol width is

                                                                                        /                                                     ,

less than 85% of height; (b) When character or symbol luminance / 8l . 6 * * W " " 'i ' is less than 12 f t L; (c) When luminance contrast is less than / ...3 " ' ~ U 7. 88%; h

. . ts

        = c. ,, . i . L . , */, . 8.,.-                C'"'      *>        6,i s d e i- -      '  ' * "" I  ' #* * >

g. < .

t- ( . , , . , o, i% : 6 t ' w , , , , , . s:. + 6 't-g,7 20 ra g.

             .t     s . c, s- + <t c.       .<.s.)   ,
                                                                                                                                 .o
                                               .. .                               no*                                           '
             , ,, ,, ,, ... .                                                ..s-       s 21"'*           s..
               . <. . . . . o . . . . ._ , a :a da     ":I * .

c. e. , . ,+o.

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLI ANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yn No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.2 SYMBOLS AND CHARACTERS (Cont'd)

f. CHARACTER AND SYMBOL SEPARATION (Cont'd)

(d) When CRT screen location is greater than 35 to the left or right of the ! operator's straight aheadlineof sight; (e) When the visual angle subtended by symbol height is less than 15 minutes t/ of are: (f) When the visual angle subtended by character height is less than 12 / minutes of arc.

g. CH AR ACTER STYLE (FONT)

. (1) Simple character fonts should be used, / with no serifs, variable stroke widths, slanting. etc. (2) When dot matrix characters are used,7x9 6yP<- dot matrix should be used in preference / me p.,.. . ,,, ,4 to 5x7 dot matrix. n,r (3) Character styles such as Lincoln / Mitre or / " 'n':

                                                                                #"1 "' S '     -04 Leroy should be used.

6.7 21 .

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GU!DELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.3 OPERATOR DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS 7 g wp.vf;:g. , 77

                                                                             *                                          ^

The use of CRT displays in power plant control rooms generally falls in three categories: (a) the l

't

[ ,y W i

                                                                                                                               ~'
                                                                                      $3 ,p%                Mi 31.^!i?
                                                                                                                  ^

CRT is mounted in a desk type console at which the L'.1'+ IN: .3 7 7@ M $$ 2$Nh L :QpZ i

operator is seated; (b) the CRT is mounted in a vertical panel above a benchboard, with the operator

                                                                      *$x %:          .Y.aNmw     F d,. M. ~ nM            , +& c 44 W r**

having some lateral freedom of movement at the ?P a -M . ... -

                                                                               , ;,'; W Q Sf @R               gl0, 'l ~$
                                                                                                                        ^

work station; (c) the CRT is mounted on a stand, s .

                                                                           ,= 9;j $ ' d37. d N or perhaps on a desktop, with some capability for        ,

2 rotating or moving it to suit the needs of a variety

                                                                           -     Ja    $           ? ,              ^ *^'                ~

of users. The guidance in this subsection deais with , , ,

                                                                                        $ ;^ '" * * '                             I those factors which should be considered regardless                       ,3      l. i                          ,

of type of installation, as well as the parameters

                                                                      ;9a      a.,

N

                                                                                      /
                                                                                             .En       ',
                                                                                                              ,             ,          .y, which are dependent on the type of installation and                          M           eC ,

the nature of the physical relationship between CRT ,

                                                                                  ':  $1      *

M -'

                                                                                              /             y                     .,y'.

and operator. - -

a. VIEWING DISTANCE - Viewing distance 1

should be greater than 18 inches.

I

f b. VIEWING ANGLE - The minimum angle y b'~s'" between the operator's actual line-of sight 7,ll,lf, , .7/.".' (LOS) as measured from the operator's norma! ,a.,.4 - work station, and the plane of the display 5

                                                                                                  'u".a u "v' . >, .a".% x.. "

screen should be 45 0 or greater in either the ,c.a i . c . . . , . horizontal or vertical direction. See Exhibits ""

                                                                                                 "cr"w'n" '~' "t               tv*a 6.7 8 and 6.7-10.
       '     c. SCREEN LOCATION, SEATED OPERATORS src >       #**        ** ' tr'

(1) CRT displays which require frequent or

   -i'                                      .

continuous monitoring, or which may d.is-

                                                                                  /                   < n k -. .<                  .

n.t.... o - play important (e.g., alarm) informat. ion, y,. , g should be located within the following ,;, , ,,jc,y, hmits as measured from the normal g ,,, ,,,,,, operator work station (see Exhibit 6.7-9): - (a) Horizontal limits-Not more than 350 to the left or right of the operator's straight-ahead LOS. (b) Vertical limits-Not more than 20 0 # " above and 400 below the operator's horizontal LOS. 6.7 22

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 45 min. ACTUAL LOS i y gc;TOAL 45o

min.

HORIZONTAL LOS 7 Y 1 ACTUAL 45' LOS min. m 4 l Exhibit 6.7 8. Minimum CRT viewing angle (shown only for vertical angfes),

                                                                                                                                                     ..e 6.7 23                                                                                                 ,,
  , - - -   -,   ,r.- - --- -.-.-__ - . . . - . - - . . - . . _ _ . - . - - - . -                             . - - - . - - - , . - -        . _ _ _ . , . . -   # ,---------- -,, -       -----.-o- ---

l i l PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 ) VERTICA1. LIMITS 20 max. HORIZONTAL LOS n i J I~ / 40' max. Y r i

                                             STRAIGHT AHEAD" LOS 0       35 35 max.      max.

HORIZONTAL # LIMITS e Exhibit 6.7 9. CRT screen location limits-seated operator, frequently monitored displays. A G.7 24 ,

     --   - , - - - - ,,              ----,,,r-,,,--,-n.,               _ . - , , - . . . - - -, . - - , . , - , - - - -             - - - - , -- - .,---,     - - - , - - - - - -

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 I Viewing Angte . 45 min. VERTICAL LIMITS

700 max, i

Horizontal LOS 7

   ,                                                       900max.
 '1 I                                             Viewing Angle 450min.

a i HORIZONTAL LIMITS 4o , 950max. 95* max. 1 {

                                /            _        --

Viewing Angle 450min.

g. --

                                                                                               - . ,s c..   ,,o. . , , . , . .
                                                                          .                   .. ~ .. . ,...,.

t es s er+ t/o" f ,.. .,gu sic) Exhibit 6.710. CRT screen location limits-seated operator, infrequently monitored displays. 6.7 25

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.3 OPERATOR DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS , (Cont'd)

c. SCREEN LOCATION, SEATED OPERATORS (Cont'd)

(2) CRT displays which do not require frequent or continuous monitoring, and p < , I t"' A' which will not display important (e.g., / cu til < f I ' alarm) Information, should be located n g , t ., s, s . d i s within the following limits (as measured . ., i , u L'. from normal operator work stations . which permit full operator head and eys ( srh 8 *4 rotation-see Exhibit 6.710): % h ' ' I ' ' ,' (a) Horizontal limits-Not more than 950 to the left or r,ight of the operator's straight ahead LOS. 0 (b) Vertical limits-Not more than 70 above and 900 below the operator's horizontal LOS. .

d. SCREEN LOCATION, STANDING ,

OPERATORS

 -           (1) CRT displays which require frequent or continuous monitoring, or which may dis-                    -

play important (e.g., alarm) information, should be located within the following limits as measured from the normal operator work station: 7 (a) Horizontal limits-Not more than 35 0 to the left or right of the operator's straight ahead LOS, 0 (b) Vertical limits-Not more than 35 above and 25 0 below the operator's ! horizontal LOS. 6.7 26 .. l l

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.3 OPERATOR DlSPLAY RELATIONSHIPS

(Cont'd) ,: d. SCREEN LOCATION, STANDING OPER ATORS (Cont'd)

(2) CRT displays which do not require i frequent or continuous monitoring, and which will not display important (e.g., alarm) information, should be located

 ;                 within the following limits (as measured from ~ normal operator work stations which permit full operator head and eye rotation):

(a) Horizontal limits-Not more than 7 950 to the left or right of the operator's straight ahead LOS. (b) Vertical limits-Not more than 850 above and 900 below the operator's Y horizontal LOS.

e. MOUNTING IN CONSOLES-When CRTs are permanently mounted in consoles, the console configuration. Pensions, and type of use (such as seated, sit stand, or stanoing) affects t/

the CRT/ operator interface. Consoles in which - CRTs are installed should confo m t6 the guidelines of Section 6.1.2.

f. VISIBILITY OF DATA-All data and messages x u, .:t a i on the CRT screen should be within the / y, F ,,*/ g, unobstructed view of an operator at the normal u,.m % + a-t-work station. 6

a *' s Y

6.7 27

PROCESS COMPUTE RS 6.7 RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPL AYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST t Yes I No Reference / Comment l / i f I 1

        .,     c r.     .

c/

Wo" ' y p, # ( 0 0A7 (#5 6

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.3 OPERATOR DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS (Cont'd) ,

d. SCREEN LOCATION, STANDING OPER ATORS (Cont'd)

(2) CRT displays which do not require i frequent or continuous monitoring, and which will not display important (e.g., alarm)_ information, should be located

within the following limits (as measured from normal operator work stations which permit full operator head and eye rotation)

(a) Horizontal limits-Not more than' / 950 to the left or right of the operator's straight ahead L_OS. (b) Vertical limits-Not more than 850 above and 900 below the operator's Y horizontal LOS.

e. MOUNTING IN CONSOLES-When CRTs are permanently mounted in consoles, the console configuration, dimensions, and type of use (such as seated, sit stand, or standing) affects /

the CRT/ operator interface. Consoles in which - CRTs are installed should conform to the guidelines of Section 6.1.2.

f. VISIBILITY OF DATA-All data and messages x v., .:t a i on the CRT screen should be within the / y, F ,,, , i a ,

unobstructed view of an operator at the normal upi n - -; work station. G . . , .es ep 6.7 27

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 . CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2

                                                                                                                                                             .I GL'!DELINE                                                                                    COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes       No          Reference / Comment                                 ,

_q. *

                                                                                                                   "g;Wzmin              ,
                                                                                                                                                   +                   l

_.--., ex g, y;g q=

                                                                                                                                           ^y mm                               ,m 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT                                                                              j.,

4 ag;c: The format used,in presenting data to operators is y M gi ?g ; y an ' important fa'ctor in preventing reading and u, ,

                                                                                                    ~
                                                                                                       ' (d   y, selection errors, and reducing search time.

a. USABILITY OF D ATA /

(1) Data should be presented 'to the operator in a readily usable format. (2) There should be no requirement for /,, p e,,/, W

                                                                                                  '/               .. ,. g,,,,,,,

transposing, computing, interpolating, or s,,, e,, ,, , mentally translating displayed data into other units or numerical bases. b, ILLUSTR ATIONS-litustrations should be v/ used whenever possible to supplement or explain text.

c. CH ARACTER GROUPING (1) When 5 or more digits and/or non-text )

alpha-numerics are displayed, and no ' natural (i.e., population stereotyped) organization exists, characters should be grouped in blocks of 3 to 4 characters each. (2) Groups should be separated by a mini- j mum of 1 blank character space.

d. MAINTENANCE' OF ORDERING-Elements V in a data field should be displayed in logical order (e.g., chronological).

e. PRESENTATIONS OF IDENTICAL DATA (1) The manner of presentation of identical /

data should be based on the uses to which the data will be put by the operator. . (2) Within the limits of (1) above, identical data in different presentations should be j displayed in a consistent, standardized manner.

k. m % 4t2 M s o u-,( nar kp a

                             .f t, . . l t 4.< s< ch , ( N < L,t.t!. i 6k< WI d e f .'t . .. s e e rl si    <4 1'** % 4 6* I.            4 .1      L*yg      l'It*

(ksO s*

r. , o f f, , ,

                                                                         ~ L. a n* * 't s. stn          As     A ym             s.tG , ' .s
                         ,s    Le,.ai   set is s     u s.       a ' so                      .

e, , c , ,, ,,14 < k e.fh e- d og ~

                                                                                                ,, , , h at ,,     g,gg f ,      .,.6 a,                                                                                                                          *-

6.7 28

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.25 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd) ., e., a ,

                                                                                                    ,, y

f. MENU DESIGNATORS <- c ne. - ~ , -

(1) Numbers should be used as designators / when listing selectable items. (2) Numerical designators should start with j the number "1" (not zero). (3) If the use of numbers as designators

  ,                 would create confusion because of other numbers which make up the item to be        j designated, alphabetic characters should be used.
 '             (4) When used, alphabetic designators should start with the letter "A."

g. LISTS

             '(1) Lists should be vertically aligned and v

lef t justified. (2) Indentation should be used for sub. j h'.e- ' " ' W

    ,               classifications.

h. TABLES AND GRAPHS-Quantitative data which must be scanned and compared should /

be presented in either tabular or graphic form.

i. HYPH EN ATION-The use of hyphenation j should be minimized.

J. ALIGNMENT (1) When presented in tabular form, alpha- y numeric ~ data should be left justified. (2) When presented in tabular form, numeric data should be right justified with decimal / points aligned.

k. PERIODS-Periods should be placed after u ., u _ /,-

item selection designators and at the end of V . ~ , , <b.- a sentence.

                                                                          . .e!*

6.7 29

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 . CATHODE RAY TUBE (CnT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION FORMAT (Cont'd) I. STANDARDIZED FIELDS-The following standardized fields should be used: (1) Telephone Number: (914)5551212 /

      '                                                           /

(2) Time: HH:MM:SS, HH:MM, MM:SS:(.S) (3) Date: MM:DD:YY. v 3 ; m ., u . , ,, ,,

m. DATA GROUP LABELING (1) Each individual data group or message j should have a descriptive title.

(2) Labels should reflect sor.'.a unique charac-teristic of the content of .1e data group / or message .

n. LABEL PLACEMENT-Labels should be pm.kg web 4 V

located in a consistent manner either above or to the left of the data group or message they

        ' describe.

LABEL ORIENTATION-Labels should be *~,.'r y r e's

o. f I ' oriented horizontally.

p. LABEL HIGHLIGHTING o,,g., c., tc (1) Labels should be highlighted or otherwise / ("e t'j accentuated to facilitate operator scanning and recognition.

(2) The technique used to highlight labels should be easily distinguished from that used to highlight emergency or critical messages.

q. OPTION LABELS-When presenting a list of operator options, the label should reflect the / ,

question or choices being posed to the operator. ,

                                           .                                                                T' 6.7 30

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLI ANCE CHECKLIST

                                                                       ,         N/A    Yes      No       Reference / Comment 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING c4     r.g Screen layouts and structuring of data presented                                      ,      _.                    - fr
                                                                                         '~"    'ck; on CRTs should minimize operator scanning and                             '        ;             . 9,.,*             .

reading requirements, and minimize the probability ch 7 .

[hyf ~ , ' " of operator error. "4 'i

a. ORGANIZATION OF DATA (1) Displayed data should be organized in a V logical, consistent manner.

(2) Displayed data should reflect some obvious and inherent quality of the data groups (e.g., hierarchical, sequential, or mimic relationships),

b. LOCATION OF DATA GROUPS-Physical location of specific data groups (e.g., alarms, /

menus)~ on the screen should be consistent.

c. DEMARCATION OF DATA SUBGROUPS-Organization and separation of information 4

subgroups should be made apparent to the /

operator through the use of blank spaces, lines, or some other form of visible demarcation.

d. USE FREQUENCY R ANKING - Lists of options should be organized according to the probability of selection for each item, with !

high probability items presented first.

e. ALPHA. NUMERIC R ANKING - Non option lists of equal probability options should be /

presented in alphabetical or numerical order,

f. SEPARATION OF PARAGRAPHS-Paragraphs in continuous text should be separated by at / -

least one blank line,

g. SELECTION DESIGNATORS-Selection desig.

nators in menus should be separated from text / descriptors by at least one blank space. y ,e /.~ m .'s . w..c eo r

               * :. , , ,   t.tC. .,   t, .1.1. i , ms w..t.ta t 6                 -                          t..
                                                                                    - 9      ~*k '* *~ d"
                      . . . , , u t , .. ... g s.y...t. d . !y n ,

n ,.,,,, :,a... . ) . . ., y . 5 4 't . . ' .',. 'a n 6.7 31 -

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 ,1 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 8.7.2 COV5LIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment

                 '5.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING I k  '. ' - *~<<>'9 (Cont'd)

h. . PAGE DESIGNATION-When data are con. N '" **'

tained on multiple pages, each page should V %*wkl k display both page number and total number of pages.

i. CONTINUOUS NUMB ERING-Items contained in a numbered list and described on " continue" j pages should be numbered relative to the first number on the first page of the list.

J. PLACEMENT OF INSTRUCTIONS-When <( Fi.- : " " ' ' directions to the operator accompany a list .'4 / e's; * ' ' ' '

of options, such directions should precede

                                                                                       # . M 't' " ' '* * ' I ' "'

presentation of the list. 'f.' '[,$'/,* ' [. * *. .".'.",, "

k. URGENT MESSAGES ,

(1) Urgent messages requiring immediate / operator response should be highlighted h to attract the operator's attention. / (2) Urgent messages should always be dis. j played in the same location.

l. USE OF CURSOR-In systems in which selection is made by use of a cursor, formats should be organized to minimize positioning / ,

movements of the cursor.

m. SCREEN LOADING-The amount of infor- 6 e.. .. . j ha',

mation bearing activated screen area should g a. 6 ;8 ,es % lo not exceed 25% of the total screen area. This 44o a... Je ~ u does not include demarcation lines used to separate groups of data. 6.7 32

i I I I PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 , CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST l N/A Yes No Refmnce/ Comment l l 6.7.2.5 SCREEN LAYOUT AND STRUCTURING (Cont'd) f, , I ,. i , w u ,e,6

n. TREND PLOT SCAltS-CRT displayed trend y 5 w ' "' + / s. **i' l

I plot scales should be consistent with the - J a l h '* > <.- intended functional use of the data. (For ,, ,. ,,,,,,,4 example, the monitoring of neutron flux at a"***'"

 .            reactor trip may have a variable scale of 0%                                '.'

to 10036 of the design value and a time scale '""'"~**'h l resolution of seconds. However, post trip o ws 4,1 . , a f ee l, monitoring may have a variable scale of 0% to p . ,; e, , , , , , , . f 1011 with a time scale resolution of minutes. ,,,q.,,' Finally, operational log data of neutron flux may have a time scale resolution of hours.) l l 6.7 33 5' f

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 I CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No . Mefmnce/ Comment p 6.7.2.6 MESSAGES . n . <v, . . w . , :: . . Messages are of 3 types: 2

                                                                                    .*  f                       i          4l y.d~i e Prompts. Used to provide directi ons to the                  ,      [d      [5          ., N ;ffj',' A .,'5.                I operator for initiating and/or ccmpleting an                       :N      #         e M, Wy H .T.'r action involving the computer system.                     . '. Ji      <
                                                                                                   .M'
                                                                                        ;n ;q % ^d 'n:" .i -M'.N.s
                                                                              .     ,s                                          . w. *                        '

e Error messages. Used to inform the operator of -

                                                                                                   . ;.M i'                                 ..

invalid or incorrect inputs to the system. u i[ m 9 ' ? 'U " < . . .:e

                                                                                                    '., " y g S; .-;'f'

.,'.ua. .r. a .:.

e Feedback. Used to indicate to the operator

                                                                                   .;                                                  4
                                                                                                                                      ^'

the status of the computer system and/or the . < t' W* '" controlled / monitored system, following an oper. , g.t , , stor input or action. , - r , Messages should conform to the following guidelines: ,' ,. , h :a s', .. i a. MESSAGES, GENER AL f 4 . . . , ,

i ., e t. ,

Uf' ' (1) Messages should be concise. (2) Messages should provide the operator with

6e fI')

the information necessary to complete a v' dlar 4 ' '

specific action or decision sequence. l

b. MESSAGE CONTENT-Information contalned m tir U /> i in messages should be necessary, complete,and / '/'-

readily usable,

c. USE OF PROMPTS-Prompts should be f"-el' displayed whenever the operator may need / e-*** " ***

l l directions or guidance to initiate or complete l an action or sequence of actions. ! d. CONTENT OF PROMPTS-Prompts should contain clear and specific cues and i.istructions $/ which are relevant to the action to be taken,

e. PROMPT INFORMATION SEQUENCE-Direc.

tions should be placed in the sequence to be V . used by the operator,

f. USE OF ERROR MESSAGES-Whenever an c. s . . , . n ., na 4 operator error or invalid input is detected, an

                                                                            !                          '.r,       w e ' , ' * ' ' , a "I error messa2e should be displayed,                                                    r' e r o eher'.o e                                   j
                           .. s .      et e t . , i, %      ,,,,a.'  6 riv b            e8W           w' wd"- 4 d>D                                           !
                          ,, j .. , o , 3. s . % stif.4. .q L . L h d u s. A                   .N       u.virs mi 6 J'%

Df f C reig....er, I *

   .                                                          0.7 34                                                                                      "

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.6 MESSAGES (Cont'd) ,,, ; ,

g. ERROR CORRECTION GUIDANCE-Error ,,.7..

messages should contain instructions to the l operator regarding required corrective action.

h. ERROR CORRECTION EASE-Capability ,,, ro , t.er.

l should be provided for operator correction of j s , y.;, ,, , Individual errors without affecting adjacent valid entries. I 1. SYSTEM STATUS FEEDBACK MESSAGES- a'4 !., ^/- Feedback messages should be provided to the # gl,.f ~,, operator to Indicate changes in the status of system functioning. J. SELECTION FEEDDACK-When a displayed c ., ,i e,. s f ,. .., v l . message or datum is selected as an option or j 6., , , , ;,i . w , ., . . l

                   . Input to the system, the subject item should be                   ,,,,,              ,n,             !

I highlighted, or otherwise positively identified, , 3,,, g. r e A f,.., 8 to Indicate acknowledgement by the system. l , l *

k. DELAY FEEDBACK-When system func. , , , , , , y ; , ,,

tioning requires the operator to stand by, / j , , ,_ f , j , , ,, p such as when the computer is searching for . requested data, periodic feedback should be ! provided the operator to indicate normal

                                                                                              '        ""'"')

system operation and the reason for the delay. l l. ACTIVITY COMPLETION FEEDBACK-When y..,, , . . 4, a process or sequence is completed by the / , f ,. , . , , , , , , system, positive indication should be presented to the operator concerning the outcome of the process and requirements for subsequent operator actions. O Y l 6.7 35 ; ( i

l i PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 / GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST

                                                                         -)t-      N/A         Yes    No           Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING                                      .

g;ygg.f i. The state of the technology associated with CRT ..s q l0 JE #$;N ?- d - displays is constantly changing, with new graphics -

9( - (if .,, gn;; .b and highlighting methods based on both software hp 4 :g ,

                                                                                                                  ,:v and hardware capabilities frequently being intro-                    M W 1:
                                                                                               ,y     4     M*g,iyMi'4;M;_..,

gi(y# sp'. , duced. Process computer CRT displays which utilize "' EF.4 W "F. . these techniques can provide valuable enhancement T,@ d [ of displayed infcrmation, and support improved Y$"3lNd.Iih lfn ~ h] 4 :e- ") l.Q ,;,% . observer recognition and understanding of displayed data. Misguided or unnecessary use of sJch tech- ly(, y

                                                                                  '~           4 2    W      { [>1, *,"' [*g Q" ? ' -k . M7,
                                                                                           '    "        '                         ~

niques can distract the observer, create confusion, e +

                                                                                                                      ", D i t .

and induce errors. The principles that follow are n- ? ; 4* 1.' .c purposely general in order to provide flexibility * . to control room designers and promote creative '/ .

application of useful aspects of this technology.

a. USE OF HIGHLIGHTING-Highlighting should be used to attract the operator's attention -

                                                                                               /                l#',@l'h *')

to any displayed data item or message which vi4 c. % u d t. Is important to decisionmaking or action ) requirements.

b. CONSISTENT APPROACH (1) Highlighting methods which have informa-
tion value beyond their attention $ctting !

l quality should have the same meaning in l all applications. (2) Highlighting methods associated with n5 t.ON * . - ' ' - " l . emergency conditions should not also be / $$ $ "' he ' * ' used in association with normal conditions.

c. CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT-When contrast enhancement (i.e., increased illumination inten-sity level) is used for highlighting, not more j than two (preferabic) or three (maximum) brightness levels should be used in a single presentation.

I

                    ,#    (j,. 5. < b e , c.1, t . .e ~' c.1            . e , ikn (k 14ki+ i* a ,s v < <> '

a b e'-

[ , g ., . w e 'i t s h u ,. ls h/ r*

a ay H rdea le (l' tr a '* y , ne/ e4 9

ws ;, o a s s - e a ds sef,eis ),6..< y' s , 8. eI A a. 9 8. . s'in g ',9 M~ 6.7 30

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/.\ Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GHAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING rum - a-d (Cont'd) FLICKER OR BLINKING-Blinking of a n ,4. e . .

d. '

symbol or message (e.g., ON OFF or alter- / nating high. low brightness) for purposes of highlighting should be reserved for emergency conditions or similar situations requiring immediate operator action.

e. BLINK RATES (1) When blinking is used for highlighting, a j maximum of 2 blink rates should be used.

(2) When a single blink rate is used, the rate should approximate 2 3 " blinks" per j second with a minimum of 50 msec "on" time between blinks. (3) When 2 blink rates are used,the fast blink should approximate 4 per second and the slow blink should approximate 1 per / second. (4) 'When 2 blink rates are used,the "on off" ratio should approximate 501 / (5) When 2 blink rates are used, the higher rate should apply to the most critical v' information.

f. INVERSE VIDEO-Image reversal (e.g., dark '

v s,/ C i, , . . . characters on a light background) should be '/ used primarily for highlighting in dense data fields, such as a word or phrase in a paragraph of text, or a set of characters in a table of data,

g. USE OF GRAPHIC CODING-Graphic coding c , s ., 9,,, ,. i g .

methods (e.g., symbols, boxes, underlines, y3a g colors) should be used to present standard / qualitative information to the operato? or to draw the operator's attention to a particular portion of the display. 6.7 37 5

1 i e PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE R AY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 ) COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING _ (Cont'd) GRAPHIC CODE CONSISTENCY-Graphic

h. codes, used separately or in combination, should have the same meaning in all applications. I. GEOMETRIC SHAPE CODING-When geo-metric shape (symbol) coding is used, the / basic symbols should vary widely in shape.

J. NUMBER OF SYMBOLS (1) The number of basic symbols used for / - coding should be kept small. (2) The upper limit under optimum display / conditions should be 20. (3) The upper limit under adverse display ! conditions should be 6. s (4) When needed, other highlighting and graphic techniques (color, filled versus unfilled, and other " modifiers") should be V .

 ;                   used to display different states or qualities "of a basic symbol,                                                                    i

k. USE OF COLOR-The many hues (colors) and

                                                                                         "          W h          WQ M               ,; f -

y ,.gM g. 7 saturations (lightness and darkness) available in modern CRT displays are virtually limitless. 447; 1;; 72 g kg g?^ gg4

                                                                                                                 '^1'._bj                  ~

m, R> ,.! Care must be taken to select the best colors ,y Ep$1 g %(st',

"^

j( ; and to specify their use such that they will be , consistent with the use of all other colors in ,#1 ;;c j jW ]h ' *," the control room. Exhibit 6.711 provides "'

                                                                                                            ~
                                                                                                                 ?!29 7 W / "Q          2.

M-

                                                                                                                     #'O^-

general guidelines for color selection. (1) Colors used on the CRT to convey infor- j . mation should be consistent in use and meaning with all other color codes in the control room. (2) Once colors ere assigned a specific use or meaning, no other color should be used \/ for the same purpose. 6.7 38 .

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7

   )                                                             CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 4

Led-Good attention $etting color. Associated with danger. Yellow (amber)-Good attention getting color. Associated with ca utio n. Green- A non4ftentiongetting color; easy on the eyes. Associated with satisf actory conditions. Blace-Normally used as the backgeownd color. i.e., the color of blank character spaces. Also used as the action character when reverse field coding is employed. Whire- A non attention $etting color. It should be used for standard arpnanumeric text or tables where the information is contained in

the characters and not the color. M'ght also be used for labels, coor.

dinate a mes, dividing lines, oemarcation brackets, etc. M liight bluel-ISame as white).Might be used in conjunction with wh te to provide some amount of noncritical discrimination te g.. use cyan for tabular column headings and demarcation lents; use white for alphanumeric catal. stue (darki Poor co?.trast with dark background. Not recom-mended for attention $etting purposes or for information4 earing data. use for labets and other advisory type messages. Maoanra- A harsh color to the eye. Should be used soaringfy. and Tor attention $etting pu rposes. Oran9e-Good attention $etting color. Care must be taken that hue is seiected to be readily diff erentiable from red.vellow. and white. Exhibit 6.711. General characteristics of colors used in CRT displays. mY e 6.7 39 ...

          ,----y v,- m- y -         -    --
                                                - ,               ~            ,,---y-     ----4---,.-     p -...e i a-- - w-- --     ----,e -- - , -----

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.7 GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING . (Cont'd)

1. COLOR MEANINGS-When color is used, the meaning of the colors should, where applicable, equate with the commonly understood meaning of those colors.The following specific meanings for selected colors should apply when these colors are used in CRT displays:

(1) Red-Unsafe condition, danger, immediate ~ p ,1 e ,e '. , 4 :s operator action required, or critical / not o ,.. < .- ( r, .. e < <- *> parameter value out of tolerance. (2) Green-Safe condition, no operator action f 3, ,:. . required, or parameter value is within / -<<- a,' :.,r ~..+

  .                                                                               **,b<

tolerance. ' t (3) Yellow /Amb er-Hazard , potentially u nsaf e, i caution, attention required, marginal / parameter value exists. .,

m. RED GREEN COMBINATIONS )

(1) Whenever possible, red and green colors t/ should not be used in combination. (2) Use of. red symbols / characters on a green / background should especially be avoided.

                                                                                ..a
                                                                                                            -        1 6.7 40                                                    ,

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 - COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.2.8 MULTIPLE PAGE CONSIDERATIONS a ,

                                                                                               'g ap           - - .

When it is necessary for a presentation to encompass O jf ^ at ~ ' more than a single page. or when scrolling, panning, ,

                                                                                              , ~ " RW: y D

and zooming of a single page is anticipated, the Q e: v/:

                                                                       ^
                                                                                     ;   . @    ^

following principles apply. . ,

a. OPERATOR MEMORY m ,, , y 3 ,f (1) Page design and content planning should j t eni d ,' i ), l a s minimize requirements for operator t4 kr.4 memory.

(2) All data relevant to a specific operator entry should be displayed on a single / page.

b. AUDIT TRAIL-When pages are organized in a hierarchical fashion, containing a number of j different paths through the series, a visual audit trail of the choices should be available upon operator request.

c. LOCATION REFERENCES (1) When the operator is required to scroll or pan on a large logical frame, location references should be provided in the viewable portion of the frame. (For /

example, when scrolling a list, only part of which is visible at any one time, the present and maximum location should be shown.) (2) Sectional coordinates should be used when large schematics must be panned or / magnified,

d. OPERATOR CONTROL-The operator should (s ,;,y ,,,t.,,a ,

have some capability for controlling the ,,, , , o g, , ., g . . .. amount, format, and complexity of infor- / ,,,,,,n. s,. - mation (e.g., core dumps, program outputs, 6..nw. e s e + r, , error messages) being displayed by the system. "a 4' e'< e 6.7-41 5-

2 PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 . CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) DISPLAYS 6.7.2 j COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment

6.7.2.8 MULTIPLE PAGE CONSIDERATIONS (Cont'd)

e. LOCATION CONSISTENCY-If the message is a variable option list, common elements should maintain their physical relationship to other recurring elements.

1 i l. A 4 4 i a V 6.7 42 5; 6

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 I PRINTERS 6.7.3 GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST w N/A Yes l No Reference / Comment 6.7.3.1 PRINTER CHAR ACTERISTICS .

                                                                                             ^
      . In most process computer systems, printers comprise a principal interface between the computer and the                                  '

operator. Printers are used to provide an historical .- - record of all parameters monitored by the computer, '

as well as a real time " display," whether or not the . o, i data are presented on CRTs. As such, the printers ' and the data displayed on them must receive the same level of consideration as all other operator-computer interfaces.

a. PRINTER APPLICATIONS (1) Printers should be part of the process computer system and be located in the primary operating area.

(2) Control room printers should provide the capability to record alarm data, trend / data, and plant status data,

b. . DISPLAY COPIES (1) The system should, if possible, be designed to provide hard copy of any page appearing j

on the CRT at the request of the operator. (2) If the copy will be printed remote to the - A ,,i , f. , , . , . .

operator, a print confirmation or dental j message should be displayed.

(3) Printer operation should not alter screen / ^ '- '* 1 ""' content. " -

c. FORM OF PRINTED INFORM ATION-Printed j p ., .,, .g . e t .

information should be presented in a directly ...,,,,.. '/ I * **, usable form with minimal requirements for ,.e .. . ,, decoding, transposing, and interpolating. "

d. PRINTER SPEED-Printers used for recording t. e p 6 Gr. It j

trend data, computer alarms, and critical status . e. r,, t c. information should have a high speed printing capability of at least 300 lines a minute to g ,, , ., c. permit printer output to keep up with computer ... ,,..,,., ,s . . . . . i output. W w,,...., '

                                     * . ., L l. , rh.s a 6.tu r.        , , . . , , . .         Lpy ,v.s.t,8 t . 4 . . , . ,5                             (

geg, ...'s e , , , 1. . e u ! r.1 re s .. . Ja m . ' t, k a. . d . l i

                                                                                                                         .lf,..*., m                           -e.I
                            .i,   g.      te_    . , '   e.. 8a + t it'   '     t

eila Sf45 ca6p . 's . ,!

[ l 6.7 43 ,

y. s .. i .f ,

                                           .,   ..     's,..,. w..      Lea, a te' t * * . ,                    s.,%+             .s       er,    'te-ti...        .    ,,.i. l.-   ,    v 5;* 6 sof*=a,, O v e .'u f . , E 4 , . . . .,                                       ,

r.,%f.... f ,ic il. l ,'s e (6.p,de, h * % (N # ( A )", oer o u. sa#J.

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 PRINTERS 6.7.3 l COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.3.1 PRINTER CHAR ACTERISTICS (Cont'd) -

e. PRINTER OPERATION-Paper, ribbons, and ink (if used) should be consistent with the following: /

(1) Hard finish matto paper should be used to avoid smudged copy and glare. (2) There should be a positive indication j of the remaining supply of recording {',,,'(,*',",",,,,,',',,',-

                                                                           ,, o , ,,...., , , , ,

materials.

                                                                            v4    -

(3) instructions for reloading paper, ribbon, ,7 r, ae e ink, etc. should appear on an Instruction . plate attached to the printer. (4) When the printer is down during re-loading, data and information which / would normally be printed must not be lost. (5) A takeup device for printed materials should be provided which requires little v

)'

1, or no operator attention and which has a capacity at least equal to the feed supply,

f. PRINT COPY ACCESSIBILITY-The following features should be provided to enhance operator accessibility of printed material: *,

(1) Provisions should be made so that the operator can always read the most recently printed line. (2) Printed material should have an adequate v , , contrast ratio to ensure easy operator . reading. (3) It should be possible to annotate the print v , .o >'a W copy while it is still in the machine, ud' ' b' b*'* (4) The recorded matter should not be ,,..p ,. pp ; % g ,, obscured, masked, or otherwise hidden v' in a manner which prevents direct reading of the material. - E 0.7-44

3 PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 PRINTERS 6.7.3

   ' GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yee   No            Reference / Comment 6.7.3.2 ALARM MESSAGES Alarm messages are quantitative descriptions of                    .

those out of tolerance conditions which have been ' displayed to the operator in abbreviated form by + way of illuminated annunciator tiles,

s. ALARM RECORDS j o ,, r,....

(1) A printer should be provided for recording " ' ' ' ' ' ' " . " " alarm messages. 7,l",,"*'*";" (2) All annunciator alarms should be recorded. v' *

b. ALARM SEQUENCE-Alarm messages should ,e e - r -

be recorded in the sequence of their occurrence. ' ' ' ' ' * *

c. OPERATOR. REQUESTED PRINTOUT-Pro.

visions should be included to provide, upon j operator request, printouts by alarm group (e.g., system, subsystem, component). . d. ALARM IDENTIFICATION-Alarm messages ,,. ,,,.., q,, ...

 )            should be readily distinguishable from other                          r. . . , . , tr     s. .,
     ,        messages.                                                           o.*..L...,,.~                 o . e rr   ,.. ...

e. ALARM DISCRIMINATION-Alarm messages .,* . . . . . .

should provide rapid identification of the nature of the alarm.

f. CONSISTENT TERMINOLOGY-Wording in alarm messages should: ~,6 ...e 6,4 (1) Clearly relate to the specific annunciator tile that is illuminated. .

(2) Contain at least that information (i.e., ,,,,,...q,, wording) presented in the Illuminated annunciator tile. (3) Provide additional specific data. / *..o"..'

                                                                                       .                  d

A e . . . e ., * , . ,, * ' ... . o . . . ..

                                                                            , l t t. t e r s . ,#, .. . . .

r . .. ,, f . r * *.,1. .a
A w , . e le t so ..' p. , e t

0.7 45 e

PROCESS COMPUTERS 6.7 PRINTERS 6.7.3 - G IDME COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST N/A Yes No Reference / Comment 6.7.3.3 GRAPH AND TABLE REQUIREMENTS " 7, df

                                                                         '                  'T t

When printers are used to record /present 'abular , data, or graphic information, facters similar to those > 4 -y

  , applicable to CRT displays should apply.

a. SHAPE OF FUNCTION-If the general shape v.1 r W'-

of the function is important in making decisions, / u ,,: - / a graph should be used. ,

b. INTERPOLATION-If interpolation is neces-sary, line graphs are preferable to bar graphs

and tables,

c. GRIDS (1) Graphs should be constructed so that / 8 ' ,,

numbered grids are bolder than un. ,,...., numbered grids. , (2) If 10 grid' intervals are used, the fifth Intermediate grid should be less bold than /

the numbered grid, but bolde,r than the unnumbered grids.

j

d. TABLES r,0 . e - * ' 6 .- e.

(1) Tables should be simple, concise, and v "" 'N' r"'1 ' readable. (2) When table columns are long, numbers should be separated into groups by v providing a space between groups of five. (3) When columns are not separated by vertical lines, the columns should be v' separated by at least 2 charar.ter widths.

                                                                           .e 78u8 9e 6.746

y. GP-R-212146 GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION l APPENDIX C SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST This checklist has been prepared by General Physics Corporation for the evaluation of human factors aspects of the design of Safety Parameter Display Systems for use in nuclear power plants. The numbering and content of the checklist is copied from Section 4.0, , l " Specific SPDS Design Review Criteria," of NUREG-0835, " Human Factors Acceptance Criteria for the Safety Parameter Display System." This checklist is to be supplemented by appropriate sections of the more detailed checklists for display and control acceptability presented in NUREG-0700, " Guidelines for Control Room Design Reviews." l i l l

                                                                  . e*

C-1 ,, 0 6

SPDS HTiAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHE"YJ.,IST COMPLIANCE CHE"Kl.!ST SECTION 4.1 FUNCTIONS N/A YES NO REFERENCE /CO.T.EST

1. Primary Function K

The primary function of the SPDS is to serve as an operator aid N in the rapid detection of abnormal conditions by providing a display of plant parameters from which the / safety status of operation may be / assessed in the control room / This criterion is satisfied when: A. The primary SPDS display / For 4.1.la, check YES)f YES format contains functional to 4.4.2A and 4.4.2B and information to assist the 4.4.2C - d f.e 9. <i .r c operator in rapidly c;, 5,, , , 7 , ,,, ,.. 5.. , ,5 e,j evaluating the safety gy.. ,. ke d

                                                                                      **     o*e d.ic iq ,,~ h e - pk ,.4 l*/s*

status of the plant. AND B. Abnormal conditions which Check YES if YES to 4.2.1 impact safety of'the plant and 4.4.2C and 4.4.3 are' easily identified and / p,, . , , t ; <r, o h ,13 A recognized from the f. , , , , '. q o ( ;. , , , - . i primary SPDS display c .. .t , #,J n rk r e :/. . re--rl's

.         format.

AND . C. The SPDS supplements the j Check YES if YES to 4.8.1 j control room annunciator V and 4.8.2

system when severe plant i transients occur.

2. Secondary Functions -

The display system may include For4.1.2acheckYESifYESl other functions that aid operating to 4.4.2A i personnel in evaluating plant i status. 3005 * ~.5 r

w U ace n si n er f
8's J The secondary functions are o ti c. c (<;iah 'l acceptable provided: m .. ,. L.y op -i--

y. .

2

l SPDS HU'GN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.1 FUNCTIONS N/A YES NO REFERENCE /COMMEliT A. They do not impair the operator's use of the SPDS / in executing the primary function. :*u 1- - - f <D < . AND

                                                                        ^'re.s.    . o.

nba n (,,,. fires T F ,.. a vr ' B. The control room operating . re. l. . i. f , . . .. s ' ., s.<-- crew has been trained in the use of the secondary - f < '- functions.

3. . FUTURE RmCTIONS The design of the display system should be flexible to allow

-> for future incorporation of advanced

   !      diagnostic concepts and evaluation
  '       techniques and systems.                                 [

This criterion may be satisfied

         ~by a hardwired system when:

A. The design allows for the Determine by inspection of addition of new displays / panel /workspace to the SPDS - panel /workspace; . AND B. The design allows for the J . installation of equipment to support the displays. The criterion may be satisfied in designs using a computer based # system when either: A. The design is expandable Indicated by provisions for to accept new functions. ! expansion in system speci-

OR f ica t ion s B. The design allows for the ,

addition of processors, I' ""3 W " ~' b " . '." '

memories or additional F '"+*",--- "t*'" computers, such as in a / C , , c. c.-,'. . distributed network. .-

?-

3

l l I SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST ) i i COMPLIANCE CHECF1IST . l SECTION 4.1 FUNCTIONS N/A YES NO REFERENCE / COMMENT

4. ADDITIONAL DIAGNOSTIC p s - G '- <t<"' , i wth s TECHNIQUES ,,, > oku Lud The addition of diagnostic This item refers to techniques must not compromise the secondary functions, check YES if YES to 4.4.2A
primary SPDS function and is subject to review prior to impicmentation.

SECTION 4.2 DATA SET l

1. . BASIS OR PARAMETER SELECTION N

The basis for selectin of the minimum set of parameters in the primary display shall be documented as part of the design. [ This criterion is satisfied

        ~ A. It can be demonstrated                                              Check YES if documentation that the primary display                                            for choice of parameters format, using the                                                    exists parameters selected meets                                               n ,5 4 ;<t ejes l, the guidelines or criteria of Section 3.
                                                                   /            -

h '* *' d' '5 " "# % ". c., LL f;,s f.,, %. NOTE: As noted in Section 3.1 (<e

art 44 06 9 e ('h i of NUREG 0835, assessment of. a .s. ,L k. 3 0 , -f the appropriateness of the u. , g e, , y3 ; c selected parameters set is g s ,p ,, ,, ,, c , ,, , , ,, , , y ,

beyond the scope of this - Q4 c....r+.,o

                                                                                                     ,,3       5 ,j f,,r,3    sal h, review.
 '                                                                                         staeJ, SECTION 4.3    DATA VALIDATION
                                                                        \

1. REAL TIME VALIDATION Display data shall be validated on a real time basis where practicable.

                                                /                                                                              5 4

e

                          - , - ,                   , , - - - -        --   n , . _

i l SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVAIUATION CHECKI.IST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.3 DATA VALIDATIO'1 N/A YES NO REFERENCE / COMMENT This criterion is satisfied by: A. Comparing redundant sensor g Determine from review of readings prior to the system specifications display.of the parameter. 3 OR i B. Using analytical Determine from review of redundancy among different system specifications parameters and using v# 7 4 ;, , _f,,. , ,, models and equations that ,, , , , , ,,.', ,, , f have been documented and . validated. Operating regimes where the '~' equations used are not valid should be identified

 ~1               and documented.

2. UNVALIDATED DATA Display data which is unvalidated shall be so indicated to operators.

This criterion is satisfied when: A. Validated parameters, unvalidated parameters and invalid data are V identified, where practical. AND B. Validated parameters are NUREG - 0700 coded in a manner whereby - j/ Section 6.7.2.7 they are easily -

distinguished from ,,7,,'"

                                                                                       ""A l                  unvalidated parameters.

! AND

                                                                                 ~ " " ' * ~*

( C. ' Coding of invalid data is #9' distinct f rom the coding '' #' "**I. " of data for which data Y

'~

validation is unsuccessful. AND S' 5

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHEOKLIST COMPLIANCE CHEOKLIST SECTION 4.3 DATA E7ALUATION N/A YES NO REFERENCE /CO.W.ENT D. Operating procedures for W " N'" 'FM.$ f "' '"' " ' use of the SPDS provides E n 'C f De'~ 8 6 guidance for treatment of / yet '

                                                                          , ,, y . / , .. F ,< , t- 6t*    -

5 invalid data and c e n. e ! ,, resolution of unsuccessful rw m suar ~.6

                                                                              #r ^-a4 data validation.

AND E. Operator training in the Check YES if lesson plans use of the SPDS includes include a section on practice in dealing with

                                                               #     unvalidated data
         .       unvalidated data and                                   we     -,,1         ./~*'
                                                                                  ' , - -      3-E' 4'-

application of procedures . - - -. to resolve unsuccessful data validation. j SECTION 4.4 DISPLAY

    , 1. DESIGN PRINCIPLES                                 \

l The display format shall be designed to accepted human factors principles. [ This criterion is satisified when: A. The design conforms to the / NUREG - 0700 iv c > " ' ' ' 4 'i display guidelines Section 6.7.2 M - ""' CAT d< fu.e-* e s '< 'C' Presented in NURm 0700. AND B. The primary display format [ For each separate display, conforms to the general supplemental checklist #1 criteria in Section 3. ,, shall be completed.

2. PARAMETERS DISPLAYED r< y M d%h dou s . k g /. s A. INDIVIDUAL PARAMETERS- The

                                                                           "'f'"     "'/ "

Primary display may be a continuous indication of individual plant J Parameters or may be composed of a number of measured variables or

derived variables. , H l 6 :

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.4. DISPLAY

    .                                                            N/A           YES NO                REFERENCE /CO!OLENT
                                                                                                                                  ' 'I
  ~

This criterion is / satisfied when: d f a a - < '8 " * /"

5 s

1. A dedicated display, y,4 4 o f, ,,,, , /,. 4., ,

such as a CRT, with a r ..!'a-single primary

                                                                                                        . A&d1 display format
         !                       continuously displays the minimum parameter
      .            .             set necessary to l                         assess the safety

- 3 status of the plant. OR f,4, g s s.pf3 C eL - Reduction in size of

2. g, . ,; , y ,,,,,, o .Q the primary display / g ,. ,,,

format is provided

       -                         when it is necessary
       ,                         to display secondary
       '                         information.

OR ' 67- d d ' L ' '*(' I'# i 3. Audio or visual cues ,

                                                                                                                      '~'^*'#*"
       !                          are provided on the                            j          elul/ e'a- i
                                                                                            ;,. ,, , ., i, 4 , i J.- i 6 / - - ' ' '

display to alert a well trained operator m ,4,;, si /e ,;

                                                                                                                        .f . a su r f.

to return to the m . A . t'u , 6 i f '< < s primary display ; format while viewing secondary information. OR ,

4. The seismically qualified, ,

concentrated backup display of primary 7 i format information is visible to the operator while viewing secondary - information on the CRT. T-7

l l l l l l SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.4 DISPLAY N/A YES NO REFERENCE / COMMENT

B. TIMELINESS AND ACCURACY OF DATA

     .                   Displayed data shall present current and accurate status of the                   [

plant. l This criterion is satisfied when:

4. L, 5., t, E

1. The sampling rate for f, y . . . .,

each parameter is ,

                                                                                        ,,,y    g , ,, , , y ,

chosen such that ' there is no h 6* FJ **' "' - meaningful loss of #% , . 6,.d .. . v e < w information in the data presented to the operator. N;D The time delay from Determine from system 2. when the sensor specifications signal is sampled to /

   -                      when it is displayed is no greater than 2 seconds.

AND

3. Maintaining the Determine from system control room SPDS specifications display is given processor priority /

over display and processing requests f rom the TSO, EOF or - other sources. MID l

4. Each parameter is displayed with an .

accuracy sufficient 0 ") ' "' * * *I ' " #5 f "' M for the operator to / gr f uci,i,, e u es3af.fi discriminate between - abnormal conditions which impact safety

?-

8

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST ( SECTION 4.4 DISPLAY N/A YES NO REFERENCE / COMMENT and normal operating conditions. j C. SCOPE OF DATA - The \ display should be \

  !            responsive to transient and accident sequences.

l

This criterion is / satisfied when:

1. Operator Should be determined during

        .            comprehension.of a                          operational test change in the safety                                         v e_   ':4 l                  status of the plant               /             f,6               e t e . fr i . m from the primary SPDS                                   ,,, , , , , , , , a p. , 4

- display could be achieved in a matter

                                                                      #"    "ff"'I            '/"'I

of seconds. If c omr< W ow d /*' ' ' closure of this task o, % p ,, c3,,,e.,2,,,.' takes several ,g, g , ,, g c,,, , j , l- minutes, the design is unacceptable. AND

2. The display system Should be determined during l operational test correctly portrays the plant process status for all design mA c v. I v , k c:( -

basis events and .

f"***'# events specified by d' 1 * * NURE3- 0737, Section Scor< 1.C.1, Guidance for f ,,, s. u ,, ,d '.i

                                                                                                < *'u  **

the Evaluation and Development of.

Procedures for

                                                                     ,,,;,i ,,, g ,t , ,pg ,,_

Transients and doci u .3- acirfvs er G A Accidents. ,- p , g , ,, c ,, . , . , u,s e.. .c ' .. ,.<~ q T L, r, . , a . .. . s , .. .f ' - u

                                                                         -f e. l i, $ .

7-9 1 I

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS I JALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.4 DISPLAY N/A YES NO REFERENCE /COMMCIT l

3. PATTERI AND CODING A. PARAMETER GROUPING -

Parameters must be grouped \ l to enhance operator's assessment of the plant and to assist in making functional comparisons. /

    !                       This criterion is satisfied when:                     /

1. The minimum set of ( Nf .t e,,i }

Parameters are ,, , ,, ,7 d "/ ) direct. presented on the # ,, f... signal primary _ ~ display form _a3 The 4, .s e c.-d ht diir (q s , minimum set of I ' #'

                                                                                              #"*                                       '3 parameters must be                         -

M a' - 5'S I' ' v fa-'I'#"' the ones by which the operator evaluates s < rra l .A ve N 6 5 a ar the safety status of b e v yV- 4. pN e the plant. AND

2. The parameters '

n ec45.5 ire t'ic yl ay displayed are grouped / so that all are visible to the operator within one field of view. AND ^ F' "'"

3. The parameters are v' sequenced in a - d 5+c 4 L J <da 13

( Na st a A E . N'd logical manner to arreart fu u a r ra-;' ' facilitate operator

                            ~ comparison of                                                      ,,,   ,,,, ,a , ./ , ,, , 4 . :

parameters in t., s t D evaluating the safety status of the plant. AND NUREG - 0700

4. The primary display format utilizes Section 6.7.2.7 patterns and display og,,t5 ,tfc.l.., 6 ofk.r st u'sl y ay s es % ne~

9. $ r'a -a- t!<< -s **as 10

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHE KLIST

  .                                                          COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.4  DISPLAY N/A YES  NO             REFERENCE / COMMENT enhancements as discussed in Section 4.4.3B.

[ B. PATTEmi AND CODING TECHNIQUES-l Pattern and coding \ techniques shall be used , , to assist operator 8 detection and recognition of unsafe operating conditions. This criterion is-satisfied by: (. NUREG - 0700

1. The use of color coding to indicate Section 6.7.2.7 I.

the approach to unsafe operation and [ 'A" "' #g . to indicate unsafe operation. OR

2. The use of limit marks for each j t ,;, ; [ r ,. v: n,g 1

parameter I1 '/ e d displayed. The limit marks should be 7a l '? </ 1 0~rL representative of ,fi r p .,. operational limits established by tecnnical , specifications,. process limits, and ' safety actuation setpoints, if applicable. I OR

3. The use of patterns Y which. noticeably ( vier < <' N - Ib'-

distort when an unsafe condition is [ - - p,. p, r., ( 3,. g , ,, i, s I approached. 4" d 'I ' ' ' ~ ' - d h.s , p -, s

                                                                                                    . a
                                                                                                            ?'

11

J [ SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.4 DISPLAY N/A YES NO REFERENCE / COMMENT

4. ADDITIONAL DATA \

I A. MAGNITUDE, TREND- The display shall be capable of presenting magnitudes

and trends of parameters or derived variables. The

    ,            display of time derivatives in lieu of                 ,

trends may be acceptable. This criterion is

    .            satisfied when:

1. The primary display .

format contains the f^~a 1 ( # r l d /"*ii magnitude for all / 9 v' '- " Jo v-</ (<-e/

 -~~'f variables being -                                                          d.tylw 6      s . . ., u ' ,5 displayed.
  .f             AND         .

I 2. The primary display NUREG - 0700 format has the Section 6.7.2.8 capability of

g g, 4,,, m g_g.

indicating trends, or j

trends of operator g 3,j 2,,,,, g ,,,, ,,

selected parameters are available in a (r o ' N- ' ' ' ' "* "" W v.. 54 c - MP f r.g .. $ secondary display format. AND \

3. Trend data is h displayed with '

N sufficient resolution in time and magnitude ' to ensure that rapidly changing parameters are accurately displayed.

a. The frequency To be determined from system bandwidth of the specifications signal measurement system, consisting / N' #' '

F ~ #'P ' 4 of sensor, signal c ,. ! 3 c s u '<5 5!**^ g ,,,, , %. i wI.e r.*~

?-

12

SPDS HU!1AN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST l COMPLIANCE CHECYJ.IST SECTION 4.4 DISPLAY N/A YES NO - REFERENCE / COMMENT processing devices . deb

                                                                       '#~'"'"*.                         r and trend display e                        device should be                             c,.          w< s . p.n . S c G. <* * *) /*

broad enough to ,

  ,'                       transmit all
  !                        meaningful information of the measured parameter
  ,                        or derived i                        variable,

b. The display of time h .v , /<...... ., s derivatives of t/

variables is Sh m i s<

r ' * * ' ~# r
l
1

                      -acceptable only when

- .. the derivatives unambiguously reflect the trends in the variables.

c. The algorithm used To be determined f rom system for time derivatives specifications must be adoquate to j f, ,1,4I g f, /$.,, ; ; 3 track oscillating plant variables that h '*'I "' ' ' ' ' '

may exist during the 65 6 * *

design basis events for the plant.

B. RECALL CAPABILITIES - The \ recall of additinoal data on secondary formats or displays is desircable.

The cr'iterion .is *

satisfied when: /

1. Operator requests to NUREG - 0700 the display system Section 6.7.2.8 will result in Cd* "' '""'

displays, of / I'" ,,,, additional data, on u A 5 8v/* 1 8 secondary formats, c o s, t . 4,.t's '4 w ' c 3 such as trend data of g ,,g 2,,,,, the safety status ' ' " "^ , " ' ' parameters. ' I ' ' f O T-13

                                   --                      - _                     ..--c~,

SPDS HU:".AN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHEOKI,IST SEOTION 4.4 DISPLAY N/A YES NO , REFERENCE /Com:T l AND Detemine from review of

2. Data is available for /

retrieval and is not / system specifications lost as a result of

 ;'                   an electrical power f ailure.

AND

3. Data stored for Detemine from review of retrieval is stored system specifications on a secure medium ,,,;.,,,.,,,,.. , , , _ , ,, ,

and is available upon' .....r,,,;...,,. ., demand. AND

4. Response times to NUREG - 0700 operator requests for S'ection 6.7.1.7 infomation on ,/ c,4 mg ccc l secondary displays - d, confoms with NUREG 5 !0 W 'e d' #' N 0700 guidelines for

 ;                    computer response
                                                                        ~
      ;               time to operator queries.

5. MODE OF OPERATION \

A. MODE OF PLANT OPERATION -

The design of the display shall contain a single primary display fomat f or each mode of plant operation. [ , This criterion is satisfied when:

1. The design contains a primary display # a' C d ., y,q s um/ h,-

j format for each mode o I8 . c6a . 4("r-of plant operation g , s , , , 4,, c W e/ defined by the technical ** " ' ' ' ' * ' ' ' # specifications of ,, Emk ^' u d 8 - operation. A co= mon Or M 1> eide

                                                                                                           'N 4 '

display fomat u ., ( .< > ) f oIrl..,s 14

SPDS HU:1AN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECY1IST SECTION 4.4 DISPLAY N/A YES NO REFERENCE /CO:O'.ENT composed of the same parameters may be .Ne / < i t ' e .- - used for several ' modes of plant p ; b , , c , , , , , ,,

,                 operation. However,                                   ' ' ' / ' ' ')

for any one mode, the display must contain that minimum set of parameters needed to

}                 assess the safety status of the plant.
     ' B. DISPLAY FOR*4AT SELECTION -       h For each plant operating                \

mode, display formats may N either be automatically ]3 displayed or manually selected. This criterion is satisfied when:

1. A manually operated -

3 , , , , , switch or input from an alphanumeric

                                                      /                                           "<-

0.,- 0/'r - - keyboard, touch -

                                                                                                              s panel, light pen,                                 d '9 ' ' ' ' ' ' '          #       "         ~~

cursor, or equivalent '" ' !< ' ' * *

,                 interface is provided                              c 4, ... s e ,. . '              -

by the design to e... ,,.,,.i,t3 allow the operator to adust the display , format for the mode of plant operations. - OR

2. An automatic display NUREG - 0700 format change occurs Section 6.7.1.1 with a change in the p, , , ,, g. , c , ,,, , (. , , 44 ,. . j, ,,

mode of plant f,,,,,,, ,, , 4 , a ,, , operation.

a. Provisions must be included for the operator to [ ,,

override automatic 8*. 15 l l 4

l SPDS HT1AN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.4 DISPLAY N/A YES NO REFERENCE /CO.M".E::T change when necessary.

      }                   b. There must also be provisions to                   j           Moh                 d' ya9*d l

indicate to

  '- g operators that a change in the mode of plant operation has occurred.
  .                       c. Automatic change
             .               must be designed
       ;                      so that gradual change due to an abnormal condition
                                                              /

, -, is not interpreted l l as a change in mode of operation. l SECTION 4.5 LOCATION AND l READABILITY 1 DISPLAY LOCATION

The SPDS shall be located in the control room with additional I displays provided in the TSC and EOF.

This criterion is satisfied .

l A. Provisions are made for

locating the SPDS display and associated controls in

                                                              /           .

the control room, TSO, and EOF.

2. CONTROL BOARD If the SPDS is part of the control board, it must be ,,

                                                                 /
                                                      /
                                                                                                                         ~

16

SPDS HT1MI FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.5 LOCATION AND N/A YES NO . REFERENCE / COMMENT READABILITY N N N easily recognizable and readable.

This criterion is / satisfied when: A. The SPDS is readily #4 f/44 #~'h distinguished from other / g g ,,, a f. , , w i . ., i displays on the control g ,,,. ,r , j board.

            . NID B. The display conforms to                                          NUREG - 0700 the appropriate display                                          Section 6.7.2    .

readability guidelines . a- stated in NURIG 0700.

3. DISPLAY READABILITY

   ,                The display shall be readable from the emergency station of the Senior Ecactor Operator.                                                        /

This criterion is satisfied when: f A. The display's design NUREG - 0700 conforms to the Section 6.7.2.1 appropriate display readability quidelines Check YES if all appropriate stated in NURIn-0700, such sections of supple = ental as viewing distance, j checklist #1 are checked viewing angle, and screen ~ v YES. n u l, L,s . 9<.. cJ location for standing and . gy 4_ s t. j a seated operators at the - w p.. .,,.* Senior Reactor Operator's m4 ,( F.. e, . . ,. . . . Station. MID B. The data displayed on the NUREG - 0700 Section 6.7.2.1 CRT's has acceptably low flicker and noise. NID 17

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHE"KLIST SECTION 4.5 LOCATION AND READABILITY N/A YES NO . REFERENCE / COMME'IT C. Alpha-numeric characters NUREG - 0700 generated with a 7 X 9 dot Section 6.7.2.2 matrix or larger are ! preferabler characters with 5 X 7 dot matrix are acceptable, if necessary. AND h. 8 pval/9 ye (4.q 1. i D. . Density of display is less 7. a-', * ' - s' '# l '

de r .

I than 25% when complex ,g7 j; f, , , ,, .. ,,u,/

        .       symbology (e. g. mimics )                          , , ,       , ; ,, :, ' ',,  , , , , , , , ,

l are displayed.

m;D e.rc: tk . - 8-- 5 < - /. ..

E. For ease of deteetion, v 'J I,, C . . .-- Met. t <- acceptable symbol to / , om t L iWd 61 L f d background contrast ratio ~ should fall in a range of k 6 h e~ 7'> Fe 3 ' l 3:1 to 4:1, for all */ < e r .,+ important data. AND

      '                                                             ^ ' ' " . I ' '  "' M             #"
      <    F. Motion of data displayed                ./

on a CRT to prevent screen ("'*, " ' " " ' ' h ' "' */ '* burnout is at a rate slow V8-l enough to avoid distracting the operator, i 4. DISPLAY ACCESSIBILITY The display shall be readily Elements A, B, C, D, and E accessible and visible to the: of 4.5.4 must be determined Shift Supervisor from an on-site evaluation Control Room Senior Reactor of each console as installed. Operator .. Shift Technical Advisor I d' /.h9 u -. S i- f rE One Reactor Operator. This criterion is satisfied when: A. Physical obstructions do NUREG - 0700 not block a person's field Section 6.1.1 of view when the person is j o ., K m'J s v eie il e 6 .- at the normal work 6.is.i. de. .,,,. ,,f.,,.y ,, station. y6 ,,,,,I, f ,, ,,

                                                                                                       ,.2:   .e.

Su v e'.! Q ,e ew'k I 18 1

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.5 LOCATION AND N/A YES NO - REFERENCE /CO'ed.ENT READABILITY AND , V#* C't ' ** ' B. If the SPDS is not in the operator's direct field of ! 'e Lin view at the work station, a reorientation of his/her field of view allows viewing the SPDS from the work station.

AND C. Members of the control

         .      room operating crew have               ,/

physical access to the

 .              SPDS from their normal work station. For

~' example, a short direct l walk to the SPCS is acceptable. AND D. Glare from normal or NUREG - 0700 i emergency lighting does Section 6.7.2 oe si y M a " 4;'* " not restrict viewing of the SPDS from within the / * * " ' . , , ,

  ;             control room. The use of antiglare techniques and                              6' - " ' " "         '   /U" ** '

0'" W . U 4.- k **~l". - devices are acceptable when they are in accord gup ,,,).,,,....,,. c., with other criteria stated ,,1,,, , ) in this report. AND j NUREG - 0700 E. Luminance levels and luminance contrast do not " Section 6.7.2.1 limit viewing from c,.,.........>...' location throughout . /. .',. . - . i ' I., ' -: .,5 control room.

5. CONTROL ACCESSIBILITY The display system shall not Evaluation of 4.5.5 A and B interfere with the normal movement may be performed from scale of the control room operation -plans and elevations of the crew. The display system shall not installatien site.

interfere with full visual access to

19

SPDS HT'.AN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST

  ,                                                             COMPLIMICE CHECKLIST
  ,   SECTION 4.5 LOCATION AND READABILITY                 N/A  YES   NO       .

REFERENCE /CO'C#.ENT other control room operating systems i and displays. This criterion is satisfied

when: A. The display system does

    ,            not obstruct the normal movement of the control

[ room operating crew. M;D ' ! B. The display system does

 ,l              not interfere with the                    /

full visual access to V -, other control room j operating systems and displays. j SECTION'4.6 CONTROL ROOM STAFF

1. CONTROL ROOM STAFF \

No additional operating staff other than the normal control room operating staff should be needed for operation of the display. This criterion may be satisfied A. No additional operating staff other than the ~ normal control room operating staff need be

added for operation of the SPDS. MID B. The operator training program contains instructions on the use of the SPDS.

                                                          /        _ -                        ,

r' 20 l l

SPDS HURV FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.6 CONTROL ROOM STAFF N/A' YES NO , REFERENCE /CO. 6 T C. An SPDS user's manual is available for operator j fcycs Or <, '. , s r~ < s

                                                                                         ,y   c,;       -  1.,1         , c i, , ,

reference in the control ,,h,,,- , ) s p n.,. room. AND Ll 4cl ' " c.; t e * -: t isF#1 D. Interaction with an SPDS g .dai b - * - * +- ** computer is designed such that training in computer [ d /s ,, . , programming is not required.

2. OPERATOR INTERACTION ,

Flexibility to allow for interaction by the operator is desirable in the design of the display designs. This criterion is satisfied when: i A. The system contains operator interactive devices. Acceptable interactive devices include : /

                                                                          /       -

1. Function keys for the NUREG - 0700 recall of data. / Section 6.7.1.4

2. Keyboards for the recall of data, provided the necessary syntax is -

simple and straightforward to [ use. Alpha-numeric keyboards added to SPDS should have the same layout as other keyboards in the. control room.

3. Other interactive -

devices such as touch 21 S

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHEOKLIST COMPLI ANCE CHECKLIST l SECTION 4.6 CONTROL ROOM STAFF l N/A YES NO . REFERENCE / COMMENT panels or light pens may also be acceptable.

                                                                                           .           .        ,,e AND                                                                                    ,,

i, B. The display system / NUREG - 0700 ;. , . .. positively acknowledges Section 6.7.1.7.,',. ,,,. each request that the n I, ct s. ., n r.:' . . , y - Mr'** design allows the operator "AJ r - - r-'- 's "- Ir " I to make. AND C. System response times to NUREG - 0700 operator request conform / Section 6.7.1.7 to the guidelines of NUREG p a cc A C< F fee 0700. Undue time delays w G r.y r.'y*-.p e

                                                                                                    - %~c
 .,            in response to a request                             ,,j, A , , c c     . r.1,  e ,c,a h are unacceptable.

SECTION 4.7 PROCEDURES

1. FAILURE RECOGNITION The control room operations staff shall be provided with sufficient information and criteria ~

for performance of an operability evaluation of the SPDS. [ This criterion is satisfied when: A. Designing a monitoring NUREG - 0700 system in the display j Section 6.7.2.6 which may be automatic or - V Section 6.7.2.7 operator activated. OR B. A display of calendar date NUREG - 0700 ~ and time of day, with some / Section 6.5.l.1 means of indicating the urm F y ,i ig 2 3 Au ' L' '

                                                                     ^#'     " ' " ' @ ' "' "'* ~'" "

passage of seconds.

1. The display should be Determine from review of updated only when the ~

system specifications system is operating i properly so that a

e. 22

l l l SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHE"KLIST ! I SECTION 4.7 PROCEDURES t l N/A YES NO , REFERENCE /CO!Cd. INT static time would indicate a system failure.

2. The date and time 4 / 5., % l U t3 :/ r i ;'

should be located in / r ,,, ,, 4,- At <* < J a corner of the , display so as not to distract the operator. ' OR- / **'a ' ' ' ' ' C. The operable status of the e' ifl o -' - display system is 6.5 -- '<* * *- available upon operator ,, , . , . ,, demand. . . . , OR . D. An equivalent means of evaluating display system / operability is available.

2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIO'i

N A tectinical specification of operations is required to define

compensatory measures for the operator when the SPDS is inoperable. / This criterion is satisfied when: \ A. The technical 7,,:, .sy, c f !.. -, .I : n a u '. , .. specification defines

                                                              /       .. . . , ,          ,;.,,,,,.

acceptable compensatory _ measure for each funcl.lon 4 ,. , ,g,,, ; re3 ( 95 ccj performed by the SPDS.

                                                                            ,g      (,c, % ,            .-     e .p     fatt W b; ' 'C * " '#'*

The use of the seismic 5r-uc qualified back-up display, monitored , ,;, y y,, ,, .A ,,, , .'c) on a frequent basis, may be an , g 4 .g, ,.,,,,,, acceptable compensatory measure. " .j 6# '#8 The same minimum set or comparable ,, ,

                                                                              - r.        < *6,         ;#   "~~~~'

set of safety status parameters on ~

                                                                                       ,e                                     '-

the SPDS primary display format. iA,5 ..'/+....

                                                                            ,,1     ,, .. y .I m , u-% '

b#ar/t 23 5

SPDS HUMAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.7 PROCEDURES N/A YES NO , REFERENCE /CO!OiE;T should be present on the backup. Also, the backup display must be readily interpretable by the operator. SECTION 4.8 AUDIBLE ALARMS

1. AUDIBLE NCfrIFICATION Where feasible, the SPDS should include some audible notification to alert personnel of an unsafe operating condition.

, This criterion is satisfied

when:

!'       A. The display system emits a                        NUREG - 0700-distinct audible sound,                           Section 6.2.2 such as the beeper                       /        Section 6.3.2                       ,
                                                                            ,,pg                   t available on computer                              c4                a ..         .r.si.

terminals, upon detecting _,,,9,, an abnormal operating condition. ,

                                                                              ,,,   g , , ,, ,,

The SPDS alarm system has NUREG - 0700 I'"*** B. " ^ ' " " ' " ' provisions to silence, Section 6.3.4 acknowledge, reset and test these functions, as appropriate. .

2. INDEPCIDDICE FROM ANNUNCIATOR

SYSTEM 3 , ,, , spos 4,m A. SPDS alarms should be

                                                                     # , u.J    w u~ t Pd       i independent of the                      /            %_q,                     ,      c,3 annunciator systems and a,j e 4 W'a- 4 should not result in the                              L < < LL uch.: .,: t t, generation of the same audible alarms as the                                  o . i q , i,. , ,

annunciator system. hs C( . Elve.+ f Jvt-5 24 l I

SPDS HU'4AN FACTORS EVALUATION CHEOKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECT1IST SECTION 4.9 DESIGN CRITERIA YES NO REFERENCE / COMMENT N/A ,

1. FUNCTIONAL QUALIFICATION K A functinal qualification N

program should be established to demonstrate SPDS operational conformance with the functional design criteria. / The criterion is satisfied when: A. A test plan is available O rrre ) M(40 t' for the display system. ,/

                                                                       ' ,'                 ,,,3,,,,,         ,

The test plan shall define '

                                                                       /  6 -' ' <

a minimum of one test case eJ for each major functional

-3 (orr ci oc6 W-M " "' Jr ' - criterion of the display 4 , . ,

r. 3, system. The object of the ,.- ,,

r . G.,.'

*r.

z., t es. , , , test case is to illustrate the correct performance of the implemented design. AND B. A test report containing the results of the test / , cases is compiled. All major f unctional criteria must be tested successfully. AND

        'C. All display formats in the                 j design are tested, including mode dependent        '

formats. AND L% N D. A human factors review of N rey,, F uf the SPDS in accordance / .

                                                                           .j,, , ,              g, A with appropriate portions                               ''j
                                                                                              , ,, , , , ; , -r. .

of NUREG 0700 is performed * *" (* cg - * ' * " I with results evaluated in ,...',,. accordance with the s ,6... guidelines presented in " NUREO 0801. The results of this effort are to be 25 ,,

l 1 l S?DS HUP.AN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST l COMPLIANCE CHEOKLIST i

SECTION 4.9 DESIGN CRITERIA l documented by the licensee / applicant as part of the control room design review. AND E. A trained control room To be determined by operating crew can operational test conducted s effectively use the SPDS in simulator to detect abnormal plant g,r A-C. ~ n) - c:. .e operation conditions which e , a d' N 4 e '4***" ' ' ' ' ' " impact safety.

                                                                             ' ~ ' ' * * * '             '
        .                                              N

2. BACKUP DISPLAYS Displays designated as a N

l i seismically qualified backup to the SPDS must be designed to accepted human engineering principles.

This criterion is satisfied when / 2 A. The back-up displays y,g (, ,, c, , ,, , g ., y contain the same minimum ca.. set of safety status , .*

i. . r . -

parameters as presented in ~ ' #" ' ' " ' ' ' ' ^ " ' the primary display format ' vat , 'J of the SPDS or an 9.',,.. e: , p. 6 el equivalent comparable set %,,,,,,, , of safety status l parameters. AND p. L (, f. ~ .rl B. The back-up display is capable of operating during the following . earthquakes, to the same degree as control room displays needed to comply with Regulatory Guide 1.97. AND y,u f,,t,,,,. ret C. The needed seismically - qualified displays are concentrated into one 4 26

spas tryAAN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKI.IST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.9 DESIGN CRITERIA N/A YES NO REFERENCE /C W 5 T secJnent of the control board. Dependence on poorly human-engineered Class IE seismically qualified instruments that

   ,.'                are scattered throughout the control room is not acceptable.

AND .

                                                                             .n -   <*.tu ~,d
 .l            D. The back-up displays, when                             A supplemental checklist reviewed as a group,                                    documenting confor=ity to conform with the                                        NUREG - 0700 guidelines j                 guidelines to NURD:: 0700.                              should he attnehed AND E. Meters on the control
 ~]                  board which are part of the SPDS back-up display                   !

are readily identified and are not likely to be confused with similar meters in the vicinity.

3. PRIMARY DISPLAY. SEISMICALLY QUALIFIED It is preferred that only one display system be used for evaluating the safety status of the plant. However, an alternative is to design the overall SPDS function with a primary and a back-up display. -

When the option for a seismically qualified primary / display is selected, this option is satisfied when: A. 'Ihe design of the primary Determine from review of display conforms to system specifications Regulatory Guide 1. 97, , , Revision 2, December, '##5 **',' " ' ' , 1980, " Instrumentation for

                                                            /                  fu +

L ..Lii. ss, a ,.'il er'

                                                                                                             * l 27

SPDS 1RA1AN FACTORS EVALUATION CHECKLIST COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 4.9 DESIGN CRITERIA NO REFERENCE /COYME T N/A YES Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant Environs Conditions During and Following an Accident." g B. The design conforms to the acceptance criteria defined in this report, / with the exception of the context of Section 4.9.2, Back-up Displays. Place Where Evaluation Performed: fu t ' (. i L . . ., A4,r,,, O, t. ;, /,, t , , a ,, , , s cJe Date Checklist Completed: ." y -e y , , ti ry Evaluator Name: 4Wh - N, f e., , /'4 o Titles (es,./- J,,r 4,ir organization: 6 ry, , / / L ,,,, t,,ge,4,is 28

i APPENDIX C SPDS HED's i

f f t I (' I Y' t

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREFANCY RECORD FORT CAIHOUN STATION JATE: 11/27/84 HED NO. : 362 REVIEVER: LINK TRACKING STATUS: REVIEV PHASE DATA SOURCE: OPERATING PERSONNEL INTERVIEV PANEL /VORKSTATION NO. ERF , DESCRIFTION OF DISCREFANCY: ERF DOES NOT DISPLAY VELL, TOO MANY MENfJS. 1 i COMMENTS: l l C. l

i. ECOMMENDATIONS:

THIS HED VILL BE ADDRESSED AS PART OF THE HUMAN FACTORS REVIEV OF THE SPDS. IMPLEMENTATION -SCHEDUL E TO DE DETERMINED BY RESULTS OF THE STUDY CRITTCALITY RATING: 2,2 TMPLEMENTATION: REFER TO SECTION 2.5.3 OF

SUMMARY

REPORT

MUMAN ENGINEERING D I S C R E P A o s C. Y RECORD FORT CALHOUN STATION DATE: I'1 / 2 7 / 8 4 HED NO. : 373 REVIEVER: LINK TRACKING STATUS: REVIEW PHASE p' y. DATA SOURCE: OPERATING P ERS OilNE L INTERVIEV PANEL /VORKSTATION NO.- ERF DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY: THE KEYBOARDS AND THE TERMINALS ARE POORLY LAYED OUT. COMMENTS: RECOMMENDATIONS: THIS HED VILL BE ADDRESSED AS PART OF THE HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW OF THE SPDS. @", IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE TO DE DETERMINED BY RESULTS OF THE STUDY

CRITICALITY RATING: 2,2

 .I M P L E M E NT AT I OtJ :

REFER TO SECTION 2.5.3 OF

SUMMARY

REPORT , i 1

                                                                                                                                                             .n . . .

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _}}

v t e Letter Sequence Request
TAC:60488, (Approved, Closed)
Initiation Request Acceptance... Administration Questions Answers Results Approval Other:
MONTHYEAR1985-08-15 [Table View]

ML20137B984

Text

Reference:

Dear Mr. Butcher:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Background:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Navigation menu

Search